CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
POS AMI, 1996-01-26
Previous: GE FUNDS, 485BPOS, 1996-01-26
Next: INCOME PORTFOLIO TRUST, N-30D, 1996-01-26



<PAGE>


        
        As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 26, 1996
         
                                                               File No. 811-7216



                          SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                                WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                      FORM N-1A


                                REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                        UNDER
                          THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940     X
        
                                   AMENDMENT NO. 3                       X
         
        
                           CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                   (formerly called California Tax Free Portfolio)
                   -----------------------------------------------
                  (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)
         


                                  24 Federal Street
                             Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                             ---------------------------
                       (Address of Principal Executive Offices)


          Registrant's Telephone Number, including Area Code: (617) 482-8260
                                                              --------------


                                 H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                    24 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
                    ----------------------------------------------
                       (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

        
         
<PAGE>






                                  EXPLANATORY NOTE
        
              This Registration  Statement, as  amended, has  been filed  by the
     Registrant pursuant to Section 8(b) of the  Investment Company Act of 1940,
     as amended.  However, interests in the Registrant have  not been registered
     under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as amended  (the "1933  Act"), because
     such  interests will  be issued  solely in  private  placement transactions
     that do  not involve any  "public offering" within  the meaning  of Section
     4(2) of the 1933  Act.  Investments in the  Registrant may be made  only by
     investment  companies,  common  or  commingled  trust   funds,  or  similar
     organizations  or  entities  that are  "accredited  investors"  within  the
     meaning of Regulation D  under the 1933 Act.   This Registration Statement,
     as amended, does  not constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of
     an offer to buy, any interest in the Registrant.
         
<PAGE>






                                       PART A 

              Responses  to Items 1 through 3  and 5A have been omitted pursuant
     to Paragraph 4 of Instruction F of the General Instructions to Form N-1A.

     Item 4.  General Description of Registrant
        
              California  Municipals  Portfolio  (the  "Portfolio")  is  a  non-
     diversified, open-end management investment company which  was organized as
     a trust under the laws of the State of New  York on May 1, 1992.  Interests
     in the Portfolio are issued  solely in private placement  transactions that
     do not involve any  "public offering" within the meaning of Section 4(2) of
     the Securities Act  of 1933, as amended  (the "1933 Act").   Investments in
     the Portfolio may be  made only by U.S.  and foreign investment  companies,
     common  or commingled  trust funds,  or  similar organizations  or entities
     that are  "accredited investors" within  the meaning of  Regulation D under
     the  1933  Act.     This  Registration  Statement,  as  amended,  does  not
     constitute an offer  to sell, or the  solicitation of an offer  to buy, any
     "security" within the meaning of the 1933 Act.
         
        
              The Portfolio's investment objective  is to provide current income
     exempt from  regular  federal  income  tax and  California  State  personal
     income taxes.   The Portfolio seeks  to achieve its  objective by investing
     primarily in municipal obligations (as  described below) that are  rated at
     least  investment grade  by  a  major rating  agency  or, if  unrated,  are
     determined  to be of  at least investment grade  quality by the Portfolio's
     investment adviser.
         

              Additional  information  about  the  investment  policies  of  the
     Portfolio  appears  in Part  B.   The  Portfolio is  not  intended to  be a
     complete  investment program, and a  prospective investor  should take into
     account its objectives and  other investments when considering the purchase
     of an interest in the Portfolio.   The Portfolio cannot assure  achievement
     of its investment objective.

     How the Portfolio Invests its Assets 
        
              The  Portfolio  seeks  to  achieve  its  investment  objective  by
     investing at least  80% of its net  assets during periods of  normal market
     conditions in  municipal obligations the  interest on which  is exempt from
     regular  federal income  tax and  California State  personal  income taxes.
     The foregoing policy is  a fundamental policy of the Portfolio and  may not
     be changed unless authorized by a vote of the investors in the Portfolio.
         
        
              At  least 75%  of  the  Portfolio's net  assets will  normally  be
     invested in  obligations rated  at least  investment grade  at the time  of
     investment (which  are  those rated  Baa  or  higher by  Moody's  Investors
     Service,  Inc. ("Moody's") or  BBB or  higher by  either Standard  & Poor's
     ("S&P")  or Fitch  Investors  Service,  Inc.  ("Fitch"))  or,  if  unrated,

                                         A-1
<PAGE>






     determined by  the Portfolio's  investment adviser,  Boston Management  and
     Research (the "Investment  Adviser" or "BMR"), to be of at least investment
     grade  quality.  The Portfolio may  invest less than 25%  of its net assets
     in municipal obligations rated below  investment grade (but not  lower than
     B by  Moody's, S&P or  Fitch) and unrated  municipal obligations considered
     to  be  of  comparable  quality  by  the  Investment  Adviser.    Municipal
     obligations rated Baa or BBB  may have speculative characteristics.   Also,
     changes in  economic conditions or  other circumstances are  more likely to
     lead to  a weakened capacity to  make principal and interest  payments than
     in the case of  higher rated  obligations.  Securities  rated below BBB  or
     Baa  are commonly  known as  "junk bonds."    The Portfolio  may retain  an
     obligation  whose  rating drops  below  B  after  its  acquisition if  such
     retention  is  considered  desirable  by  the  Investment   Adviser.    See
     "Additional  Risk  Considerations."     For  a  description   of  municipal
     obligation ratings, see the Appendix to Part B.
         
        
              Municipal  Obligations.    Municipal  obligations  include  bonds,
     notes and commercial  paper issued by a municipality  for a wide variety of
     both public and private purposes, the interest on  which is, in the opinion
     of bond counsel,  exempt from regular federal  income tax.  Public  purpose
     municipal  bonds  include  general  obligation  bonds  and  revenue  bonds.
     General obligation bonds  are backed  by the  taxing power  of the  issuing
     municipality.   Revenue bonds  are backed by the  revenues of  a project or
     facility.     Municipal  notes   include  bond   anticipation  notes,   tax
     anticipation notes  and revenue  anticipation notes,  which are  short-term
     obligations  that will be retired with  the proceeds of an anticipated bond
     issue, tax revenue  or facility revenue, respectively.  Under normal market
     conditions, the Portfolio will  invest at least 65% of its total  assets in
     obligations  issued   by  the   State  of   California  or  its   political
     subdivisions.
         
        
              As at September  30, 1995, the Portfolio  had invested 18%  of its
     net assets in  obligations the interest on  which is a tax  preference item
     for purposes  of the  federal alternative minimum  tax.   At September  30,
     1995, the Portfolio limited its investment in  such obligations to not more
     than 20%  of its net assets.   The Portfolio is  no longer subject  to such
     limitation.   Distributions  to  corporate  investors of  certain  interest
     income  may  be subject  to  the  federal  alternative  minimum tax.    The
     Portfolio may  not  be  suitable  for  investors  subject  to  the  federal
     alternative minimum tax.
         
        
              Concentration  in  California  Issuers      Risks.    Because  the
     Portfolio  will  normally  invest at  least  65%  of  its  total assets  in
     obligations  of  California  issuers, it  is  more  susceptible  to factors
     adversely affecting such  issuers than mutual funds that do not concentrate
     in  the  obligations  of issuers  located  in  a single  State.   Municipal
     obligations of issuers located in a single State may be adversely  effected
     by  economic  developments  and  by  legislation   and  other  governmental
     activities in that  State.  To the  extent that the Portfolio's  assets are

                                         A-2
<PAGE>






     concentrated in municipal obligations of California  issuers, the Portfolio
     may be subject to an increased risk of loss.  
         
        
              California experienced severe economic  and fiscal stress over the
     1991-1995 period.  Between 1990 and 1993,  California lost 3% of its  total
     employment base and nearly 16%  of higher paying manufacturing jobs.   This
     was during a  period when population increased  6%.  The  unemployment rate
     in California was 9.1% in  1992 and 9.2% in 1993, well above the U.S. rates
     of  7.4% and  6.8% for  the same  periods, respectively.   Unemployment was
     8.8% in November 1995, compared to 7.7% in November 1994.
         
        
              The weak economy seriously  undermined the government's ability to
     accurately estimate tax revenues and increased  social service expenditures
     for  recession-related  welfare case  loads.   In  addition,  the continued
     influx of illegal immigrants strained  the State's welfare and  health care
     systems.     The  result  of  these  various  problems  was  a  $2  billion
     accumulated  budget deficit and  a heavy  reliance on  short-term borrowing
     for  day-to-day operations.   Short-term borrowing  increased from  7.8% of
     general  fund receipts in  1990 to  12.4% in  1992 to  an estimated  16% in
     1995.  In July  1994, the State  issued $7 billion  in short-term debt,  an
     unprecedented amount for a state.
         
        
              The $2  billion budget deficit  built up during the  1991 and 1992
     fiscal  years was not  adequately addressed during the  1993 or 1994 fiscal
     years, despite  a Deficit  Retirement and  Reduction Plan  put in  place in
     June 1993.   The budget for  fiscal year 1995  (which commenced on July  1,
     1994) includes general  fund expenditures of $40.9 billion, a 4.2% increase
     over 1993-94, and general fund revenues of  $41.9 billion, a 5.2% increase.
     Growth in the State's employment  base and attendant revenue growth led  to
     a  current year  surplus for fiscal  year 1995.   If fiscal  year 1996 ends
     near budgeted levels, the accumulated budget deficit will be eliminated.
         
        
              On January  17, 1994, a  major earthquake struck  the Los  Angeles
     area causing significant property damage.   Preliminary estimates of  total
     property  damage  approximate $15  billion.    The federal  government  has
     approved $9.5  billion for earthquake  relief.  The  Governor has estimated
     that the State will  have to pay approximately $1.9 billion for  relief not
     otherwise covered by the federal aid.   The Governor had proposed to  cover
     $1.05  billion of  relief costs from  a general obligation  bond issue, but
     that  proposal  was  rejected  by  California voters  in  June  1994.   The
     Governor subsequently  announced that  funds earmarked  for other  projects
     would be used for earthquake relief.
         
        
              On  December 7,  1994, Orange  County, California  (the "County"),
     together with its  pooled investment fund (the "Fund") filed for protection
     under  Chapter 9 of  the Federal  Bankruptcy Code,  after reports  that the
     Fund had suffered  significant market losses  in its  investments caused  a

                                         A-3
<PAGE>






     liquidity  crisis for the Fund and the County.   More than 180 other public
     entities, most but not  all located in the County, were also  depositors in
     the  Fund.  As of December  13, 1994, the County  estimated the Fund's loss
     at  about $2  billion,  or  27% of  its  initial  deposits of  around  $7.4
     billion.   These losses  could increase as the  County sells investments to
     restructure the Fund,  or if  interest rates rise.   Many  of the  entities
     which kept moneys  in the Fund, including the  County, are facing cash flow
     difficulties because  of  the bankruptcy  filing  and  may be  required  to
     reduce  programs  or capital  projects.    The  County and  some  of  these
     entities have, and  others may in the  future, default in payment  of their
     obligations.  Moody's  and S&P have suspended, reduced to below investment-
     grade  levels, or placed on "Credit Watch" various securities of the County
     and the  entities participating  in the  Fund.   As of  December 1994,  the
     Portfolio did not hold any direct obligations of  the County.  However, the
     Portfolio did hold bonds of some of  the governmental units that had  money
     invested with the  County; the impact of the loss of access to these funds,
     the loss of expected investment earnings and the  potential loss of some of
     the  principal  invested is  not  known at  this point.    There can  be no
     assurances that these  holdings will maintain their  current ratings and/or
     liquidity in the market.
         
        
              In  early  June  1995,  the  County  filed  a  proposal  with  the
     bankruptcy  court that  would require  holders  of the  County's short-term
     notes to  wait  one-year  before  being repaid.    The  existence  of  this
     proposal and its adoption  could disrupt the market for short-term  debt in
     California and possibly drive  up the State's borrowing costs.  On June 27,
     1995,  the voters  in  Orange  County rejected  a  proposed  one half  cent
     increase in the  sales tax, the revenues from which would have been used to
     help the  County  emerge from  bankruptcy.   The  failure  of this  measure
     increases the  likelihood that  the County  will default on  some of  their
     obligations and,  more  broadly,  could  have  a  negative  impact  on  the
     perceived  credit quality  of municipal  obligations throughout California.
     Although the State  of California  has no  obligation with  respect to  any
     obligations or securities of the County  or any of the other  participating
     entities, under  existing legal precedents,  the State may  be obligated to
     ensure that  school districts  have sufficient  funds to  operate.   Longer
     term,  this financial crisis  could have an adverse  impact on the economic
     recovery that has only recently taken hold in Southern California.
         
              California voters  have approved  a series  of amendments  to  the
     California  State constitution  which have  imposed  certain limits  on the
     taxing and spending  powers of the State and  local governments.  While the
     State legislature has,  in the past, enacted legislation designed to assist
     California issuers  in meeting  their debt service  obligations, other laws
     limiting  the  State's   authority  to  provide  financial   assistance  to
     localities have  also been  enacted.  Because  of the  uncertain impact  of
     such constitutional amendments and  statutes, the possible  inconsistencies
     in their respective terms and the impossibility of predicting  the level of
     future  appropriations  and  applicability  of  related  statutes  to  such
     questions,  it is  not  currently possible  to  assess the  impact of  such
     legislation and  policies  on the  ability  of  California issuers  to  pay

                                         A-4
<PAGE>






     interest or repay principal on their obligations.
        
              As  a  result of  the  significant  economic  and fiscal  problems
     described above, the State's  debt has been downgraded by all  three rating
     agencies from Aa to  A1 by Moody's, from A+ to  A by S&P, and from  AA to A
     by Fitch.  The bond ratings provided  are current as of the date hereof and
     are based on  economic conditions that  may not  continue; moreover,  there
     can be  no  assurance that  particular  bond issues  may  not be  adversely
     affected by  changes  in economic,  political  or  other conditions.    The
     State's  political  subdivisions  may  have  different   ratings  that  are
     unrelated to the ratings assigned to State obligations.
         
        
              Subject to the investment policies set forth  above, the Portfolio
     may  invest in  obligations of  the governments  of Puerto  Rico, the  U.S.
     Virgin  Islands and Guam.   The Portfolio  may invest up  to 5%  of its net
     assets in obligations issued by the governments of  each of the U.S. Virgin
     Islands  and  Guam,  and  may  invest  up  to  35%  of its  net  assets  in
     obligations issued  by  the government  of  Puerto Rico.    The economy  of
     Puerto  Rico  is  dominated  by  the  manufacturing  and  service  sectors.
     Although  the economy  of Puerto  Rico expanded  significantly from  fiscal
     1984 through  fiscal 1990, the rate of  this expansion slowed during fiscal
     years 1991,  1992 and 1993.   Growth in fiscal 1994  will depend on several
     factors,  including  the  state  of  the  U.S.  economy  and  the  relative
     stability in  the price of oil,  the exchange rate  of the U.S.  dollar and
     the cost  of borrowing.   Although  the Puerto Rico  unemployment rate  has
     declined  substantially since  1985, the  seasonally  adjusted unemployment
     rate for June 1995 was approximately 13.9%.  The North American Free  Trade
     Agreement ("NAFTA"), which  became effective January 1, 1994, could lead to
     the  loss  of Puerto  Rico's  lower salaried  or  labor  intensive jobs  to
     Mexico.  The  federal budget proposals  currently being  considered by  the
     U.S. Congress include the elimination of Section 936,  a federal tax credit
     program  credited with  encouraging economic  development  in Puerto  Rico.
     The  fate of Section 936 cannot  be determined at this time.   There can be
     no assurance that  the elimination of  the credit  available under  Section
     936  will not  have  a negative  impact on  Puerto  Rico's economy  and the
     credit quality (and value) of Puerto Rican bonds.
         
        
              S&P rates Puerto  Rico general  obligation debt  A, while  Moody's
     rates  it Baa1;  these ratings  have been  in  place since  1956 and  1976,
     respectively. S&P  assigned a stable  outlook on Puerto  Rico on April  26,
     1994.
         
        
              In addition, the  Portfolio may  invest 25% or more  of its  total
     assets  in  municipal  obligations of  the  same  type,  including, without
     limitation, the following:   lease rental  obligations of  State and  local
     authorities; obligations  of State and  local housing finance  authorities,
     municipal utilities systems  or public housing authorities;  obligations of
     hospitals or life care  facilities; or industrial development  or pollution
     control  bonds issued for electric utility  systems, steel companies, paper

                                         A-5
<PAGE>






     companies  or other purposes.  This may make the Portfolio more susceptible
     to  adverse economic,  political,  or  regulatory occurrences  affecting  a
     particular category  of issuer.   For example, health care-related  issuers
     are susceptible to medicaid reimbursement policies, and  national and State
     health care legislation.   As  the Portfolio's concentration  increases, so
     does the potential for fluctuation in the value of its interests.
         
        
              Non-Diversified Status.  The Portfolio's classification  under the
     Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as amended  (the  "Code")  as  a  "non-
     diversified" investment  company allows it  to invest, with  respect to 50%
     of its  total assets, more  than 5% (but  not more  than 25%) of  its total
     assets  in the securities of any issuer.  The Portfolio is likely to invest
     a greater  percentage of its  assets in the  securities of a single  issuer
     than  would  a   diversified  fund.    Therefore,  the  Portfolio  is  more
     susceptible  to  any single  adverse  economic or  political  occurrence or
     development affecting issuers of municipal obligations.
         
        
     Other Investment Practices
         
        
              The Portfolio  may engage  in the following  investment practices,
     some  of  which  may  be  considered  to  involve  "derivative" instruments
     because they  derive  their  value from  another  instrument,  security  or
     index.  In  addition, the Portfolio may temporarily borrow  up to 5% of the
     value of  its  total  assets  to  satisfy  redemption  requests  or  settle
     securities transactions.
         
        
              When-Issued Securities.  The  Portfolio may purchase securities on
     a  "when-issued" basis,  which means that  payment and delivery  occur on a
     future settlement  date.    The price  and  yield  of such  securities  are
     generally fixed  on  the date  of  commitment to  purchase.   However,  the
     market  value of the  securities may fluctuate  prior to  delivery and upon
     delivery  the securities  may  be worth  more  or less  than  the Portfolio
     agreed to pay  for them.  The Portfolio  may also purchase instruments that
     give it the option to purchase a municipal obligation when and if issued.
         
        
              Inverse  Floaters.     The  Portfolio  may   invest  in  municipal
     securities  whose  interest  rates  bear  an  inverse  relationship  to the
     interest  rate  on another  security or  the  value of  an  index ("inverse
     floaters").  An  investment in inverse  floaters may  involve greater  risk
     than an investment in a fixed rate  bond.  Because changes in the  interest
     rate on the  other security or index inversely affect the residual interest
     paid on the inverse  floater, the value of an inverse floater  is generally
     more  volatile than  that  of a  fixed rate  bond.   Inverse  floaters have
     interest  rate  adjustment  formulas  that  generally  reduce  or,  in  the
     extreme,  eliminate the  interest  paid to  the  Portfolio when  short-term
     interest rates rise, and increase  the interest paid to the  Portfolio when
     short-term interest rates fall.   Inverse floaters have varying  degrees of

                                         A-6
<PAGE>






     liquidity,  and the  market  for these  securities  is thin  and relatively
     volatile.  These  securities tend to underperform the market for fixed rate
     bonds in a  rising interest rate  environment, but tend  to outperform  the
     market for fixed  rate bonds when interest rates  decline.  Shifts in long-
     term interest rates  may, however, alter this tendency.  Although volatile,
     inverse floaters  typically offer the  potential for  yields exceeding  the
     yields available on  fixed rate bonds  with comparable  credit quality  and
     maturity.   These securities  usually permit  the investor  to convert  the
     floating rate  to  a fixed  rate  (normally  adjusted downward),  and  this
     optional conversion  feature may  provide  a partial  hedge against  rising
     rates if  exercised at an  opportune time.  Inverse  floaters are leveraged
     because they provide two  or more dollars of bond market exposure for every
     dollar invested.   As a matter of operating policy, the Portfolio currently
     may invest up to 7.5% of its net assets in inverse floaters.
         
        
              Futures  Transactions.    The  Portfolio  may  purchase  and  sell
     various kinds of financial futures  contracts and options thereon  to hedge
     against changes  in interest  rates.   Futures contracts  may  be based  on
     various debt  securities (such as  U.S. Government securities),  securities
     indices (such as  the Municipal Bond Index  traded on the Chicago  Board of
     Trade)  and  other financial  instruments and  indices.   Such transactions
     involve  a  risk of  loss  or  depreciation  due  to unanticipated  adverse
     changes  in securities  prices, which  may  exceed the  Portfolio's initial
     investment in  these contracts.   The Portfolio  may not  purchase or  sell
     futures contracts or related options,  except for closing purchase  or sale
     transactions, if immediately  thereafter the sum  of the  amount of  margin
     deposits and premiums  paid on the Portfolio's  outstanding positions would
     exceed  5% of  the  market value  of  the Portfolio's  net  assets.   These
     transactions involve transaction  costs.  There  can be  no assurance  that
     the  Investment  Adviser's use  of  futures  will  be  advantageous to  the
     Portfolio.
         
              Insured Obligations.   The Portfolio may  purchase municipal bonds
     that  are additionally  secured by  insurance, bank  credit agreements,  or
     escrow accounts.  The credit  quality of companies that provide such credit
     enhancements  will affect  the  value of  those  securities.   Although the
     insurance  feature  reduces  certain  financial  risks,  the  premiums  for
     insurance and  the higher  market price  paid for  insured obligations  may
     reduce current yield.  Insurance  generally will be obtained  from insurers
     with a claims-paying ability rated Aaa  by Moody's or AAA by S&P or  Fitch.
     The  insurance  does   not  guarantee  the  market  value  of  the  insured
     obligations or the net asset value of the Portfolio's interests.
        
     Additional Risk Considerations
         
        
              Many  municipal obligations  offering  current income  are  in the
     lowest  investment grade category (Baa or  BBB), lower categories or may be
     unrated.    As indicated  above,  the  Portfolio  may  invest in  municipal
     obligations rated  below investment grade (but not lower than B by Moody's,
     S&P or  Fitch) and comparable  unrated obligations.   The lowest investment

                                         A-7
<PAGE>






     grade, lower rated and  comparable unrated  municipal obligations in  which
     the Portfolio may invest will  have speculative characteristics in  varying
     degrees.   While  such  obligations may  have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these  characteristics can  be expected  to be  offset or
     outweighed by uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse  conditions.
     Lower rated  and comparable unrated  municipal obligations  are subject  to
     the risk of an issuer's  inability to meet principal and  interest payments
     on the obligations (credit  risk) and may also be subject to  greater price
     volatility  due  to  such  factors  as interest  rate  sensitivity,  market
     perception  of  the  creditworthiness  of  the  issuer  and general  market
     liquidity (market risk).   Lower rated or unrated municipal obligations are
     also  more likely  to  react to  real  or perceived  developments affecting
     market and credit  risk than are more highly rated obligations, which react
     primarily  to  movements  in the  general  level of  interest  rates.   The
     Investment Adviser  seeks  to minimize  the  risks  of investing  in  below
     investment grade securities  through professional  investment analysis  and
     attention  to   current  developments  in   interest  rates  and   economic
     conditions.   When  the  Portfolio  invests  in  lower  rated  and  unrated
     municipal  obligations, the achievement  of the  Portfolio's goals  is more
     dependent on  the Investment Adviser's  ability than would  be the case  if
     the Portfolio were  investing in municipal obligations in the higher rating
     categories.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may retain  defaulted obligations in  its portfolio
     when such retention is considered desirable by  the Investment Adviser.  In
     the case  of a  defaulted obligation,  the Portfolio  may incur  additional
     expense seeking recovery  of its investment.  Municipal obligations held by
     the Portfolio that are rated  below investment grade, but  that, subsequent
     to the assignment of  such rating, are backed by escrow accounts containing
     U.S.  Government obligations,  may be determined  by the Investment Adviser
     to  be  of  investment  grade  quality  for  purposes  of  the  Portfolio's
     investment policies.    The  Portfolio  may  retain  in  its  portfolio  an
     obligation whose  rating  drops below  B  after  its acquisition,  if  such
     retention  is considered  desirable by  the  Investment Adviser;  provided,
     however,  that holdings  of obligations  rated below  Baa or  BBB  will not
     exceed 35% of net  assets.  In the event  the rating of an  obligation held
     by the  Portfolio  is downgraded,  causing  the  Portfolio to  exceed  this
     limitation, the Investment  Adviser will (in  an orderly  fashion within  a
     reasonable period  of  time)  dispose  of  such  obligations  as  it  deems
     necessary  in   order  to  comply  with   the  Portfolio's  credit  quality
     limitations.  
         
        
              The  net asset value  of the Portfolio's interests  will change in
     response to  fluctuations in prevailing  interest rates and  changes in the
     value  of  the  securities held  by  the Portfolio.    When  interest rates
     decline, the value of securities held by  the Portfolio can be expected  to
     rise.   Conversely, when  interest rates rise, the  value of most portfolio
     security  holdings  can be  expected  to decline.   Changes  in  the credit
     quality of  the issuers of municipal obligations held by the Portfolio will
     affect  the principal  value of (and  possibly the  income earned  on) such

                                         A-8
<PAGE>






     obligations.  In addition,  the values of  such securities are affected  by
     changes in  general economic conditions  and business conditions  affecting
     the specific industries  of their issuers.   Changes  by recognized  rating
     services in their  ratings of a security  and in the ability of  the issuer
     to make  payments of principal  and interest may  also affect the value  of
     the  Portfolio's   investments.    The  amount  of  information  about  the
     financial condition of  an issuer of  municipal obligations  may not be  as
     extensive  as that  made  available by  corporations  whose securities  are
     publicly traded.   An  investment in  the Portfolio will  not constitute  a
     complete investment program.
         
        
              At times, a  substantial portion of the Portfolio's assets  may be
     invested in securities  as to which  the Portfolio, by  itself or  together
     with other accounts managed by  the Investment Adviser and  its affiliates,
     holds a major portion or  all of such securities.  Under  adverse market or
     economic  conditions or in  the event  of adverse changes  in the financial
     condition  of the issuer,  the Portfolio  could find  it more  difficult to
     sell such securities when the  Investment Adviser believes it  advisable to
     do so or may  be able to sell such securities only  at prices lower than if
     such securities were  more widely held.   Under such circumstances, it  may
     also be more  difficult to determine the fair  value of such securities for
     purposes of computing the Portfolio's net asset value.
         
        
              The secondary  market for  some municipal  obligations  (including
     issues  that are privately  placed with the Portfolio)  is less liquid than
     that for taxable  debt obligations or  other more  widely traded  municipal
     obligations.   The Portfolio will not invest in illiquid securities if more
     than 15%  of its net assets  would be invested  in securities that  are not
     readily marketable.   No established resale  market exists  for certain  of
     the municipal obligations  in which the Portfolio  may invest.  The  market
     for  obligations rated  below investment  grade is  also likely  to be less
     liquid  than the market  for higher  rated obligations.   As a  result, the
     Portfolio may be  unable to dispose of these municipal obligations at times
     when  it would  otherwise wish to  do so  at the  prices at which  they are
     valued.
         
        
              Certain securities held by the Portfolio may permit the issuer  at
     its option  to "call",  or redeem, its  securities.   If an issuer  redeems
     securities held  by  the Portfolio  during  a  time of  declining  interest
     rates,  the  Portfolio  may  not  be  able  to  reinvest  the  proceeds  in
     securities  providing  the   same  investment  return  as   the  securities
     redeemed.
         
        
              Some of the securities in which the Portfolio invests may  include
     so-called  "zero-coupon"  bonds,  whose  values  are   subject  to  greater
     fluctuation in  response to  changes in  market interest  rates than  bonds
     that  pay  interest  currently.     Zero-coupon  bonds  are  issued   at  a
     significant discount  from face  value and  pay interest  only at  maturity

                                         A-9
<PAGE>






     rather than at  intervals during the life  of the security.   The Portfolio
     is  required to accrue  and distribute income  from zero-coupon  bonds on a
     current basis, even  though it does  not receive that  income currently  in
     cash.  Thus, the  Portfolio may  have to sell  other investments to  obtain
     cash needed to make income distributions.
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest in municipal  leases, and participations
     in municipal leases.   The obligation of the issuer to meet its obligations
     under such leases is often subject to the  appropriation by the appropriate
     legislative body, on an  annual or other basis, of funds for the payment of
     the obligations.  Investments  in municipal leases are thus  subject to the
     risk that  the legislative body  will not make  the necessary appropriation
     and  the  issuer  will  not otherwise  be  willing  or  able  to  meet  its
     obligation.
         
        
              The   Portfolio  has   adopted  certain   fundamental   investment
              restrictions that  are enumerated in detail in Part B and that may
              not be changed unless authorized  by an investor vote.  Except for
              such enumerated  restrictions and  as otherwise indicated  in this
              Part A, the  investment objective  and policies  of the  Portfolio
              are not  fundamental policies and  accordingly may  be changed  by
              the  Trustees of  the Portfolio without obtaining  the approval of
              the investors in the Portfolio.  If  any changes were made in  the
              Portfolio's investment  objective,  the Portfolio  might  have  an
              investment  objective  different   from  the  objective  that   an
              investor considered  appropriate at  the time the  investor became
              an interest holder in the Portfolio. 
         
     Item 5.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The  Portfolio is organized as a trust under the laws of the State
     of New York.   The Portfolio intends to  comply with all applicable federal
     and state securities laws.
         
              Investment  Adviser.   The Portfolio  engages BMR,  a wholly-owned
     subsidiary  of Eaton  Vance Management ("Eaton  Vance"), as  its investment
     adviser.   Eaton Vance, its  affiliates and its  predecessor companies have
     been  managing  assets  of  individuals and  institutions  since  1924  and
     managing investment companies since 1931.
        
              Acting under  the general  supervision of  the Board of  Trustees,
     BMR manages the Portfolio's investments  and affairs and furnishes  for the
     use of  the Portfolio  office space  and all  necessary office  facilities,
     equipment  and personnel for  servicing the  investments of  the Portfolio.
     Under its investment  advisory agreement with the Portfolio, BMR receives a
     monthly advisory fee equal to the aggregate of:
         
              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
                      asset rate applicable to  that portion of the  total daily
                      net assets in each Category as indicated below, plus

                                         A-10
<PAGE>






              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
                      income rate applicable  to that portion of the total daily
                      gross   income  (which   portion  shall   bear  the   same
                      relationship to the total  daily gross income on such  day
                      as that portion of the total daily net assets  in the same
                      Category bears to  the total daily net assets on such day)
                      in each Category as indicated below:

                                                                 Annual  Daily
                                                                 Asset   Income
     Category         Daily Net Assets                           Rate    Rate

     1                Up to $500 million                         0.300%  3.00%
     2                $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%  2.75%
     3                $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%  2.50%
     4                $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%  2.25%
     5                $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%  2.00%
     6                $3 billion and over                        0.175%  1.75%

        
              As  at  September  30, 1995,  the  Portfolio  had  net  assets  of
     $410,670,138.  For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995,  the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory  fees equivalent  to 0.50%   of  the Portfolio's  average
     daily net assets for such year.  
         
        
              The  Portfolio is  responsible for  the payment  of all  costs and
     expenses  not expressly stated  to be  payable by BMR  under the investment
     advisory agreement.
         
              Robert B. MacIntosh  has acted as the portfolio manager  since the
     Portfolio  commenced operations.   He  has been  a Vice President  of Eaton
     Vance since 1991 and of BMR  since 1992.  Prior to joining  Eaton Vance, he
     was a  Portfolio Manager at  Fidelity Management &  Research Company (1986-
     1991). 
        
              Effective February 1,  1996, Cynthia J. Clemson will serve  as the
     portfolio manager  of the  Portfolio.   She has  been a  Vice President  of
     Eaton Vance  and of BMR  since 1993  and an employee  of Eaton  Vance since
     1985.
         
        
              Municipal obligations  are normally traded on a net basis (without
     commission) through broker-dealers and banks acting  for their own account.
     Such firms attempt  to profit from such  transactions by buying at  the bid
     price  and selling  at  the  higher asked  price  of  the market,  and  the
     difference is customarily referred  to as the spread.   In selecting  firms
     that will  execute portfolio  transactions, BMR  judges their  professional
     ability  and  quality  of  service and  uses  its  best  efforts to  obtain
     execution  at  prices  that  are  advantageous  to  the  Portfolio  and  at
     reasonably  competitive  spreads.    Subject  to  the  foregoing,  BMR  may
     consider sales of shares  of other investment companies sponsored by BMR or

                                         A-11
<PAGE>






     Eaton  Vance as a  factor in  the selection  of firms to  execute portfolio
     transactions.
         
        
              BMR  or Eaton  Vance  acts  as investment  adviser  to  investment
     companies  and various  individual and  institutional  clients with  assets
     under  management  of   approximately  $16  billion.    Eaton  Vance  is  a
     wholly-owned  subsidiary of  Eaton  Vance Corp.,  a  publicly held  holding
     company.   Eaton  Vance Corp.,  through  its subsidiaries  and  affiliates,
     engages  in  investment  management  and  marketing  activities,  fiduciary
     services, oil  and gas operations, real  estate investment,  consulting and
     management, and development of precious metals properties.
         
     Item 6.  Capital Stock and Other Securities
        
              The Portfolio is organized as a trust under the  laws of the State
     of New  York and intends  to be  treated as a  partnership for federal  tax
     purposes.  Under the Declaration  of Trust, the Trustees are  authorized to
     issue interests in the Portfolio.  Each  investor is entitled to a vote  in
     proportion to the amount  of its investment in the Portfolio.   Investments
     in the Portfolio may not be transferred,  but an investor may withdraw  all
     or  any  portion  of  its  investment  at  any  time at  net  asset  value.
     Investors in the Portfolio  will each be liable for all obligations  of the
     Portfolio.   However, the  risk of an  investor in  the Portfolio incurring
     financial loss on account of  such liability is limited to circumstances in
     which both inadequate insurance exists  and the Portfolio itself  is unable
     to meet its obligations.
         
        
              The  Declaration  of  Trust   provides  that  the  Portfolio  will
     terminate 120  days after the  complete withdrawal of  any investor in  the
     Portfolio unless either  the remaining investors,  by unanimous  vote at  a
     meeting of such investors,  or a majority of the Trustees of the Portfolio,
     by  written instrument consented to by all investors, agree to continue the
     business  of  the  Portfolio.    This  provision  is  consistent  with  the
     treatment of  the  Portfolio  as  a  partnership  for  federal  income  tax
     purposes.
         
              Investments  in the  Portfolio  have no  preemptive  or conversion
     rights and are  fully paid and  nonassessable by  the Portfolio, except  as
     set  forth above.    The  Portfolio is  not  required  and has  no  current
     intention to hold annual meetings of investors,  but the Portfolio may hold
     special meetings of  investors when in the  judgment of the Trustees  it is
     necessary or desirable to submit matters for an  investor vote.  Changes in
     fundamental policies  or restrictions will  be submitted to   investors for
     approval.   The  investment  objective  and all  nonfundamental  investment
     policies of the Portfolio  may be changed by the Trustees of  the Portfolio
     without  obtaining  the  approval  of  the   investors  in  the  Portfolio.
     Investors  have under  certain circumstances  (e.g.,  upon application  and
     submission of  certain specified documents  to the Trustees  by a specified
     number  of investors)  the  right to  communicate  with other  investors in
     connection with  requesting  a meeting  of  investors  for the  purpose  of

                                         A-12
<PAGE>






     removing one  or  more  Trustees.    Any Trustee  may  be  removed  by  the
     affirmative  vote  of   holders  of  two-thirds  of  the  interest  in  the
     Portfolio.
        
              Information regarding  pooled investment  entities or  funds  that
     invest  in  the  Portfolio  may  be  obtained  by  contacting  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc., 24  Federal Street, Boston, MA  02110, (617)  482-8260.
     Smaller  investors  in the  Portfolio  may  be  adversely  affected by  the
     actions of a larger  investor in the  Portfolio.  For  example, if a  large
     investor  withdraws  from  the  Portfolio,  the   remaining  investors  may
     experience  higher pro  rata operating  expenses,  thereby producing  lower
     returns.  Additionally, the Portfolio may  hold fewer securities, resulting
     in increased portfolio risk, and experience decreasing  economies of scale.
     However, this possibility exists as well for historically structured  funds
     that have large or institutional investors.
         
        
              As  of January 15,  1996, EV  Marathon California  Municipals Fund
     controlled the Portfolio  by virtue of  owning approximately  98.5% of  the
     outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio.
         
        
              The  net asset  value of the Portfolio  is determined  each day on
     which the  New York Stock  Exchange (the  "Exchange") is  open for  trading
     ("Portfolio  Business Day").   This  determination is  made  each Portfolio
     Business Day as of the close of regular  trading on the Exchange (currently
     4:00 p.m., New York time) (the "Portfolio Valuation Time").
         
        
              Each  investor  in  the  Portfolio  may  add  to  or  reduce   its
     investment  in the  Portfolio on  each  Portfolio Business  Day  as of  the
     Portfolio  Valuation Time.   The value  of each investor's  interest in the
     Portfolio  will be  determined by  multiplying the  net asset  value of the
     Portfolio by  the percentage,  determined on the  prior Portfolio  Business
     Day, which  represents that investor's  share of the  aggregate interest in
     the Portfolio on  such prior  day.  Any  additions or  withdrawals for  the
     current Portfolio  Business Day  will then  be recorded.   Each  investor's
     percentage of  the  aggregate  interest  in  the  Portfolio  will  then  be
     recomputed as a percentage equal to a  fraction (i) the numerator of  which
     is the  value of  such investor's  investment in  the Portfolio  as of  the
     Portfolio Valuation  Time  on the  prior  Portfolio  Business Day  plus  or
     minus,  as the case may be,  the amount of any  additions to or withdrawals
     from the  investor's investment in  the Portfolio on  the current Portfolio
     Business Day and (ii)  the denominator of which is the aggregate  net asset
     value of the  Portfolio as  of the Portfolio  Valuation Time  on the  prior
     Portfolio Business Day  plus or minus, as  the case may  be, the amount  of
     the net additions to  or withdrawals from the  aggregate investment in  the
     Portfolio on  the current Portfolio  Business Day by  all investors in  the
     Portfolio.  The percentage so determined will then be  applied to determine
     the value  of the  investor's  interest in  the Portfolio  for the  current
     Portfolio Business Day.
         

                                         A-13
<PAGE>






        
              The  Portfolio will allocate at least annually among its investors
     each investor's distributive  share of the Portfolio's net taxable (if any)
     and  tax-exempt  investment income,  net  realized capital  gains,  and any
     other  items of income,  gain, loss, deduction or  credit.  The Portfolio's
     net investment income  consists of all  income accrued  on the  Portfolio's
     assets, less all actual and  accrued expenses of the  Portfolio, determined
     in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
         
        
              Under the  anticipated method  of operation of the  Portfolio, the
     Portfolio will  not be subject  to any  federal income tax.   (See Part  B,
     Item 20.)   However, each investor in the  Portfolio will take into account
     its allocable share of the  Portfolio's ordinary income and capital gain in
     determining its  federal income tax  liability.  The  determination of each
     such share  will be  made in accordance  with the governing  instruments of
     the Portfolio, which  are intended to  comply with the requirements  of the
     Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
         
        
              It  is intended  that the  Portfolio's assets  and income  will be
     managed in  such a  way that  an investor in  the Portfolio  that seeks  to
     qualify as a regulated  investment company ("RIC")  under the Code will  be
     able to satisfy the requirements for such qualification.
         
     Item 7.  Purchase of Interests in the Portfolio

              Interests in the Portfolio are issued solely in  private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the 1933 Act.   See "General Description of  Registrant"
     above.
        
              An investment in the Portfolio will be made  without a sales load.
     All investments received  by the Portfolio will be  effected as of the next
     Portfolio  Valuation  Time.   The  net  asset  value  of  the Portfolio  is
     determined at the  Portfolio Valuation Time on each Portfolio Business Day.
     The Portfolio will  be closed for business  and will not determine  its net
     asset  value   on  the  following  business   holidays:  New   Year's  Day,
     Presidents' Day, Good  Friday (a New York Stock Exchange holiday), Memorial
     Day, Independence  Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.  The
     Portfolio's  net asset  value  is computed  in  accordance with  procedures
     established by the Portfolio's Trustees.
         
        
              The Portfolio's net asset value is determined by Investors Bank  &
     Trust Company  (as custodian and agent  for the Portfolio)  based on market
     or fair value  in the manner authorized  by the Trustees of  the Portfolio.
     The  net asset  value is  computed by  subtracting the  liabilities of  the
     Portfolio  from the value of its total  assets.  Inasmuch as the market for
     municipal obligations is a dealer  market with no central  trading location
     or  continuous  quotation  system,  it  is  not  feasible  to  obtain  last
     transaction prices for  most municipal obligations held  by the  Portfolio,

                                         A-14
<PAGE>






     and  such obligations, including  those purchased  on a  when-issued basis,
     will normally be valued  on the basis of valuations furnished by  a pricing
     service.     The  pricing   service  uses   information  with  respect   to
     transactions in  bonds, quotations from  bond dealers, market  transactions
     in  comparable  securities, various  relationships between  securities, and
     yield to  maturity in  determining value.   Taxable  obligations for  which
     price quotations  are readily available normally will be valued at the mean
     between the latest available  bid and asked prices.  Open futures positions
     on debt securities are  valued at the most recent settlement  prices unless
     such  price does not reflect the fair  value of the contract, in which case
     the positions will be valued by or at the direction of the Trustees  of the
     Portfolio.   Other assets are valued at fair value using methods determined
     in  good  faith by  or  at  the direction  of  the Trustees.    For further
     information regarding the valuation of the Portfolio's assets, see Part B.
         
              There is  no  minimum  initial  or subsequent  investment  in  the
     Portfolio.     The  Portfolio  reserves   the  right  to  cease   accepting
     investments at any time or to reject any investment order.

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc. ("EVD").   The principal business  address of EVD is  24
     Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.  EVD  receives no compensation
     for serving as the placement agent for the Portfolio.

     Item 8.  Redemption or Decrease of Interest
        
              An investor in the Portfolio  may withdraw all of (redeem)  or any
     portion  of  (decrease) its  interest  in  the  Portfolio  if a  withdrawal
     request in proper  form is furnished by the investor to the Portfolio.  All
     withdrawals will be effected  as of the next Portfolio Valuation Time.  The
     proceeds  of a withdrawal  will be  paid by  the Portfolio normally  on the
     Portfolio Business Day the withdrawal is effected, but  in any event within
     seven  days.   The Portfolio reserves  the right  to pay the  proceeds of a
     withdrawal  (whether a redemption or decrease) by a distribution in kind of
     portfolio  securities (instead  of cash).   The  securities so  distributed
     would be valued at the same amount as that assigned to them  in calculating
     the net  asset value for the  interest (whether complete or  partial) being
     withdrawn.   If  an investor  received a  distribution  in kind  upon  such
     withdrawal,  the  investor  could incur  brokerage  and  other  charges  in
     converting  the securities  to  cash.   The  Portfolio has  filed with  the
     Securities and  Exchange Commission  (the "Commission")  a notification  of
     election  on Form  N-18F-1  committing  to pay  in  cash all  requests  for
     withdrawals  by  any investor,  limited  in  amount  with  respect to  such
     investor during any 90 day period to the  lesser of (a) $250,000 or (b)  1%
     of the net asset value of the Portfolio at the beginning of such period.
         
              Investments in the Portfolio may not be transferred.
        
              The right of any investor  to receive payment with respect  to any
     withdrawal  may be  suspended  or the  payment  of the  withdrawal proceeds
     postponed during any  period in which  the Exchange  is closed (other  than
     weekends or holidays)  or trading on the Exchange  is restricted or, to the

                                         A-15
<PAGE>






     extent otherwise  permitted  by the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  as
     amended  (the "1940  Act"), if  an emergency  exists,  or during  any other
     period  permitted  by  order  of  the  Commission  for  the  protection  of
     investors.
         
     Item 9.  Pending Legal Proceedings

     Not applicable.













































                                         A-16
<PAGE>






                                       PART B

     Item 10.  Cover Page

     Not applicable.

     Item 11.  Table of Contents
                                                                  Page 
     General Information and History   . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Investment Objectives and Policies  . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-1 
     Management of the Portfolio   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-21
     Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities  . . . .  B-25
     Investment Advisory and Other Services  . . . . . . . . . .  B-25
     Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices  . . . . . . . . .  B-28
     Capital Stock and Other Securities  . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-30
     Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities  . . . . . .  B-33
     Tax Status  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-33
     Underwriters  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-37
     Calculation of Performance Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-37
     Financial Statements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  B-37
     Appendix  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  a-1 
         
     Item 12.  General Information and History
        
              Effective December  8, 1995, the Portfolio's name was changed from
     "California Tax Free Portfolio" to "California Municipals Portfolio."
         
     Item 13.  Investment Objectives and Policies
        
              Part  A  contains  additional  information  about  the  investment
     objective  and  policies  of  the  California   Municipals  Portfolio  (the
     "Portfolio").   This Part  B should  be read  in conjunction  with Part  A.
     Capitalized terms used  in this Part B  and not otherwise defined  have the
     meanings given them in Part A.
         
        
     Municipal Obligations
         
        
              Municipal  obligations  are issued  to  obtain  funds  for various
     public and private  purposes.  Such obligations  include bonds, as  well as
     tax-exempt commercial  paper, project notes,  and municipal  notes such  as
     tax, revenue and  bond anticipation notes of short maturity, generally less
     than  three years.   In  general, there  are three  categories of municipal
     obligations the interest on  which is exempt from federal income tax and is
     not a tax preference item for  purposes of the federal alternative  minimum
     tax:  (i) certain  "public purpose"  obligations  (whenever issued),  which
     include  obligations issued  directly  by state  and  local governments  or
     their agencies  to fulfill essential  governmental functions; (ii)  certain
     obligations  issued  before   August  8,  1986  for  the  benefit  of  non-
     governmental  persons or  entities;  and  (iii) certain  "private  activity
     bonds" issued  after  August  7, 1986,  which  include  "qualified  Section

                                         B-1
<PAGE>






     501(c)(3)  bonds"  or refundings  of  certain obligations  included  in the
     second category. In  assessing the federal income tax treatment of interest
     on any  municipal  obligation, the  Portfolio  will  generally rely  on  an
     opinion of the  issuer's counsel (when  available) and  will not  undertake
     any  independent  verification  of the  basis  for  the opinion.    The two
     principal classifications  of  municipal  bonds  are  "general  obligation"
     bonds and "revenue" bonds.
         
        
              Interest on  certain "private activity bonds"  issued after August
     7, 1986  is exempt from  regular federal income  tax, but such interest  is
     treated  as a tax  preference item that could  subject the  recipient to or
     increase  the recipient's  liability for  the  federal alternative  minimum
     tax.   It  should be  noted that,  for  a corporate  holder  (other than  a
     regulated investment company)  of an interest in the Portfolio, interest on
     all  municipal  obligations  (whenever issued)  is  included  in  "adjusted
     current earnings"  for purposes of  the federal alternative  minimum tax as
     applied to corporations  (to the extent not already included in alternative
     minimum taxable income as income attributable to private activity bonds).
         
        
              Market  discount  on long-term  tax-exempt  municipal  obligations
     (i.e., obligations  with a  term of more  than one  year) purchased in  the
     secondary  market after April  30, 1993 is taxable  as ordinary  income.  A
     long-term debt  obligation is  generally treated  as acquired  at a  market
     discount  if the  secondary market  purchase  price is  less  than (i)  the
     stated  principal amount payable at maturity,  in the case of an obligation
     that does  not  have original  issue discount  or (ii)  in the  case of  an
     obligation that does  have original issue  discount, the  sum of the  issue
     price and  any original issue  discount that accrued  before the obligation
     was purchased, subject to a de minimis exclusion.
         
              Issuers of  general  obligation bonds  include  states,  counties,
     cities, towns  and regional districts.   The proceeds  of these obligations
     are  used  to  fund  a  wide   range  of  public  projects  including   the
     construction or  improvement  of schools,  highways  and roads,  water  and
     sewer systems and  a variety of other public  purposes.  The basic security
     of general  obligation bonds  is the issuer's  pledge of its  faith, credit
     and taxing power  for the  payment of principal  and interest.   The  taxes
     that can  be levied  for the  payment of  debt service  may  be limited  or
     unlimited as to rate and amount.

              The principal  security for a  revenue bond is  generally the  net
     revenues derived  from a particular facility or  group of facilities or, in
     some  cases,  from the  proceeds  of  a special  excise  or  other specific
     revenue source.  Revenue bonds  have been issued to fund a wide  variety of
     capital  projects including:  electric, gas, water,  sewer and  solid waste
     disposal systems; highways, bridges and tunnels;  port, airport and parking
     facilities;  transportation   systems;  housing  facilities,  colleges  and
     universities and  hospitals.  Although the  principal security behind these
     bonds  varies widely, many  provide additional  security in  the form  of a
     debt service reserve  fund whose monies may  be used to make  principal and

                                         B-2
<PAGE>






     interest  payments   on  the   issuer's  obligations.     Housing   finance
     authorities have  a wide  range of  security including  partially or  fully
     insured, rent  subsidized and/or collateralized  mortgages, and/or the  net
     revenues  from housing or  other public  projects.   In addition to  a debt
     service  reserve fund,  some  authorities provide  further security  in the
     form  of  a  state's  ability   (without  legal  obligation)  to   make  up
     deficiencies in  the debt service reserve fund.  Lease rental revenue bonds
     issued  by a  state or local  authority for  capital projects  are normally
     secured by annual lease rental payments from  the state or locality to  the
     authority  sufficient to cover debt service on the authority's obligations.
     Such payments are usually subject to annual appropriations by the  state or
     locality.

              Industrial  development and  pollution control  bonds are  in most
     cases revenue bonds  and are generally not  secured by the taxing  power of
     the  municipality, but are  usually secured by the  revenues derived by the
     authority from payments of the industrial user or users.

              The Portfolio  may on occasion acquire  revenue bonds which  carry
     warrants or  similar rights covering  equity securities.   Such warrants or
     rights  may  be   held  indefinitely,  but  if  exercised,   the  Portfolio
     anticipates  that  it would,  under  normal circumstances,  dispose  of any
     equity securities so acquired within a reasonable period of time.

              While  most  municipal  bonds   pay  a  fixed  rate  of   interest
     semi-annually in  cash, there are exceptions.   Some bonds pay  no periodic
     cash interest,  but rather make  a single payment  at maturity representing
     both principal and  interest.  Bonds may be  issued or subsequently offered
     with  interest  coupons  materially  greater   or  less  than  those   then
     prevailing, with price adjustments reflecting such deviation.
        
              The obligations of  any person or  entity to pay the  principal of
     and interest on  a municipal  obligation are subject  to the provisions  of
     bankruptcy, insolvency and  other laws affecting the rights and remedies of
     creditors, such as the  Federal Bankruptcy Act, and laws, if any,  that may
     be  enacted  by Congress  or  state  legislatures  extending  the time  for
     payment of  principal or interest,  or both, or  imposing other constraints
     upon  enforcement of such obligations.   There is also the possibility that
     as a result  of litigation or other conditions the  power or ability of any
     person  or entity to pay when due principal  of and interest on a municipal
     obligation may  be materially affected.   There have  been recent instances
     of defaults  and bankruptcies involving municipal obligations that were not
     foreseen by the financial and  investment communities.  The  Portfolio will
     take whatever action it considers  appropriate in the event  of anticipated
     financial difficulties, default or bankruptcy  of either the issuer  of any
     municipal obligation  or  of  the  underlying  source  of  funds  for  debt
     service.    Such action  may  include  retaining  the  services of  various
     persons  or  firms (including  affiliates  of  the Investment  Adviser)  to
     evaluate or  protect any real  estate, facilities or  other assets securing
     any such  obligation or acquired by the  Portfolio as a result  of any such
     event,  and the  Portfolio  may also  manage  (or engage  other persons  to
     manage) or otherwise deal  with any real estate, facilities or other assets

                                         B-3
<PAGE>






     so acquired.   The Portfolio anticipates  that real  estate consulting  and
     management  services may  be required with  respect to  properties securing
     various municipal obligations in its portfolio  or subsequently acquired by
     the Portfolio.   The Portfolio will incur additional expenditures in taking
     protective  action with  respect  to portfolio  obligations in  default and
     assets securing such obligations.
         
        
              The  yields  on  municipal  obligations  will  be  dependent  on a
     variety  of factors,  including purposes of  issue and source  of funds for
     repayment,  general money  market  conditions,  general conditions  of  the
     municipal  bond market,  size  of a  particular  offering, maturity  of the
     obligation  and rating of the issue.  The ratings of Moody's, S&P and Fitch
     represent their opinions  as to the  quality of  the municipal  obligations
     that  they undertake  to rate.    It should  be  emphasized, however,  that
     ratings  are based on  judgment and are not  absolute standards of quality.
     Consequently,  municipal obligations  with the  same  maturity, coupon  and
     rating may have  different yields while  obligations of  the same  maturity
     and coupon with  different ratings may have  the same yield.   In addition,
     the market price of such  obligations will normally fluctuate  with changes
     in interest rates, and  therefore the net asset value of the Portfolio will
     be affected by such changes.
         
     Risks of Concentration
        
              California Obligations.   The following information  as to certain
     California considerations is  given to investors in view of the Portfolio's
     policy  of concentrating  its  investments  in  California issuers.    Such
     information  supplements the information  in Part  A.   It is  derived from
     sources that  are generally available  to investors and  is believed  to be
     accurate.   Such information  constitutes only  a brief  summary, does  not
     purport  to be  a complete  description, and  is based on  information from
     official  statements  relating   to  securities  offerings  of   California
     issuers.  The Portfolio has not independently verified this information.
             
              Constitutional Limitations on Taxes and Appropriations.
              Limitation  on Taxes.   Certain  California  municipal obligations
     may be obligations  of issuers which rely in whole  or in part, directly or
     indirectly, on  ad valorem  property taxes  as a  source of  revenue.   The
     taxing powers of  California local governments and districts are limited by
     Article XIII  A of the  California Constitution, enacted  by the voters  in
     1978  and  commonly known  as "Proposition  13."   Briefly, Article  XIII A
     limits to 1% of  full cash value the rate  of ad valorem property  taxes on
     real property  and generally restricts  the reassessment of  property to 2%
     per year, except upon new construction  or change of ownership (subject  to
     a number of exemptions).   Taxing entities may,  however, raise ad  valorem
     taxes above  the 1%  limit to  pay debt service  on certain  voter-approved
     bonded indebtedness.
     
              Under  Article XIII A, the basic 1% ad valorem tax levy is applied
     against  the  assessed  value  of  property  as  of  the  owner's  date  of

                                         B-4
<PAGE>






     acquisition  (or as  of March  1,  1975, if  acquired earlier),  subject to
     certain adjustments.   This system  has resulted in  widely varying amounts
     of tax on similarly situated  properties.  Several lawsuits have been filed
     challenging  the acquisition-based  assessment  system  of Proposition  13.
     The U.S. Supreme  Court recently heard one  of these lawsuits, and  on June
     18, 1992 announced a decision upholding Proposition 13.

              Article XIII  A prohibits local governments  from raising revenues
     through ad  valorem property  taxes above  the 1% limit;  it also  requires
     voters  of any  governmental unit to  give two-thirds approval  to levy any
     "special tax."  A California  Supreme Court decision, however,  allowed the
     levy, without voter approval, of  "general taxes" which were  not dedicated
     to a specific  use.   In response  to these  decisions, the  voters of  the
     State in 1986 adopted an  initiative statute which imposed  significant new
     limits  on the ability  of local entities to  raise or  levy general taxes,
     except by receiving  majority local voter approval.   Significant  elements
     of this initiative,  "Proposition 62," have been overturned in recent court
     cases.   An initiative proposed  to re-enact the  provisions of Proposition
     62 as  a constitutional amendment  was defeated by  the voters  in November
     1990, but such a proposal may be renewed in the future.

              Appropriations Limits.   The State and  its local  governments are
     subject to an annual  "appropriations limit" imposed  by Article XIII B  of
     the  California   Constitution,  enacted  by   the  voters   in  1979   and
     significantly  amended  by  Proposition  98  and  111  in  1988  and  1990,
     respectively.   Article XIII  B prohibits  the State or  any covered  local
     government from spending  "appropriations subject to limitation"  in excess
     of  the   appropriations  limit  imposed.     "Appropriations  subject   to
     limitation" are authorizations  to spend "proceeds of taxes," which consist
     of  tax  revenues   and  certain  other  funds,  including   proceeds  from
     regulatory licenses,  user charges or other  fees, to the extent  that such
     proceeds  exceed  the  cost  of  providing  the  product  or  service,  but
     "proceeds  of taxes" exclude most  State subventions  to local governments.
     No limit is  imposed on appropriations of funds  which are not "proceeds of
     taxes," such as  reasonable user charges or fees, and certain other non-tax
     funds, including bond proceeds.

              Among  the  expenditures  not  included  in  the  Article  XIII  B
     appropriations limit  are (1)  the  debt service  cost of  bonds issued  or
     authorized prior  to January  1, 1979,  or subsequently  authorized by  the
     voters, (2)  appropriations arising  from certain  emergencies declared  by
     the Governor, (3) appropriations  for certain capital outlay  projects, (4)
     appropriations by  the State of  post-1989 increases in  gasoline taxes and
     vehicle weight  fees,  and (5)  appropriations  made  in certain  cases  of
     emergency.

              The  appropriations limit  for each  year is adjusted  annually to
     reflect changes  in cost  of living  and population, and  any transfers  of
     service responsibilities  between government  units.   The definitions  for
     such  adjustments  were  liberalized  by  Proposition  111 to  follow  more
     closely growth  in the  State's economy.   "Excess"  revenues are  measured
     over  a  two-year cycle.    Local governments  must  return  any excess  to

                                         B-5
<PAGE>






     taxpayers by rate  reductions.  With more liberal annual adjustment factors
     since 1988, and  depressed revenues since  1990 because  of the  recession,
     few governments  are currently  operating near  their spending limits,  but
     this  condition may  change over  time.   Local  governments  may by  voter
     approval exceed their spending limit for up to four years.
        
         
        
              Because  of the  complex nature of  Articles XIII A and  XIII B of
     the California  Constitution, the ambiguities and  possible inconsistencies
     in their terms, and the  impossibility of predicting future  appropriations
     or  changes  in population  and  cost  of living,  and  the  probability of
     continuing  legal  challenges, it  is not  currently possible  to determine
     fully  the impact  of  Article  XIII A  or  Article  XIII B  on  California
     municipal obligations or on  the ability of the State or  local governments
     to pay debt service on  such obligations.  It is not  presently possible to
     predict the outcome of any pending litigation with respect to the  ultimate
     scope, impact  or constitutionality  of either  Article XIII  A or  Article
     XIII B, or the  impact of  any such determinations  upon State agencies  or
     local  governments, or  upon their  ability to  pay debt  service on  their
     obligations.   Future initiatives  or legislative  changes in  laws or  the
     California Constitution  may also affect the ability  of the State or local
     issuers to repay their obligations.
         
        
              Obligations of the State of California.  
              As  of August 1,  1995, the State had  approximately $19.0 billion
     of  general  obligation  bonds  outstanding,  and   $1.1  billion  remained
     authorized but  unissued.   In addition, at  June 30,  1995, the State  had
     lease-purchase  obligations, payable  from  the  State's general  fund,  of
     approximately  $6.0 billion  with authorized  but  unissued lease  purchase
     debt of  $1.3 billion.   The  State's outstanding  general obligation  bond
     debt  has  gradually risen  in  recent  years:    from approximately  $15.9
     billion  in 1991-92  to approximately  $19.2  billion in  1994-95.   Of the
     State's  outstanding   general  obligation   debt,  approximately   22%  is
     presently self-liquidating (for  which program revenues are  anticipated to
     be sufficient to  reimburse the general  fund for  debt service  payments).
     Three general  obligation bond propositions,  totalling $3.7 billion,  were
     approved  by voters  in 1992.    The State  has paid  the principal  of and
     interest  on its  general obligation bonds,  lease-purchase debt and short-
     term obligations when due.
         
              As  of the  date hereof,  general obligation  bonds issued  by the
     State of  California are  rated  A1, A  and A  by Moody's,  S&P and  Fitch,
     respectively.   Starting in 1991 and continuing through the middle of 1994,
     there has been  a relatively steady  deterioration in  the State's  general
     obligation  bond rating.    On  July 15,  1994,  all  three of  the  rating
     agencies rating the  State's long-term debt  lowered their  ratings of  the
     State's  general obligation bonds.   Moody's lowered its  rating from AA to
     A1, S&P lowered its  rating from A+ to A and  termed its outlook as stable,
     and Fitch lowered its rating  from AA to A.  An explanation of such actions
     may  be  obtained  only  from  the  respective  rating  agencies.    Future

                                         B-6
<PAGE>






     deterioration in the State's  fiscal condition  could result in  additional
     downgrades by the rating agencies.
        
              Recent Financial Results.  
              From the 1990-91 fiscal year through the 1994-95 fiscal year,  the
     State has faced the worst economic, fiscal and budget conditions since  the
     1930's.   Construction, manufacturing  (especially aerospace),  exports and
     financial services, among others, were  all severely affected.   Job losses
     were the worst of any post-war recession  and continued through the end  of
     1993.     Following  Department  of   Finance  projections  that   non-farm
     employment  levels would  be  stable in  1994,  employment grew  3% between
     November  1993 and November 1994.  However, unemployment was well above the
     national average through 1994.  
         
        
              The  recession  seriously  affected  State  tax   revenues,  which
     basically  mirror   economic  conditions.     It   also  caused   increased
     expenditures  for health and  welfare programs.   The  State has  also been
     facing  a structural  imbalance  in its  budget  with the  largest programs
     supported by  the  General Fund  -  K-12  schools and  community  colleges,
     health  and welfare,  and corrections  - growing  at rates higher  than the
     growth rates  for the principal revenue sources of the  General Fund.  As a
     result,  the  State  experienced  recurring  budget  deficits.   The  State
     Controller  reports that  expenditures exceeded  revenues  for four  of the
     five fiscal years ending with  1991-92, and were essentially equal in 1992-
     93.   By June 30, 1993, according to the Department of Finance, the State's
     Special  Fund for Economic Uncertainties had  a deficit, on a budget basis,
     of  approximately $2.8  billion.   The  1993-94  Budget Act  incorporated a
     Deficit Retirement Plan to  repay this deficit over two fiscal years.   The
     original budget for 1993-94 reflected revenues  which exceeded expenditures
     by approximately  $2.0 billion.  As  a result of the  continuing recession,
     the excess of revenues over expenditures for the  fiscal year was only $522
     million.   Thus,  the  accumulated budget  deficit  at  June 30,  1994  was
     approximately $2.0  billion, and the  deficit will  not be retired  by June
     30, 1995 as planned.
         
              The  accumulated  budget deficits  over  the  past  several years,
     together  with  expenditures   for  school  funding  which  have  not  been
     reflected in  the budget,  and reduction  of available internal  borrowable
     funds,  have combined  to significantly deplete  the State's cash resources
     to  pay its ongoing expenses.   In order to meet its  cash needs, the State
     has had  to rely  for several  years on  a series  of external  borrowings,
     including borrowings past the end of a fiscal year.
        
         
        
              1994-95 Budget.   The  1994-95 fiscal year represented  the fourth
     consecutive year  the  Governor and  Legislature  were  faced with  a  very
     difficult budget  environment to produce  a balanced budget.   Many program
     cuts and  budgetary adjustments  had already  been made  in the  past three
     years.  The  Budget recognized that  the accumulated  deficit could not  be
     repaid  in one  year,  and  proposed  a  two-year  solution.    The  budget

                                         B-7
<PAGE>






     projected operating surpluses  for the budget for both 1994-95 and 1995-96,
     and lead  to the elimination  of the accumulated  budget deficit, estimated
     at about $2.0 billion at June 30, 1994, by June 30, 1996.
         
        
              The 1994-95  Budget Act, signed by  the Governor on  July 8, 1994,
     projected  revenues and  transfers of  $41.9 billion,  $2.1  billion higher
     than revenues in 1993-94.   This reflects the administration's  forecast of
     an improving  economy.  The Budget  Act projected the effective  receipt of
     about $770 million  from the Federal Government,  $360 million of which  is
     to  reimburse the  State's  costs for  immigrant-related  expenses and  the
     balance  is  attributable  to  federal  subventions   thus  reducing  State
     expenditures.   Little  or  none  of  this money  is  now  expected  to  be
     received.   The Legislature  took no action  on a  proposal in the  January
     Governor's Budget  to undertake  an expansion  of the  transfer of  certain
     programs to  counties, which would  also have transferred  to counties 0.5%
     of the State's  current sales tax.   The Budget Act projected  Special Fund
     revenues of  $12.1  billion, a  decrease  of  2.4% from  1993-94  estimated
     revenues.    The  Governor's  1995-96  Budget  proposal  of  January,  1995
     included an upward revision  of General Fund revenues to $42.4  billion for
     the 1994-95 fiscal year.
         
        
              The  1994-95 Budget  Act  projected General  Fund  expenditures of
     $40.9 billion, an  increase of $1.6 billion  over 1993-94.  The  Budget Act
     also projected Special  Fund expenditures of $13.7 billion, a 5.4% increase
     over the 1993-94 estimated expenditures.   Although the 1994-95  Budget Act
     contains  no tax  increases,  under  legislation  enacted for  the  1993-94
     Budget, the  renters' tax  credit was  suspended  for two  years (1993  and
     1994).   A  ballot proposition  to  permanently  restore the  renters'  tax
     credit after this year failed at the June, 1994 election.  The  Legislature
     enacted  a further  one-year  suspension of  the  renters' tax  credit, for
     1995, saving about  $390 million in the  1995-96 Fiscal Year.   The 1994-95
     Budget assumes that the  State will  use a cash  flow borrowing program  in
     1994-95 which  combines one-year notes  and certain warrants.   Issuance of
     the warrants  allows the  State to  defer repayment  of approximately  $1.0
     billion of its  accumulated budget deficit  into the  1995-96 Fiscal  Year.
     The  Budget Adjustment Law,  enacted along with the  1994-95 Budget Act, is
     designed to ensure that the warrants will  be repaid in the 1995-96  fiscal
     year.  The  State's severe financial  difficulties for  the current  budget
     year will result in continued  pressure upon almost all  local governments,
     particularly school  districts  and counties  which  depend on  State  aid.
     Despite efforts in recent years  to increase taxes and  reduce governmental
     expenditures,  there can  be  no assurance  that the  State  will not  face
     budget gaps in the future.
         
        
              1995-96  Budget.    The 1995-96  Budget  Act  was  signed  by  the
     Governor on  August 3, 1995,  34 days after the  start of the  fiscal year.
     General Fund revenues and transfers were budgeted at $44.1 billion, a  3.5%
     increase over  1994-1995.  Expenditures  were budgeted at  $43.4 billion, a
     4% increase.   The accumulated deficit is projected  to be eliminated and a

                                         B-8
<PAGE>






     small surplus of $28  million is  expected to be  available in the  Special
     Fund  for Economic  Uncertainties.   Through  November  1995, General  Fund
     revenues were $707 million, or 4.5%, above budgeted amounts.
         
              Legal Proceedings.  
              The State  is involved in certain legal  proceedings (described in
     the  State's  recent financial  statements)  that, if  decided  against the
     State, may require  the State to  make significant  future expenditures  or
     may substantially impair revenues.
        
              Economy.  
              California's  economy is the  largest among the 50  states and one
     of  the largest in  the world.   The State's population of  over 31 million
     represents 12.3% of the  total United States population and grew by  27% in
     the  1980s.   Total  personal income  in the  State,  at an  estimated $683
     billion in  1993, accounts  for about  13% of  all personal  income in  the
     nation.
         
        
              Reports  issued  by  the  State  Department  of  Finance  and  the
     Commission on State  Finance indicate that the State's economy is suffering
     its worst  recession since the 1930s.  The largest  job losses have been in
     Southern  California, led  by  declines in  the aerospace  and construction
     industries.   Weakness statewide  occurred in manufacturing,  construction,
     services and  trade.  Additional  military base closures  will have further
     adverse effects on the  State's economy later in the decade.   California's
     unemployment  rate was  8.8%  in November  1995,  compared to  the previous
     year's level of 7.7%.
         
        
              Other Considerations.  
              On  December 7,  1994, Orange  County, California  (the "County"),
     together with its  pooled investment fund (the "Fund") filed for protection
     under Chapter 9  of the  Federal Bankruptcy  Code, after  reports that  the
     Fund  had  suffered significant  market  losses  in its  investments  which
     caused  a liquidity  crisis for  the Fund  and the  County.   More than 180
     other public entities,  most but not all  located in the County,  were also
     depositors in the Fund.  As of December 13,  1994, the County estimated the
     Fund's loss at  about $2 billion, or 27% of  its initial deposits of around
     $7.4 billion.   These losses could increase as the County sells investments
     to restructure the Fund, or if  interest rates rise.  Many of the  entities
     which kept moneys in the Fund, including  the County, are facing cash  flow
     difficulties because  of  the bankruptcy  filing  and  may be  required  to
     reduce  programs  or  capital  projects.   The  County  and  some  of these
     entities have, and  others may in the  future, default in payment  of their
     obligations.  Moody's  and S&P have suspended, reduced to below investment-
     grade levels, or placed on  "CreditWatch" various securities of  the County
     and the  entities participating  in the  Fund.   As of  December 1994,  the
     Portfolio did not hold any direct obligations of the County.  However,  the
     Portfolio did hold bonds  of some of the governmental units that  had money
     invested with the County; the impact of the loss  of access to these funds,
     the loss of expected investment earnings and the potential loss of some  of

                                         B-9
<PAGE>






     the principal  invested  is not  known at  this  point.   There  can be  no
     assurances that these holdings will  maintain their current ratings  and/or
     liquidity in the market.
         
        
              Although  the State  of California has no  obligation with respect
     to  any obligations  or  securities  of the  County  or  any of  the  other
     participating entities, under  existing legal precedents, the State  may be
     obligated  to  ensure  that  school  districts  have  sufficient  funds  to
     operate.  Longer term, this  financial crisis could have an adverse  impact
     on  the economic  recovery that  has only  recently taken  hold in Southern
     California.
         
        
              In  early June  1995,  Orange  County filed  a proposal  with  the
     bankruptcy  court that  would require  holders of  the  County's short-term
     notes to wait a  year before being repaid.  The existence  of this proposal
     and  its  adoption   could  disrupt  the  market  for  short-term  debt  in
     California and possibly drive up the State's borrowing costs.
         
              The repayment  of  industrial  development  securities  and  other
     obligations secured by  real property may  be affected  by California  laws
     limiting foreclosure rights of creditors.  Securities backed by  healthcare
     and  hospital revenues  may  be affected  by  changes in  State regulations
     governing cost reimbursements to  health care providers under Medi-Cal (the
     State's  Medicaid  program),  including risks  related  to  the  policy  of
     awarding exclusive contracts to certain hospitals.

              Limitations on  ad valorem property taxes  may particularly affect
     "tax allocation" bonds  issued by California redevelopment agencies.   Such
     bonds  are secured  solely  by  the increase  in  assessed valuation  of  a
     redevelopment project area after the  start of redevelopment activity.   In
     the event  that assessed values  in the redevelopment  project area decline
     (e.g.,  because of  a major  natural  disaster such  as an  earthquake), or
     there is a deemphasis or reallocation  of property taxes by legislation  or
     initiative,  the  tax  increment  revenue  may  be  insufficient   to  make
     principal  and interest  payments on  these bonds.   Both  Moody's and  S&P
     suspended ratings  on California tax allocation  bonds after  the enactment
     of  Articles  XIII A  and  XIII  B,  and only  resumed  such  ratings on  a
     selective basis.

              Proposition 87,  approved by  California voters in  1988, required
     that all  revenues produced  by  a tax  rate increase  go directly  to  the
     taxing entity  which increased such tax rate  to repay the entity's general
     obligation  indebtedness.   As  a  result, redevelopment  agencies  (which,
     typically, are the  issuers of tax allocation securities) no longer receive
     an increase  in tax increment  when taxes on  property in the project  area
     are increased to repay voter-approved bonded indebtedness.
        
              The effect  of these various constitutional  and statutory changes
     upon  the  ability  of  California  municipal  securities  issuers  to  pay
     interest and principal on  their obligations remains unclear.  Furthermore,

                                         B-10
<PAGE>






     other measures affecting  the taxing or spending authority of California or
     its political  subdivisions  may be  approved  or  enacted in  the  future.
     Legislation  has been  or  may be  introduced  which would  modify existing
     taxes  or  other revenue-raising  measures  or which  either  would further
     limit or,  alternatively, would increase  the abilities of  state and local
     governments to impose  new taxes  or increase existing  taxes.   It is  not
     presently possible  to predict  the extent  to which  any such  legislation
     will be enacted.   Nor is it presently possible to  determine the impact of
     any such  legislation  on California  municipal  obligations in  which  the
     Portfolio  may  invest,  future  allocations  of  State  revenues to  local
     governments  or the  abilities  of State  or local  governments to  pay the
     interest  on,  or  repay  the  principal   of,  such  California  municipal
     obligations.
         
              Certain  California obligations  may  be payable  solely  from the
     revenues of  health care  institutions.   Such revenues  may be  negatively
     affected by effort  of the State and  of private health plans  and insurers
     to contract  with  such institutions  for  fixed, discounted  payments  for
     services  to  Medicaid  and  insurance  beneficiaries.     Such  California
     obligations  may be insured by the State.  In the event of a default by the
     health care  institution, the State  has the option  of issuing replacement
     debentures payable from  a reserve  fund.  However,  this reserve fund  has
     been found  to be underfunded in  a study conducted in  1986 and is subject
     to reappropriation by the California Legislature for other purposes.

              Certain  California  obligations may  be  secured  by  real estate
     mortgages or deeds of trust.   California has several  statutory provisions
     that  may  limit the  remedies  of secured  creditors, such  as  issuers of
     California  obligations.    A  creditor's  right  to  obtain  a  deficiency
     judgment  is   barred  when  a   foreclosure  is  accomplished  through   a
     nonjudicial  trustee's  sale.   A  secured  creditor  is  also required  to
     exhaust  its  real  property  security  by  foreclosure before  bringing  a
     personal action  against the debtor.   Any deficiency  judgment following a
     judicial sale  of  foreclosed property  is  limited to  the excess  of  the
     outstanding debt  over the fair value of the property  at the time of sale,
     even  if the actual bids at such sale were lower than such value.  Finally,
     the  debtor has  the  right  to redeem  the  foreclosed property  from  any
     judicial foreclosure sale that could result in a deficiency judgment.

              Due to certain limitations on a creditor's private powers of  sale
     after foreclosure,  the  effective  minimum  period for  foreclosing  on  a
     mortgage could exceed seven months after the  initial default.  Such delays
     in  collections could disrupt  the flow  of revenues  to an issuer  for the
     payment of  debt service on  California obligations secured  by real estate
     mortgages.  In  some cases, the nonjudicial  sale of property by  an issuer
     could be precluded as a violation of constitutional due process.

              Under  California's  anti-deficiency  law, there  is  no  personal
     recourse against a mortgagor of a single family residence  purchased with a
     loan secured by  a mortgage.  California  law also limits the  charges that
     may  be imposed  with  respect to  voluntary  mortgage prepayments.   These
     provisions could affect the  flow of revenues available for debt service to

                                         B-11
<PAGE>






     the  issuers  of  California  obligations  secured  by  single family  home
     mortgages.

              Substantially  all  of California  is  within  an  active geologic
     region  subject  to  major  seismic  activity.   Any  California  municipal
     obligation  in  the Portfolio  could  be  affected  by  an interruption  of
     revenues  because  of  damaged facilities,  or,  consequently,  income  tax
     deduction  for  casualty  losses or  property  tax  assessment  reductions.
     Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the  inability of
     (i) an issuer  to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage at reasonable
     rates; (ii)  an insurer  to perform on  its contracts  of insurance in  the
     event of  widespread losses; or  (iii) the  Federal or State  government to
     appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

              On  January  17, 1994,  an earthquake  struck Los  Angeles causing
     significant  damage  to  public  and  private  structures  and  facilities.
     Although some  individuals and businesses  suffered losses totaling in  the
     billions of dollars, the overall  effect of the earthquake on  the regional
     and State economy is not expected to be serious.

              The  State  has  shifted  responsibility  for certain  health  and
     welfare programs and  provided the counties with increased taxing powers to
     cover their costs.   While the State expects that the increased  taxes will
     be sufficient  to cover increased  costs, there  can be  no assurance  that
     this  will be the  case.   If the  increased costs are  not covered  by the
     increased taxes, the counties will  be responsible to fund  the difference.
     Any added  expenditures  in excess  of  increased revenues  and  subsequent
     adverse effect upon  county finances would  likely have  a negative  impact
     upon individual county and local bond prices.
        
              Obligations of  Puerto Rico,  the U.S.  Virgin  Islands and  Guam.
     Subject to the Portfolio's investment policies as set  forth in Part A, the
     Portfolio may invest in the obligations of the governments of  Puerto Rico,
     the U.S. Virgin  Islands and Guam  (the "Territories").   Accordingly,  the
     Portfolio  may  be  adversely affected  by  local  political  and  economic
     conditions and  developments within the  Territories affecting the  issuers
     of such obligations.
         
        
              Puerto   Rico  has   a  diversified   economy  dominated   by  the
     manufacturing and  service  sectors.   The  three  largest sectors  of  the
     economy  (as a  percentage of  employment)  are services  (47%), government
     (22%) and  manufacturing (16.4%).   These three sectors  represent 39%, 11%
     and 39%,  respectively, of the gross domestic  product.  The service sector
     is the  fastest  growing, while  the government  and manufacturing  sectors
     have been stagnant for the past five years.  The  North American Free Trade
     Agreement (NAFTA),  which became effective  January 1, 1994,  could lead to
     the  loss of  Puerto  Rico's  lower salaried  or  labor intensive  jobs  to
     Mexico.  The June 1995 unemployment rate was 13.9%.
         
        
                The  Commonwealth of  Puerto Rico  exercises virtually  the same

                                         B-12
<PAGE>






     control  over its  internal affairs  as  do the  fifty states;  however, it
     differs from  the states in  its relationship with  the federal government.
     Most federal taxes,  except those such  as social security  taxes that  are
     imposed  by mutual consent,  are not  levied in  Puerto Rico.   However, in
     conjunction with  the 1993 U.S.  budget plan, Section  936 of the Code  was
     amended and provided  for two alternative  limitations to  the Section  936
     credit.  The first option will limit the credit against  such income to 40%
     of the  credit  allowable under  current  law, with  a  five year  phase-in
     period starting at 60%  of the allowable  credit.  The  second option is  a
     wage and depreciation  based credit.  The reduction  of the tax benefits to
     those  U.S. companies  with operations  in Puerto  Rico may  lead to slower
     growth in the future.  There can  be no assurance that these  modifications
     will not lead  to a weakened economy, a lower  rating on Puerto Rico's debt
     or lower prices for Puerto Rican bonds that may be held by the Portfolio.
         
        
                Puerto  Rico's  financial   reporting  was  first  conformed  to
     generally  accepted accounting  principles in  fiscal  1990.   Nonrecurring
     revenues have been  used frequently to balance  recent years' budgets.   In
     November, 1993 Puerto Ricans  voted on whether they wished to  retain their
     Commonwealth status,  become a  state or  establish an independent  nation.
     Puerto  Ricans  voted to  retain  Commonwealth status,  leaving  intact the
     current relationship  with  the  federal  government.    There  can  be  no
     assurance  that the statehood  issue will not  be brought to  a vote in the
     future.   A successful  statehood vote in  Puerto Rico  would then  require
     ratification by the U.S. Congress.
         
        
                The   United   States   Virgin   Islands   (USVI)  are   located
     approximately 1,100 miles  east-southeast of Miami and  are made up  of St.
     Croix,  St. Thomas and  St. John.   The economy  is heavily  reliant on the
     tourism  industry,  with  roughly 43%  of  non-agricultural  employment  in
     tourist-related trade and services.   The tourism industry  is economically
     sensitive and would likely  be adversely affected by a  recession in either
     the United States or  Europe. In September  1995, St. Thomas  was hit by  a
     hurricane and sustained extensive  damage.  The longer  term impact on  the
     tourism industry  is not yet  known.  There  can be  no assurance that  the
     market for USVI bonds will not be affected.
         
        
                An important component  of the USVI revenue base is  the federal
     excise tax on rum  exports.  Tax revenues rebated by the federal government
     to the USVI  provide the primary security  of many outstanding USVI  bonds.
     Because more than 90% of  the rum distilled in the USVI is distilled at one
     plant, any  interruption  in its  operations (as  occurred after  Hurricane
     Hugo in 1989) would adversely  affect these revenues.   Consequently, there
     can be no assurance that  rum exports to the  United States and the  rebate
     of tax revenues to  the USVI will  continue at their  present levels.   The
     preferential tariff treatment the USVI rum industry  currently enjoys could
     be reduced under NAFTA.   Increased competition from Mexican  rum producers
     could reduce  USVI rum imported to the U.S., decreasing excise tax revenues
     generated.   The USVI experienced budget deficits  in fiscal years 1989 and

                                         B-13
<PAGE>






     1990;  in  1989 due  to  wage  settlements  with  the unionized  government
     employees and in 1990 as a result of  Hurricane Hugo.  The USVI recorded  a
     small surplus  in fiscal year 1991.   At the end  of fiscal 1992,  the last
     year for  which results are available,  the USVI had an  unreserved General
     Fund  deficit of  approximately  $8.31 million,  or  approximately 2.1%  of
     expenditures.  In  order to close a  forecasted fiscal 1994 revenue  gap of
     $45.6  million,  the  Department   of  Finance  has  proposed  several  tax
     increases and  fund transfers.   There  is currently  no rated,  unenhanced
     U.S.  Virgin  Islands  debt  outstanding (although  there  is  unrated debt
     outstanding).
         
        
                Guam, an  unincorporated U.S. territory, is  located 1,500 miles
     southeast  of Tokyo.    The U.S.  military  is a  key  component of  Guam's
     economy.   The federal government directly  comprises more than 10%  of the
     employment base,  with a  substantial component  of the  service sector  to
     support these personnel.   Guam is expected to benefit from the  closure of
     the Subic  Bay Naval Base and the Clark  Air Force Base in the Philippines.
     The Naval  Air Station,  one of  several U.S.  military  facilities on  the
     island,  has been  slated  for  closure by  the  Defense Base  Closure  and
     Realignment  Committee; however,  the  administration  plans to  use  these
     facilities  to  expand the  Island's  commercial  airport.    Guam is  also
     heavily reliant on tourists, particularly  the Japanese.  During  1994, the
     financial  position  of Guam  was  weakened  as  it  incurred an  unaudited
     General Fund  operating deficit.   The  administration has  taken steps  to
     improve its  financial position; however,  there are no  guarantees that an
     improvement will be realized.  Guam's general obligation debt  is rated Baa
     by Moody's.
         
        
              Obligations of Particular  Types of  Issuers.   The Portfolio  may
     invest 25%  or more  of its total  assets in  municipal obligations of  the
     same type.   There could be  economic, business  or political  developments
     which  might  affect all  municipal  obligations  of a  similar  type.   In
     particular, investments in industrial revenue bonds  might involve (without
     limitation) the following risks.
         

              California  municipal obligations  which are assessment  bonds may
     be adversely  affected by  a general  decline in  real estate  values or  a
     slowdown in  real estate  sales activity.   In many  cases, such bonds  are
     secured  by  land  which  is  undeveloped  at  the  time  of  issuance  but
     anticipated  to be developed  within a  few years  after issuance.   In the
     event of such reduction or slowdown, such development  may not occur or may
     be  delayed, thereby  increasing  the  risk  of  a default  on  the  bonds.
     Because the special assessments or taxes  securing these bonds are not  the
     personal liability of the owners of the property  assessed, the lien on the
     property is  the only security for the bonds.   Moreover, in most cases the
     issuer of these bonds is not required to make payments on  the bonds in the
     event of delinquency  in the payment  of assessments or taxes,  except from
     amounts, if any, in a reserve fund established for the bonds.


                                         B-14
<PAGE>






              Certain California  long-term lease obligations, though  typically
     payable  from  the  general  fund  of  the  municipality,  are  subject  to
     "abatement"  in the  event  the facility  being  leased is  unavailable for
     beneficial use  and occupancy by  the municipality during  the term of  the
     lease.  Abatement  is not a default,  and remedies may be  available to the
     holders of  the certificates evidencing  the lease obligation  in the event
     abatement  occurs.   The  most common  cases  of abatement  are failure  to
     complete  construction of the facility before the  end of the period during
     which lease  payments have  been capitalized and  uninsured casualty losses
     to the facility  (e.g., due to earthquake).   In the event abatement occurs
     with respect  to a lease obligation, lease  payments may be interrupted (if
     all  available  insurance proceeds  and  reserves  are exhausted)  and  the
     certificates may not be paid when due.
        
         
        
                Hospital  bond ratings  are often  based on  feasibility studies
     which  contain projections  of  expenses,  revenues and  occupancy  levels.
     Among the influences affecting a  hospital's gross receipts and  net income
     available  to  service its  debt  are  demand  for  hospital services,  the
     ability  of  the hospital  to  provide  the services  required,  management
     capabilities,  economic  developments  in  the  service  area,  efforts  by
     insurers and government  agencies to  limit rates and  expenses, confidence
     in  the   hospital,  service   area  economic  developments,   competition,
     availability and  expense of malpractice  insurance, Medicaid and  Medicare
     funding and possible  federal legislation limiting the rates of increase of
     hospital charges.
         
        
                Electric   utilities   face   problems   in    financing   large
     construction programs in an  inflationary period, cost increases and  delay
     occasioned  by safety and  environmental considerations  (particularly with
     respect to  nuclear facilities), difficulty in obtaining fuel at reasonable
     prices and in  achieving timely and  adequate rate  relief from  regulatory
     commissions,  effects  of  energy  conservation  and   limitations  on  the
     capacity of the capital market to absorb utility debt.
         
        
                Life  care  facilities  are  an  alternative form  of  long-term
     housing  for  the elderly  which  offer  residents  the  independence of  a
     condominium life  style and, if  needed, the comprehensive  care of nursing
     home  services.   Bonds to  finance these  facilities have  been issued  by
     various state  and  local authorities.    Because  the bonds  are  normally
     secured only by  the revenues of  each facility and not  by state or  local
     government  tax payments,  they are  subject  to a  wide variety  of risks.
     Primarily, the projects  must maintain adequate occupancy levels to be able
     to provide  revenues sufficient to  meet debt service  payments.  Moreover,
     because  a portion  of housing,  medical  care and  other  services may  be
     financed by an initial deposit, it is important that  the facility maintain
     adequate  financial reserves  to  secure estimated  actuarial  liabilities.
     The  ability  of  management  to  accurately   forecast  inflationary  cost
     pressures is an important factor in this process.  The facilities may  also

                                         B-15
<PAGE>






     be  affected adversely by  regulatory cost  restrictions applied  to health
     care delivery  in general,  particularly state  regulations  or changes  in
     Medicare and Medicaid  payments or qualifications, or  restrictions imposed
     by medical  insurance  companies.   They  may  also face  competition  from
     alternative health  care or conventional housing  facilities in the private
     or public sector.
         
        
     Municipal Leases
         
        
              The Portfolio  may invest  in municipal leases  and participations
     therein,  which arrangements  frequently involve  special  risks. Municipal
     leases  are obligations  in the  form of  a lease  or  installment purchase
     arrangement which  are issued  by a  state or local  government to  acquire
     equipment  and  facilities.  Interest  income  from   such  obligations  is
     generally exempt  from local  and  state taxes  in the  state of  issuance.
     "Participations" in such  leases are undivided  interests in  a portion  of
     the  total obligation. Participations  entitle their  holders to  receive a
     pro  rata share  of all  payments under  the  lease. A  trustee is  usually
     responsible for administering the terms of  the participation and enforcing
     the  participants' rights  in the underlying  lease. Leases and installment
     purchase or conditional  sale contracts  (which normally provide  for title
     to  the leased asset  to pass eventually  to the  governmental issuer) have
     evolved  as  a means  for  governmental  issuers  to  acquire property  and
     equipment  without  meeting the  constitutional and  statutory requirements
     for the issuance of debt. State debt-issuance limitations are  deemed to be
     inapplicable to these  arrangements because of the inclusion in many leases
     or  contracts  of   "non-appropriation"  clauses  that  provide   that  the
     governmental issuer has  no obligation to  make future  payments under  the
     lease or  contract unless  money is  appropriated for such  purpose by  the
     appropriate legislative  body on  a yearly  or other  periodic basis.  Such
     arrangements  are, therefore,  subject to  the  risk that  the governmental
     issuer will not appropriate funds for lease payments. 
         
        
              Certain municipal lease obligations owned by the Portfolio  may be
     deemed  illiquid  for   purposes  of  the  Portfolio's  15%  limitation  on
     investments in  illiquid securities,  unless determined  by the  Investment
     Adviser,  pursuant to  guidelines  adopted by  the  Trustees, to  be liquid
     securities for purposes  of such  limitation. In determining  the liquidity
     of  municipal lease  obligations, the  Investment  Adviser will  consider a
     variety  of factors  including: (1) the  willingness of dealers  to bid for
     the security;  (2) the number  of dealers willing  to purchase or sell  the
     obligation and the number  of other potential buyers; (3)  the frequency of
     trades  and  quotes   for  the  obligation;  and  (4)  the  nature  of  the
     marketplace  trades. In  addition,  the  Investment Adviser  will  consider
     factors unique to particular lease obligations  affecting the marketability
     thereof. These  include the general  creditworthiness of the  municipality,
     the importance of  the property covered  by the lease to  the municipality,
     and  the  likelihood that  the  marketability  of  the  obligation will  be
     maintained throughout the time  the obligation is held by the Portfolio. In

                                         B-16
<PAGE>






     the  event the Portfolio  acquires an  unrated municipal  lease obligation,
     the  Investment Adviser  will  be responsible  for  determining the  credit
     quality of such obligation on  an ongoing basis, including an assessment of
     the likelihood that the lease may or may not be canceled.
         
     Zero Coupon Bonds

              Zero  coupon bonds are  debt obligations which do  not require the
     periodic payment of interest and are issued  at a significant discount from
     face  value.   The discount approximates  the total amount  of interest the
     bonds will accrue and  compound over the period until maturity at a rate of
     interest  reflecting the  market  rate  of  the  security at  the  time  of
     issuance.  Zero coupon bonds benefit the issuer by mitigating its need  for
     cash to  meet debt  service, but also  require a higher  rate of  return to
     attract investors who are willing to defer receipt of such cash.

     Insurance
        
              Insured municipal obligations held by the Portfolio (if  any) will
     be insured  as to their scheduled  payment of principal and  interest under
     either  (i) an  insurance policy obtained  by the issuer  or underwriter of
     the obligation at  the time of its  original issuance or (ii)  an insurance
     policy  obtained  by the  Portfolio  or  a third  party  subsequent  to the
     obligation's  original   issuance  (which  may  not  be  reflected  in  the
     obligation's market  value).  In  either event, such  insurance may provide
     that, in  the event of  nonpayment of interest  or principal when due  with
     respect to an insured  obligation, the insurer is not required to make such
     payment  until a specified  time has lapsed (which  may be 30  days or more
     after notice).
         
     Credit Quality
        
              The Portfolio  is dependent on the  Investment Adviser's judgment,
     analysis   and  experience   in  evaluating   the   quality  of   municipal
     obligations.  In  evaluating the credit quality of a particular issue, when
     rated   or  unrated,  the  Investment   Adviser  will  normally  take  into
     consideration, among other things,  the financial  resources of the  issuer
     (or,  as appropriate, of the underlying  source of funds for debt service),
     its sensitivity  to economic conditions  and trends, any operating  history
     of and the  community support for the facility  financed by the issuer, the
     ability of the  issuer's management and regulatory matters.  The Investment
     Adviser  will attempt  to  reduce  the risks  of  investing in  the  lowest
     investment   grade,  below   investment   grade  and   comparable   unrated
     obligations  through  active  portfolio  management,  credit  analysis  and
     attention  to  current developments  and  trends  in  the  economy and  the
     financial markets.
         
        
              See "Portfolio  of  Investments"  in  the  "Financial  Statements"
     incorporated by reference  into this Part  B with respect to  any defaulted
     obligations held by the Portfolio.
         

                                         B-17
<PAGE>






        
     Short-Term Trading
         
        
              The Portfolio  may sell  securities in  anticipation of  a  market
     decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchase (and later sell)  securities
     in  anticipation  of a  market  rise  (a  decline  in interest  rates).  In
     addition, a security  may be sold  and another  purchased at  approximately
     the same time  to take  advantage of what  the Portfolio believes  to be  a
     temporary  disparity in  the  normal  yield  relationship between  the  two
     securities. Yield  disparities may occur for  reasons not  directly related
     to the investment quality  of particular issues or the  general movement of
     interest  rates, such as  changes in  the overall  demand for or  supply of
     various  types  of  municipal  obligations  or  changes in  the  investment
     objectives  of investors.  Such  trading may  be  expected to  increase the
     portfolio turnover rate,  which may increase capital gains and the expenses
     incurred in  connection with such  trading. The Portfolio anticipates  that
     its  annual  portfolio  turnover  rate  will  generally  not   exceed  100%
     (excluding  turnover of securities having a maturity  of one year or less).
     A  100%  annual  turnover  rate  would  occur,  for  example,  if  all  the
     securities held by  the Portfolio  were replaced once  in a  period of  one
     year.  A  high turnover  rate (100% or  more) necessarily involves  greater
     expenses to  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio engages  in portfolio  trading
     (including short-term  trading) if it believes that a transaction including
     all  costs  will  help  in   achieving  its  investment  objective.     The
     Portfolio's portfolio turnover  rates for the fiscal years  ended September
     30, 1994 and September 30, 1995 were 40% and 58%, respectively.
         

     When-Issued Securities
        
              New issues  of municipal obligations  are sometimes  offered on  a
     "when-issued" basis,  that  is, delivery  and  payment for  the  securities
     normally take place within  a specified  number of days  after the date  of
     the Portfolio's  commitment and are  subject to certain  conditions such as
     the issuance  of  satisfactory legal  opinions.    The Portfolio  may  also
     purchase  securities on a when-issued basis pursuant to refunding contracts
     in   connection  with   the   refinancing   of  an   issuer's   outstanding
     indebtedness.   Refunding contracts  generally require  the issuer to  sell
     and the Portfolio  to buy such securities  on a settlement date  that could
     be several months or several years in the future.
         
                The  Portfolio  will make  commitments  to  purchase when-issued
     securities only  with the intention  of actually acquiring the  securities,
     but  may sell such  securities before the settlement  date if  it is deemed
     advisable as a matter of investment  strategy.  The payment obligation  and
     the interest  rate that will be received on the securities are fixed at the
     time the  Portfolio enters into  the purchase commitment.   The Portfolio's
     custodian will  segregate cash  or high grade  liquid debt securities  in a
     separate  account of  the Portfolio  in an  amount  at least  equal to  the
     when-issued  commitments.  If  the value  of the  securities placed  in the
     separate account  declines,  additional  cash or  high  grade  liquid  debt

                                         B-18
<PAGE>






     securities  will be  placed in  the account on  a daily  basis so  that the
     value of  the account  will at least  equal the  amount of the  Portfolio's
     when-issued  commitments.    When  the  Portfolio  commits  to  purchase  a
     security on  a when-issued basis,  it records the  transaction and reflects
     the value of the  security in determining its net asset value.   Securities
     purchased on a  when-issued basis and the securities  held by the Portfolio
     are  subject  to  changes  in  value  based  upon  the  perception  of  the
     creditworthiness  of the issuer and changes in  the level of interest rates
     (i.e.,  appreciation when  interest  rates  decline and  depreciation  when
     interest rates rise).  Therefore, to the extent  that the Portfolio remains
     substantially  fully  invested at  the  same  time  that  it has  purchased
     securities on  a when-issued basis,  there will be  greater fluctuations in
     the  Portfolio's net asset  value than if  it solely set aside  cash to pay
     for when-issued securities.

     Variable Rate Obligations

              The Portfolio  may purchase  variable rate obligations.   Variable
     rate instruments provide  for adjustments in the interest rate at specified
     intervals (weekly,  monthly, semi-annually, etc.).   The revised  rates are
     usually set  at  the  issuer's  discretion,  in  which  case  the  investor
     normally enjoys  the right to "put" the security back  to the issuer or his
     agent.   Rate revisions may  alternatively be  determined by formula  or in
     some  other  contractual  fashion.    Variable  rate  obligations  normally
     provide  that the  holder can  demand payment  of the  obligation  on short
     notice at par with  accrued interest and are frequently secured  by letters
     of credit or other credit support arrangements  provided by banks.  To  the
     extent that  such letters  of credit  or other  arrangements constitute  an
     unconditional guarantee of  the issuer's obligations, a bank may be treated
     as  the  issuer  of  a security  for  the  purpose  of  complying with  the
     diversification requirements set forth in Section 5(b)  of the 1940 Act and
     Rule  5b-2  thereunder.    The  Portfolio  would  anticipate  using   these
     obligations as  cash  equivalents pending  longer  term investment  of  its
     funds.

     Redemption, Demand and Put Features 

              Most municipal bonds  have a fixed final maturity date.   However,
     it is  commonplace for the  issuer to  reserve the right  to call  the bond
     earlier.  Also,  some bonds may have "put"  or "demand" features that allow
     early redemption by the bondholder.   Interest income generated  by certain
     bonds  having  demand features  may  not  qualify  as tax-exempt  interest.
     Longer  term  fixed-rate bonds  may  give  the holder  a  right to  request
     redemption  at  certain  times  (often  annually  after  the  lapse  of  an
     intermediate term).   These bonds are more defensive than conventional long
     term  bonds (protecting to  some degree against  a rise  in interest rates)
     while  providing  greater  opportunity than  comparable  intermediate  term
     bonds, because  the  Portfolio  may  retain  the  bond  if  interest  rates
     decline.  By  acquiring these kinds  of obligations  the Portfolio  obtains
     the contractual right to  require the issuer of the security or  some other
     person (other  than a  broker or  dealer) to  purchase the  security at  an
     agreed upon  price,  which right  is  contained  in the  obligation  itself

                                         B-19
<PAGE>






     rather than in  a separate agreement with the  seller or some other person.
     Because this  right  is assignable  with  the  security, which  is  readily
     marketable  and valued  in  the customary  manner,  the Portfolio  will not
     assign any separate value to such right.

     Liquidity and Protective Put Options 

              The  Portfolio may also  enter into a separate  agreement with the
     seller of  the security  or some  other person granting  the Portfolio  the
     right to put the  security to the seller thereof or the other  person at an
     agreed  upon  price.    The  Portfolio  intends  to  limit  this   type  of
     transaction to  institutions (such  as banks  or securities dealers)  which
     the  Investment  Adviser believes  present minimal  credit risks  and would
     engage in this  type of transaction  to facilitate  portfolio liquidity  or
     (if the seller  so agrees) to hedge  against rising interest rates.   There
     is no  assurance that this  kind of  put option  will be  available to  the
     Portfolio or  that  selling institutions  will  be  willing to  permit  the
     Portfolio to exercise  a put  to hedge against  rising interest  rates.   A
     separate put  option may  not be  marketable or  otherwise assignable,  and
     sale  of the  security to  a third  party  or lapse  of time  with  the put
     unexercised  may terminate  the right to  exercise the put.   The Portfolio
     does  not expect to assign  any value to any separate  put option which may
     be acquired  to facilitate portfolio  liquidity, inasmuch as  the value (if
     any) of the put will be  reflected in the value assigned to  the associated
     security; any put  acquired for hedging  purposes would be  valued in  good
     faith  under  methods  or procedures  established  by  the  Trustees  after
     consideration  of all relevant factors,  including its expiration date, the
     price  volatility of the  associated security,  the difference  between the
     market price of the associated security and the  exercise price of the put,
     the creditworthiness of  the issuer  of the put  and the  market prices  of
     comparable put options.   Interest income generated by certain bonds having
     put features may not qualify as tax-exempt interest.
        
     Securities Lending
         
        
              The  Portfolio  may  seek  to  increase  its  income   by  lending
     portfolio securities  to broker-dealers  or other institutional  borrowers.
     Under  present  regulatory  policies of  the  Commission,  such  loans  are
     required   to  be   secured  continuously  by   collateral  in  cash,  cash
     equivalents  or  U.S.   Government  securities  held  by   the  Portfolio's
     custodian and maintained  on a current basis at an amount at least equal to
     the market value  of the securities loaned, which  will be marked to market
     daily. Cash  equivalents include short-term  municipal obligations as  well
     as  taxable certificates of deposit,  commercial paper and other short-term
     money market  instruments. The Portfolio  would have  the right  to call  a
     loan and obtain the securities  loaned at any time  on up to five  business
     days' notice. During the  existence of a loan, the Portfolio  will continue
     to  receive  the equivalent  of  the interest  paid  by the  issuer  on the
     securities loaned and will  also receive a fee, or all  or a portion of the
     interest on  investment of the  collateral, if any.  However, the Portfolio
     may pay lending  fees to such borrowers.  The Portfolio would not  have the

                                         B-20
<PAGE>






     right to vote any  securities having voting rights during  the existence of
     the loan, but would call the  loan in anticipation of an important vote  to
     be taken among  holders of the securities  or the giving or  withholding of
     their consent on a material matter affecting  the investment. As with other
     extensions of  credit there are risks of delay  in recovery or even loss of
     rights  in the securities  loaned if  the borrower of  the securities fails
     financially. However, the loans will  be made only to  organizations deemed
     by the  Portfolio's management  to be  of good  standing and  when, in  the
     judgment of  the  Portfolio's management,  the  consideration that  can  be
     earned from  securities loans justifies  the attendant risk.  Distributions
     of  any income  realized  by the  Portfolio from  securities loans  will be
     taxable. If  the management  of the  Portfolio decides  to make  securities
     loans, it is intended  that the  value of the  securities loaned would  not
     exceed 30% of the  Portfolio's total assets. The  Portfolio has no  present
     intention of engaging in securities lending.
         
        
     Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts
         
        
              A change  in the level of  interest rates may affect  the value of
     the securities  held by the Portfolio (or  of securities that the Portfolio
     expects to  purchase).  To  hedge against  changes in rates,  the Portfolio
     may enter  into (i)  futures contracts  for the  purchase or  sale of  debt
     securities, (ii) futures contracts  on securities indices and (iii) futures
     contracts  on  other  financial  instruments  and  indices.    All  futures
     contracts  entered into by the Portfolio  are traded on exchanges or boards
     of trade that  are licensed and regulated by  the Commodity Futures Trading
     Commission  ("CFTC") and  must  be executed  through  a futures  commission
     merchant or brokerage firm that is a member of  the relevant exchange.  The
     Portfolio may purchase and write call and  put options on futures contracts
     that are traded on a United States  or foreign exchange or board of  trade.
     The Portfolio will  be required, in connection with transactions in futures
     contracts and the writing  of options on futures, to  make margin deposits,
     which will  be held  by the Portfolio's  custodian for  the benefit of  the
     futures commission  merchant  through whom  the Portfolio  engages in  such
     futures and options transactions.
         
        
              Some  futures contracts  and options  thereon may  become illiquid
     under adverse market  conditions.  In  addition, during  periods of  market
     volatility, a  commodity exchange may  suspend or limit  transactions in an
     exchange-traded  instrument,  which may  make  the  instrument  temporarily
     illiquid and  difficult to price.   Commodity exchanges  may also establish
     daily limits on the amount  that the price of a futures contract or futures
     option can vary  from the previous day's settlement  price.  Once the daily
     limit is  reached, no trades  may be made  that day  at a price  beyond the
     limit.   This  may prevent  the Portfolio  from closing  out positions  and
     limiting its losses. 
         
        
              The  Portfolio   will  engage  in  futures   and  related  options

                                         B-21
<PAGE>






     transactions  only  for  bona  fide  hedging  purposes  as  defined  in  or
     permitted  by CFTC  regulations.   The  Portfolio  will determine  that the
     price fluctuations  in the  futures contracts  and options  on futures  are
     substantially  related  to price  fluctuations  in securities  held  by the
     Portfolio or  that  it  expects  to  purchase.    The  Portfolio's  futures
     transactions will be entered into  for traditional hedging purposes  - that
     is,  futures contracts will  be sold  to protect  against a decline  in the
     price  of securities that the Portfolio owns,  or futures contracts will be
     purchased to  protect the  Portfolio against  an increase in  the price  of
     securities  it intends  to purchase.   As evidence of  this hedging intent,
     the Portfolio  expects that on  75% or more  of the  occasions on which  it
     takes a  "long" futures  (or option)  position (involving  the purchase  of
     futures contracts),  the Portfolio will have  purchased, or will  be in the
     process  of purchasing,  equivalent  amounts of  related securities  in the
     cash  market at the  time when the futures  (or option)  position is closed
     out.   However, in particular  cases, when it  is economically advantageous
     for the Portfolio to  do so, a long futures position may  be terminated (or
     an option  may expire)  without the  corresponding purchase  of securities.
     The Portfolio  will engage in  transactions in futures  and related options
     contracts only  to the  extent such  transactions are  consistent with  the
     requirements of the Code for  maintaining the qualification of each of  the
     Portfolio's investment company investors as a  regulated investment company
     for federal income tax purposes (see "Tax Status").
         
        
              Transactions  using  futures  contacts  and  options  (other  than
     options that  the  Portfolio has  purchased)  expose  the Portfolio  to  an
     obligation to another  party.  The Portfolio  will not enter into  any such
     transactions unless it owns either  (1) an offsetting ("covered")  position
     in  securities  or  other  options  or  futures  contracts,  or  (2)  cash,
     receivables and short-term debt securities  with a value sufficient  at all
     times  to cover  its potential obligations  not covered as  provided in (1)
     above.   The Portfolio will comply with  SEC guidelines regarding cover for
     these instruments and, if the guidelines so require, set aside cash.   U.S.
     Government  securities or  other liquid,  high-grade debt  securities in  a
     segregated account with its custodian in the prescribed amount.
         
        
              Assets used  as cover or held  in a  segregated account cannot  be
     sold while  the position in the corresponding futures contract or option is
     open,  unless  they are  replaced  with other  appropriate  assets.   As  a
     result, the  commitment of  a large  portion of the  Portfolio's assets  to
     cover  or  segregated accounts  could  impede portfolio  management  or the
     Portfolio's  ability   to  meet  redemption   requests  or  other   current
     obligations.
         
     Investment Restrictions

              Whenever an investment policy  or investment restriction set forth
     in  Part A or this Part B states a maximum percentage of assets that may be
     invested in any  security or other  asset or  describes a policy  regarding
     quality  standards,  such  percentage  limitation  or   standard  shall  be

                                         B-22
<PAGE>






     determined  immediately  after  and   as  a   result  of  the   Portfolio's
     acquisition of  such  security or  other  asset.   Accordingly,  any  later
     increase or decrease  resulting from a  change in values,  assets or  other
     circumstances,  other than  a  subsequent  rating change  below  investment
     grade made by  a rating service, will  not compel the Portfolio  to dispose
     of such security or other asset.

              The Portfolio  has adopted  the following  investment restrictions
     which  may  not  be  changed without  the  approval  of  the  holders of  a
     "majority of the  outstanding voting securities" of the Portfolio, which as
     used  in this Part B means the lesser of (a) 67% or more of the outstanding
     voting securities  of the Portfolio  present or  represented by proxy  at a
     meeting if  the  holders  of  more  than  50%  of  the  outstanding  voting
     securities of the Portfolio  are present or represented  at the meeting  or
     (b) more  than 50% of the  outstanding voting securities of  the Portfolio.
     The  term  "voting  securities" as  used  in  this paragraph  has  the same
     meaning as in the 1940 Act.  The Portfolio may not:
        
              (1)     Borrow  money  or  issue  senior  securities,   except  as
     permitted by the Investment Company Act of 1940;
         
              (2)     Purchase  securities  on margin  (but  the  Portfolio  may
     obtain such  short-term credits as  may be  necessary for the  clearance of
     purchases  and  sales  of securities).    The  deposit  or  payment by  the
     Portfolio  of  initial or  maintenance  margin in  connection  with futures
     contracts or  related options transactions  is not considered the  purchase
     of a security on margin;

              (3)     Underwrite or  participate in the marketing  of securities
     of  others, except  insofar  as  it may  technically  be  deemed to  be  an
     underwriter in selling a  portfolio security under circumstances which  may
     require the registration of the same under the Securities Act of 1933;
        
              (4)     Purchase  or   sell   real   estate   (including   limited
     partnership  interests in  real estate,  but  excluding readily  marketable
     interests  in   real  estate  investment   trusts  or  readily   marketable
     securities of companies which  invest or deal in real estate  or securities
     which are secured by real estate);
         
              (5)     Purchase  or  sell physical  commodities or  contracts for
     the purchase or sale of physical commodities; or
        
              (6)     Make loans to  any person, except by  (a) the  acquisition
     of debt  instruments and  making portfolio  investments, (b) entering  into
     repurchase agreements and (c) lending portfolio securities. 
         
        
              The Portfolio has adopted  the following investment policies which
     may be  changed by the Portfolio  without approval of its  investors.  As a
     matter  of nonfundamental  policy,  the Portfolio  may  not: (a)  engage in
     options, futures  or  forward transactions  if  more  than 5%  of  its  net
     assets,  as  measured  by  the  aggregate  of  the  premiums  paid  by  the

                                         B-23
<PAGE>






     Portfolio, would be  so invested;  (b) make  short sales  of securities  or
     maintain a  short position, unless  at all times  when a short position  is
     open the Portfolio owns  an equal amount of  such securities or  securities
     convertible  into   or  exchangeable,  without   payment  of  any   further
     consideration, for  securities of  the same issue  as, and equal  in amount
     to,  the securities  sold  short,  and unless  not  more  than 25%  of  the
     Portfolio's net assets (taken at  current value) is held as  collateral for
     such sales at any  one time.  (The Portfolio will  make such sales only for
     the purpose  of deferring realization  of gain or  loss for federal  income
     tax purposes); (c)  invest more than 15%  of its net assets  in investments
     which  are not  readily  marketable,  including restricted  securities  and
     repurchase  agreements  maturing  in more  than  seven  days.    Restricted
     securities for  the purposes of  this limitation do  not include securities
     eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under  the Securities Act of 1933
     and commercial paper issued pursuant to Section  4(2) of said Act that  the
     Board  of Trustees, or its delegate,  determines to be liquid; (d) purchase
     or retain in its portfolio any securities issued by  an issuer any of whose
     officers, directors, trustees  or security holders is an officer or Trustee
     of the  Portfolio, or  is a  member, officer,  director or  trustee of  any
     investment  adviser  of  the  Portfolio,  if  after  the  purchase  of  the
     securities of such  issuer by  the Portfolio one  or more  of such  persons
     owns beneficially  more than 1/2 of 1% of the  shares or securities or both
     (all taken  at market value)  of such issuer  and such persons owning  more
     than 1/2 of 1%  of such shares or securities together own beneficially more
     than 5% of such  shares or securities or both (all taken  at market value);
     or (e)  purchase oil, gas or  other mineral leases or  purchase partnership
     interests  in  oil,  gas  or  other  mineral  exploration   or  development
     programs.
         
        
              For  purposes  of  the  Portfolio's  investment restrictions,  the
     determination  of  the "issuer"  of a  municipal obligation  that is  not a
     general  obligation bond  will  be made  by the  Investment Adviser  on the
     basis of the  characteristics of the obligation and other relevant factors,
     the most significant of  which is the source of funds committed  to meeting
     interest and principal payments of such obligation.
         
        
         
        
              In  order  to  permit the  sale  in  certain states  of  shares of
     certain  open-end   investment  companies  which   are  investors  in   the
     Portfolio, the  Portfolio may  make commitments more  restrictive than  the
     policies described above.   Should the  Portfolio determine  that any  such
     commitment is no  longer in  the best interests  of the  Portfolio and  its
     investors, it will revoke such commitment.
         
     Item 14.  Management of the Portfolio
        
              The  Trustees  and officers  of the  Portfolio  are  listed below.
     Except as indicated,  each individual has  held the  office shown or  other
     offices  in the same  company for  the last  five years.   Unless otherwise

                                         B-24
<PAGE>






     noted,  the business  address of  each  Trustee and  officer is  24 Federal
     Street,  Boston, Massachusetts  02110,  which is  also  the address  of the
     Portfolio's investment  adviser, Boston Management  and Research ("BMR"  or
     the  "Investment  Adviser"), which  is a  wholly-owned subsidiary  of Eaton
     Vance  Management ("Eaton  Vance");  of Eaton  Vance's parent,  Eaton Vance
     Corp. ("EVC"); and  of BMR's and  Eaton Vance's trustee, Eaton  Vance, Inc.
     ("EV").   Eaton Vance  and EV  are both  wholly-owned subsidiaries  of EVC.
     Those Trustees  who are "interested  persons" of the  Portfolio, BMR, Eaton
     Vance, EVC  or  EV,  as  defined  in the  1940  Act,  by  virtue  of  their
     affiliation with any  one or more of  the Portfolio, BMR, Eaton  Vance, EVC
     or EV, are indicated by an asterisk (*).
         
                              TRUSTEES OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     DONALD R. DWIGHT (64), Trustee
     President   of  Dwight   Partners,   Inc.   (a  corporate   relations   and
     communications  company)  founded  in  1988;  Chairman   of  the  Board  of
     Newspapers of  New  England, Inc.  since  1983.   Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR. 
     Address: Clover Mill Lane, Lyme, New Hampshire 03768
         
        
     JAMES B. HAWKES (54), Vice President and Trustee*
     Executive Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance,  EVC and EV, and  a Director
     of EVC  and EV.   Director  or Trustee  and officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     SAMUEL L. HAYES, III (60), Trustee
     Jacob  H.  Schiff  Professor  of  Investment  Banking,  Harvard  University
     Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.   Director  or  Trustee  of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address:  Harvard  University Graduate  School of  Business Administration,
     Soldiers Field Road, Boston, Massachusetts 02134
         
        
     NORTON H. REAMER (60), Trustee
     President  and Director,  United Asset  Management  Corporation, a  holding
     company  owning   institutional  investment   management  firms.  Chairman,
     President and Director, UAM Funds  (mutual funds).  Director or  Trustee of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JOHN L. THORNDIKE (69), Trustee
     Director, Fiduciary Company  Incorporated.  Director or  Trustee of various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 175 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
         
        
     JACK L. TREYNOR (65), Trustee
     Investment  Adviser  and  Consultant.    Director  or  Trustee  of  various

                                         B-25
<PAGE>






     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
     Address: 504 Via Almar, Palos Verdes Estates, California 90274
         

                              OFFICERS OF THE PORTFOLIO
        
     THOMAS J. FETTER (52), President
     Vice  President of  BMR,  Eaton  Vance and  EV.    Mr. Fetter  was  elected
     President  of the  Portfolio on  December  13, 1993.    Officer of  various
     investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     ROBERT B. MACINTOSH (39), Vice President
     Vice President of  BMR since August  11, 1992, and  of Eaton Vance  and EV.
     Employee  of Eaton  Vance since  March  8, 1991.    Fidelity Investments  -
     Portfolio Manager  (1986-1991).   Officer of  various investment  companies
     managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  
         
        
     JAMES L. O'CONNOR (50), Treasurer
     Vice President of BMR, Eaton Vance and  EV.  Officer of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     THOMAS OTIS (64), Secretary
     Vice President and  Secretary of BMR, Eaton Vance, EVC  and EV.  Officer of
     various investment companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     JANET E. SANDERS (60), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of  BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.   Officer of various investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.
         
        
     A. JOHN MURPHY (33), Assistant Secretary
     Assistant Vice President  of BMR, Eaton Vance  and EV since March  1, 1994;
     employee of  Eaton Vance since  March 1993.   State Regulations Supervisor,
     The  Boston  Company  (1991-1993)  and  Registration  Specialist,  Fidelity
     Management  & Research  Co.  (1986-1991).   Officer  of various  investment
     companies managed by Eaton Vance or BMR.  Mr. Murphy was elected  Assistant
     Secretary of the Portfolio on March 27, 1995.
         
        
     ERIC G. WOODBURY (38), Assistant Secretary
     Vice President of BMR,  Eaton Vance and  EV since February 1993;  formerly,
     associate attorney at  Dechert, Price & Rhoads and  Gaston & Snow.  Officer
     of  various  investment  companies managed  by  Eaton Vance  or  BMR.   Mr.
     Woodbury  was elected  Assistant  Secretary of  the  Portfolio on  June 19,
     1995.
         
        
     CYNTHIA J. CLEMSON (32), Vice President 

                                         B-26
<PAGE>






     Vice  President of BMR and Eaton Vance since  1993 and an employee of Eaton
     Vance  since 1985.    Officer of  various  investment companies  managed by
     Eaton  Vance or  BMR.   Ms.  Clemson's election  as  Vice President  of the
     Portfolio is effective on February 1, 1996.
         
              Messrs. Thorndike (Chairman), Hayes and Reamer are members of  the
     Special Committee  of  the Board  of  Trustees.   The  Special  Committee's
     functions  include  a  continuous review  of  the  Portfolio's  contractual
     relationship with  the Investment  Adviser, making  recommendations to  the
     Trustees regarding the compensation of  those Trustees who are  not members
     of  the  Eaton  Vance  organization,  and  making  recommendations  to  the
     Trustees regarding  candidates to fill  vacancies, as and  when they occur,
     in  the ranks of  those Trustees  who are  not "interested persons"  of the
     Portfolio or the Eaton Vance organization.

              Messrs. Treynor  (Chairman) and  Dwight are  members of the  Audit
     Committee of  the  Board of  Trustees.    The Audit  Committee's  functions
     include  making recommendations to the  Trustees regarding the selection of
     the  independent certified  public  accountants,  and reviewing  with  such
     accountants  and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Portfolio  matters  relative  to
     accounting  and  auditing  practices  and procedures,  accounting  records,
     internal accounting controls, and the functions performed  by the custodian
     and transfer agent of the Portfolio.
        
              The  fees and expenses of those  Trustees of the Portfolio who are
     not members  of the Eaton  Vance organization (the noninterested  Trustees)
     are paid by the Portfolio.   (The Trustees of the Portfolio who are members
     of  the  Eaton   Vance  organization  receive  no   compensation  from  the
     Portfolio).    During  the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1995,  the
     noninterested Trustees of  the Portfolio earned the  following compensation
     in their capacities as  Trustees of  the Portfolio and  the other funds  in
     the Eaton Vance fund complex(1):
         
        
                                       Aggregate        Total Compensation
                                       Compensation     from Portfolio
     Name                              from Portfolio   and Fund Complex
     
     Donald R.
     Dwight                            $3,609(2)        $135,000(4)

     Samuel L.
     Hayes, III                          3,659(3)         150,000(5)

     Norton H.
     Reamer                              3,633            135,000

     John L.
     Thorndike                           3,748            140,000

     Jack L.
     Treynor                             3,841            140,000

                                         B-27
<PAGE>






         
        
     (1)      The  Eaton   Vance  fund   complex  consists  of   211  registered
              investment companies or series thereof.
     (2)      Includes $1,237 of deferred compensation.
     (3)      Includes $1,178 of deferred compensation.
     (4)      Includes $35,000 of deferred compensation.
     (5)      Includes $33,750 of deferred compensation.
         
              Trustees  of the  Portfolio who  are not  affiliated with  BMR may
     elect  to defer  receipt of all  or a  percentage of  their annual  fees in
     accordance with the  terms of a  Trustees Deferred  Compensation Plan  (the
     "Plan").    Under the  Plan,  an eligible  Trustee  may elect  to  have his
     deferred fees invested by the Portfolio  in the shares of one or more funds
     in  the Eaton Vance  Family of Funds, and  the amount paid  to the Trustees
     under the  Plan  will be  determined based  upon  the performance  of  such
     investments.  Deferral  of Trustees' fees in accordance  with the Plan will
     have a  negligible effect on  the Portfolio's assets,  liabilities, and net
     income  per  share, and  will  not obligate  the  Portfolio  to retain  the
     services of  any Trustee or  obligate the Portfolio  to pay any  particular
     level of compensation to the Trustee. 

              The  Portfolio's  Declaration  of  Trust  provides  that  it  will
     indemnify  its  Trustees  and officers  against  liabilities  and  expenses
     incurred in  connection  with litigation  in  which  they may  be  involved
     because of  their offices with  the Portfolio, unless,  as to liability  to
     the  Portfolio  or its  investors,  it  is  finally  adjudicated that  they
     engaged  in willful misfeasance,  bad faith,  gross negligence  or reckless
     disregard of the duties involved  in their offices, or unless  with respect
     to any  other matter it  is finally  adjudicated that they  did not act  in
     good faith in the  reasonable belief  that their actions  were in the  best
     interests  of   the  Portfolio.     In   the  case   of  settlement,   such
     indemnification will not  be provided  unless it has  been determined by  a
     court or other body approving the settlement or other disposition, or by  a
     reasonable determination, based  upon a review of readily  available facts,
     by vote of a majority of noninterested Trustees or in a written  opinion of
     independent counsel, that  such officers or  Trustees have  not engaged  in
     willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross  negligence or reckless disregard  of
     their duties.

     Item 15.  Control Persons and Principal Holder of Securities 
        
              As of  January 15,  1996, EV  Marathon California Municipals  Fund
     (the "Marathon  Fund"), a  series of  Eaton Vance  Municipals Trust,  owned
     approximately 98.5%  of  the value  of  the  outstanding interests  in  the
     Portfolio.  Because the Marathon Fund  controls the Portfolio, it may  take
     actions without the approval of any other investor.   The Marathon Fund has
     informed the  Portfolio that whenever  it is requested  to vote on  matters
     pertaining to  the fundamental  policies of the  Portfolio, it will  hold a
     meeting  of  shareholders and  will  cast its  votes as  instructed  by its
     shareholders.  It is anticipated  that any other investor in  the Portfolio
     which  is an investment company registered under  the 1940 Act would follow

                                         B-28
<PAGE>






     the  same or a similar practice.  Eaton  Vance Municipals Trust is an open-
     end management investment company organized  as a business trust  under the
     laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
         
     Item 16.  Investment Advisory and Other Services
        
              Investment  Adviser.   The  Portfolio  engages  BMR  as investment
     adviser  pursuant to  an Investment  Advisory Agreement  dated October  13,
     1992.    BMR or  Eaton  Vance  acts  as investment  adviser  to  investment
     companies and  various individual and  institutional clients with  combined
     assets under management of approximately $16 billion.
         
        
              BMR manages the investments and  affairs of the Portfolio  subject
     to the supervision of  the Portfolio's Board of Trustees.  BMR furnishes to
     the Portfolio  investment research,  advice and  supervision, furnishes  an
     investment program and  determines what securities will be  purchased, held
     or sold  by the  Portfolio and  what portion,  if any,  of the  Portfolio's
     assets  will  be  held  uninvested.    The  Investment  Advisory  Agreement
     requires BMR to pay the  salaries and fees of all officers and  Trustees of
     the Portfolio who are  members of the BMR organization and all personnel of
     BMR performing  services relating  to research  and investment  activities.
     The Portfolio is responsible  for all expenses  not expressly stated to  be
     payable by  BMR under the Investment Advisory Agreement, including, without
     implied  limitation,  (i)   expenses  of  maintaining  the   Portfolio  and
     continuing  its existence,  (ii) registration  of the  Portfolio under  the
     1940 Act, (iii)  commissions, fees and  other expenses  connected with  the
     acquisition, holding and  disposition of securities and  other investments,
     (iv) auditing, accounting  and legal expenses, (v) taxes and interest, (vi)
     governmental  fees,  (vii)  expenses  of  issue,  sale  and  redemption  of
     interests in the Portfolio,  (viii) expenses of registering and  qualifying
     the Portfolio  and  interests in  the  Portfolio  under federal  and  state
     securities  laws and of preparing  and printing  registration statements or
     other   offering  statements  or  memoranda  for   such  purposes  and  for
     distributing the  same to investors,  and fees and  expenses of registering
     and maintaining  registrations  of the  Portfolio  and of  the  Portfolio's
     placement agent  as broker-dealer  or  agent under  state securities  laws,
     (ix) expenses  of  reports and  notices to  investors  and of  meetings  of
     investors  and proxy  solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses  of reports  to
     governmental  officers  and  commissions, (xi)  insurance  expenses,  (xii)
     association membership  dues, (xiii)  fees, expenses  and disbursements  of
     custodians and subcustodians for  all services to the  Portfolio (including
     without   limitation   safekeeping  for   funds,   securities   and   other
     investments, keeping of  books, accounts and records, and  determination of
     net asset values,  book capital account  balances and  tax capital  account
     balances),  (xiv) fees,  expenses  and  disbursements of  transfer  agents,
     dividend disbursing  agents, investor servicing  agents and registrars  for
     all services to the Portfolio, (xv) expenses  for servicing the accounts of
     investors, (xvi) any direct charges  to investors approved by  the Trustees
     of  the Portfolio,  (xvii)  compensation and  expenses  of Trustees  of the
     Portfolio who are  not members of  the BMR  organization, and (xviii)  such
     nonrecurring items as may  arise, including expenses incurred in connection

                                         B-29
<PAGE>






     with   litigation,  proceedings  and  claims  and  the  obligation  of  the
     Portfolio to  indemnify its Trustees, officers  and investors  with respect
     thereto.
         
        
              For a description of the compensation that the Portfolio pays  BMR
     under the Investment Advisory  Agreement, see "Management of the Portfolio"
     in  Part A.   As at  September 30,  1995, the  Portfolio had net  assets of
     $410,670,138.  For the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1995, the Portfolio
     paid  BMR  advisory   fees  of  $2,121,262  (equivalent  to  0.50%  of  the
     Portfolio's average daily  net assets for  such year).For  the period  from
     April 1, 1994  to the fiscal year  ended September 30, 1994,  the Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees of  $1,141,013 (equivalent to 0.50%  (annualized) of
     the Portfolio's average daily net assets for such  period).  For the period
     from the start of business, May  3, 1993, to March 31, 1994, the  Portfolio
     paid BMR advisory fees of  $2,149,273 (equivalent to 0.49%  (annualized) of
     the Portfolio's average daily net assets for such period). 
         
        
              The  Investment  Advisory Agreement  with  BMR  remains  in effect
     until February 28,  1996.  It may  be continued indefinitely thereafter  so
     long  as such  continuance  after February  28, 1996  is approved  at least
     annually (i)  by the vote  of a majority of  the Trustees of  the Portfolio
     who are  not interested persons of the  Portfolio or of BMR  cast in person
     at a  meeting  specifically  called  for the  purpose  of  voting  on  such
     approval and (ii) by the Board  of Trustees of the Portfolio or  by vote of
     a majority  of the  outstanding voting  securities of  the Portfolio.   The
     Agreement may  be terminated  at  any time  without penalty  on sixty  (60)
     days' written notice by the  Board of Trustees of either party,  or by vote
     of the majority of  the outstanding voting securities of the Portfolio, and
     the Agreement will  terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.
     The Agreement provides  that BMR may render  services to others and  engage
     in other  business activities and  may permit other fund  clients and other
     corporations and  organizations to use  the words "Eaton  Vance" or "Boston
     Management and Research"  in their names.  The Agreement also provides that
     BMR  shall not  be  liable for  any loss  incurred  in connection  with the
     performance  of  its   duties,  or  action  taken  or  omitted  under  that
     Agreement,  in  the  absence  of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
     negligence in the  performance of its duties  or by reason of  its reckless
     disregard  of its  obligations  and duties  thereunder,  or for  any losses
     sustained in the  acquisition, holding or  disposition of  any security  or
     other investment.
         
        
              BMR is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Eaton Vance.  Eaton  Vance and
     EV  are both wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  EVC.   BMR and Eaton  Vance are
     both Massachusetts business trusts, and EV is the  trustee of BMR and Eaton
     Vance.  The Directors  of EV are Landon  T. Clay, H.  Day Brigham, Jr.,  M.
     Dozier  Gardner,  James  B.  Hawkes, and  Benjamin  A.  Rowland,  Jr.   The
     Directors of EVC consist  of the same persons and John G.L. Cabot and Ralph
     Z. Sorenson.  Mr.  Clay is chairman and Mr. Gardner is  president and chief
     executive officer of EVC,  BMR, Eaton Vance and EV.  All of  the issued and

                                         B-30
<PAGE>






     outstanding shares of  Eaton Vance and  EV are  owned by EVC.   All of  the
     issued and outstanding shares of BMR are owned by Eaton Vance.   All shares
     of  the outstanding Voting  Common Stock of EVC  are deposited  in a Voting
     Trust, which  expires on December  31, 1996, the  Voting Trustees of  which
     are  Messrs.  Clay, Brigham,  Gardner,  Hawkes  and  Rowland.   The  Voting
     Trustees have unrestricted voting rights  for the election of  Directors of
     EVC.   All  of  the outstanding  voting  trust receipts  issued under  said
     Voting Trust are owned by  certain of the officers  of BMR and Eaton  Vance
     who  are also officers  and Directors of  EVC and EV.   As  of December 31,
     1995, Messrs. Clay, Gardner and Hawkes each owned 24% of such voting  trust
     receipts, and Messrs.  Rowland and Brigham owned 15% and 13%, respectively,
     of  such voting trust  receipts.  Messrs. Hawkes  and Otis  are officers or
     Trustees  of the Portfolio and are members of the EVC, BMR, Eaton Vance and
     EV  organizations.    Messrs.  Fetter,  MacIntosh,   Murphy,  O'Connor  and
     Woodbury  and Ms.  Sanders  are  officers of  the  Portfolio and  are  also
     members of the BMR,  Eaton Vance  and EV organizations.   BMR will  receive
     the fees paid under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
         
        
              Eaton Vance owns  all of the stock of Energex  Energy Corporation,
     which is  engaged in oil and gas operations.  In addition, Eaton Vance owns
     all of the  stock of Northeast Properties,  Inc., which is engaged  in real
     estate investment, consulting and  management.  EVC  owns all of the  stock
     of  Fulcrum Management,  Inc. and  MinVen Inc.,  which  are engaged  in the
     development of precious  metal properties.  EVC also  owns 24% of the Class
     A  shares  of  Lloyd  George  Management  (B.V.I.)  Limited,  a  registered
     investment adviser.   EVC,  BMR, Eaton  Vance and  EV may  also enter  into
     other businesses.
         
              EVC and its affiliates and their officers and employees from  time
     to time  have transactions with  various banks, including  the custodian of
     the  Portfolio,  Investors Bank  &  Trust  Company.   It  is Eaton  Vance's
     opinion that the  terms and  conditions of such  transactions were not  and
     will not  be  influenced  by  existing  or  potential  custodial  or  other
     relationships between the Portfolio and such banks.
        
              Custodian.   Investors  Bank &  Trust Company  ("IBT"),  89  South
     Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, acts as  custodian for the  Portfolio.  IBT
     has  the custody of  all of  the Portfolio's assets,  maintains the general
     ledger  of  the Portfolio,  and  computes  the  daily  net asset  value  of
     interests in  the Portfolio.   In such  capacity it  attends to details  in
     connection with the sale, exchange,  substitution or transfer of,  or other
     dealings  with, the  Portfolio's investments,  receives  and disburses  all
     funds,  and  performs various  other  ministerial  duties upon  receipt  of
     proper  instructions  from the  Portfolio.    IBT  charges  fees which  are
     competitive within the industry.  A portion of the fee relates to  custody,
     bookkeeping and  valuation  services and  is  based  upon a  percentage  of
     Portfolio net assets and  a portion of the fee relates to activity charges,
     primarily the  number  of portfolio  transactions.    These fees  are  then
     reduced by a credit for cash balances of the particular investment  company
     at  the custodian equal  to 75% of the  91-day, U.S.  Treasury Bill auction
     rate  applied  to   the  particular  investment  company's   average  daily

                                         B-31
<PAGE>






     collected  balances for the week.  Landon T. Clay, a Director of EVC and an
     officer,  Trustee  or  Director  of  other  entities  in  the  Eaton  Vance
     organization,  owns approximately  13%  of the  voting  stock of  Investors
     Financial Services  Corp., the holding  company parent of  IBT.  Management
     believes  that  such  ownership  does  not  create  an  affiliated   person
     relationship  between the Portfolio  and IBT under the  1940 Act.   For the
     fiscal year ended September 30,  1995, the Portfolio paid IBT  $187,581 for
     its services as custodian.
         
              Independent Certified Public Accountants.   Deloitte & Touche LLP,
     125 Summer  Street, Boston,  Massachusetts, are  the independent  certified
     public accountants of  the Portfolio, providing audit services,  tax return
     preparation,  and   assistance  and  consultation   with  respect  to   the
     preparation of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     Item 17.  Brokerage Allocation and Other Practices

              Decisions   concerning  the   execution  of   portfolio   security
     transactions,  including  the selection  of  the market  and  the executing
     firm,  are  made by  BMR.   BMR is  also responsible  for the  execution of
     transactions for all other accounts managed by it.

              BMR places  the portfolio  security transactions of  the Portfolio
     and of all  other accounts  managed by it  for execution  with many  firms.
     BMR  uses  its best  efforts  to  obtain  execution  of portfolio  security
     transactions at  prices  that are  advantageous  to  the Portfolio  and  at
     reasonably competitive  spreads or  (when a  disclosed commission  is being
     charged)  at  reasonably competitive  commission  rates.   In  seeking such
     execution, BMR  will use  its best judgment  in evaluating  the terms of  a
     transaction  and  will  give  consideration  to  various  relevant  factors
     including, without  limitation, the size  and type of  the transaction, the
     nature and character of the  market for the security,  the confidentiality,
     speed  and certainty of effective  execution required  for the transaction,
     the  general execution and operational capabilities  of the executing firm,
     the  reputation, reliability,  experience and  financial  condition of  the
     firm, the  value and quality of  the services rendered by  the firm in this
     and  other  transactions,  and   the  reasonableness   of  the  spread   or
     commission, if  any.   Municipal  obligations  purchased  and sold  by  the
     Portfolio are  generally traded  in the  over-the-counter market  on a  net
     basis (i.e.,  without commission) through  broker-dealers and banks  acting
     for their  own  account  rather  than  as  brokers,  or  otherwise  involve
     transactions directly  with the  issuer of  such obligations.   Such  firms
     attempt to profit from  such transactions  by buying at  the bid price  and
     selling at the higher  asked price of the market for such  obligations, and
     the  difference between the bid and asked prices is customarily referred to
     as the spread.   The Portfolio may also purchase municipal obligations from
     underwriters,  the  cost  of  which   may  include  undisclosed  fees   and
     concessions to  the  underwriters.    While  it  is  anticipated  that  the
     Portfolio  will not  pay significant  brokerage  commissions in  connection
     with such portfolio  security transactions, on occasion it may be necessary
     or  appropriate to  purchase  or sell  a security  through  a broker  on an
     agency  basis,  in   which  case  the  Portfolio  will  incur  a  brokerage

                                         B-32
<PAGE>






     commission.    Although  spreads  or  commissions   on  portfolio  security
     transactions  will, in the  judgment of BMR,  be reasonable  in relation to
     the value of  the services provided, spreads or commissions exceeding those
     that another firm  might charge may be  paid to firms who were  selected to
     execute transactions on  behalf of the  Portfolio and  BMR's other  clients
     for providing brokerage and research services to BMR.

              As authorized in  Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange  Act of
     1934, a broker or  dealer who executes a portfolio transaction on behalf of
     the  Portfolio may receive a commission that  is in excess of the amount of
     commission another broker or dealer  would have charged for  effecting that
     transaction if  BMR  determines in  good  faith  that such  commission  was
     reasonable in relation  to the value of the brokerage and research services
     provided.   This determination  may be  made either  on the  basis of  that
     particular transaction  or on the  basis of  overall responsibilities  that
     BMR  and  its  affiliates  have  for  accounts  over  which  they  exercise
     investment discretion.   In  making any  such determination,  BMR will  not
     attempt  to place a  specific dollar  value on  the brokerage  and research
     services provided or to  determine what portion of the commission should be
     related to  such services.   Brokerage  and research  services may  include
     advice  as to  the value of  securities, the advisability  of investing in,
     purchasing  or selling  securities, and  the availability  of securities or
     purchasers  or  sellers  of securities;  furnishing  analyses  and  reports
     concerning issuers,  industries, securities,  economic factors and  trends,
     portfolio strategy  and the performance  of accounts; effecting  securities
     transactions   and  performing   functions  incidental   thereto  (such  as
     clearance and settlement); and the  "Research Services" referred to  in the
     next paragraph.

              It  is a common  practice of the investment  advisory industry and
     of the advisers of  investment companies, institutions and other  investors
     to receive research, statistical and quotation  services, data, information
     and other services,  products and materials  that assist  such advisers  in
     the performance of  their investment responsibilities ("Research Services")
     from  broker-dealer  firms  that execute  portfolio  transactions  for  the
     clients  of  such  advisers  and   from  third  parties  with   which  such
     broker-dealers  have arrangements.    Consistent  with this  practice,  BMR
     receives  Research Services  from many broker-dealer  firms with  which BMR
     places  the Portfolio's  transactions  and from  third  parties with  which
     these broker-dealers  have arrangements.   These Research Services  include
     such matters as general economic  and market reviews, industry  and company
     reviews,   evaluations   of   securities  and   portfolio   strategies  and
     transactions and recommendations  as to the purchase and sale of securities
     and  other   portfolio   transactions,   financial,  industry   and   trade
     publications,  news   and  information  services,  pricing   and  quotation
     equipment and services, and research oriented  computer hardware, software,
     data bases and  services.  Any particular Research Service obtained through
     a  broker-dealer may  be used  by BMR  in connection  with client  accounts
     other than those accounts that pay commissions to such  broker-dealer.  Any
     such  Research Service  may  be  broadly useful  and  of  value to  BMR  in
     rendering investment advisory services to  all or a significant  portion of
     its clients, or  may be relevant and useful for  the management of only one

                                         B-33
<PAGE>






     client's  account or of only a few clients'  accounts, or may be useful for
     the  management  of  merely  a   segment  of  certain  clients'   accounts,
     regardless of whether any such  account or accounts paid commissions to the
     broker-dealer  through  which  such Research  Service  was  obtained.   The
     advisory fee  paid by  the Portfolio  is not  reduced because BMR  receives
     such  Research  Services.   BMR  evaluates the  nature and  quality  of the
     various   Research  Services  obtained   through  broker-dealer  firms  and
     attempts to allocate  sufficient commissions to  such firms  to ensure  the
     continued receipt of Research  Services that BMR believes are useful  or of
     value to it in rendering investment advisory services to its clients.

              Subject to the requirement that BMR shall use its best  efforts to
     seek and  execute portfolio  security transactions  at advantageous  prices
     and  at  reasonably  competitive  spreads  or  commission  rates,  BMR   is
     authorized to consider as a factor  in the selection of any firm with  whom
     portfolio orders  may be placed  the fact  that such  firm has  sold or  is
     selling shares of  any investment company sponsored by  BMR or Eaton Vance.
     This policy is not  inconsistent with a rule of the National Association of
     Securities Dealers,  Inc.,  which rule  provides  that no  firm  that is  a
     member  of the  Association  shall favor  or  disfavor the  distribution of
     shares  of  any  particular  investment  company  or  group  of  investment
     companies on the  basis of brokerage  commissions received  or expected  by
     such firm from any source.

              Municipal obligations considered as investments for the  Portfolio
     may also  be appropriate for  other investment accounts  managed by BMR  or
     its affiliates.   BMR will attempt to allocate equitably portfolio security
     transactions  among  the   Portfolio  and  the  portfolios   of  its  other
     investment  accounts purchasing  municipal  obligations whenever  decisions
     are made to  purchase or sell securities  by the Portfolio and one  or more
     of such other  accounts simultaneously.   In making  such allocations,  the
     main factors to be considered  are the respective investment  objectives of
     the  Portfolio and  such  other accounts,  the  relative size  of portfolio
     holdings of the  same or comparable  securities, the  availability of  cash
     for investment by the Portfolio and  such accounts, the size of  investment
     commitments  generally held  by  the Portfolio  and  such accounts  and the
     opinions  of the persons  responsible for  recommending investments  to the
     Portfolio  and  such  accounts.     While  this  procedure  could   have  a
     detrimental effect on  the price or  amount of the securities  available to
     the Portfolio from time to time,  it is the opinion of the  Trustees of the
     Portfolio that the  benefits available  from the BMR  organization outweigh
     any   disadvantage  that   may   arise   from  exposure   to   simultaneous
     transactions.
        
              For the fiscal year ended September 30, 1995, for the  period from
     April  1, 1994  to the fiscal  year ended  September 30, 1994,  and for the
     period from the  start of business,  May 3,  1993, to March  31, 1994,  the
     Portfolio paid no brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions.
         
     Item 18.  Capital Stock and Other Securities

              Under  the  Portfolio's Declaration  of  Trust,  the  Trustees are

                                         B-34
<PAGE>






     authorized  to issue interests in the Portfolio.  Investors are entitled to
     participate pro rata  in distributions of  taxable income,  loss, gain  and
     credit of  the Portfolio.  Upon dissolution of  the Portfolio, the Trustees
     shall liquidate  the assets of the  Portfolio and apply and  distribute the
     proceeds thereof  as follows: (a)  first, to the  payment of all debts  and
     obligations  of   the  Portfolio  to   third  parties  including,   without
     limitation, the retirement  of outstanding debt, including any debt owed to
     holders of  record  of interests  in  the  Portfolio ("Holders")  or  their
     affiliates, and the expenses of liquidation, and  to the setting up of  any
     reserves  for contingencies  which  may be  necessary;  and (b)  second, in
     accordance with the Holders' positive  Book Capital Account balances  after
     adjusting Book  Capital Accounts  for certain  allocations provided in  the
     Declaration of Trust and in  accordance with the requirements  described in
     Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(2).   Notwithstanding the
     foregoing, if the Trustees  shall determine that an immediate sale  of part
     or all  of the  assets  of the  Portfolio  would cause  undue loss  to  the
     Holders, the  Trustees, in  order  to avoid  such loss,  may, after  having
     given  notification to all the  Holders, to the  extent not then prohibited
     by the  law of any  jurisdiction in which  the Portfolio is  then formed or
     qualified and applicable  in the circumstances, either defer liquidation of
     and  withhold from  distribution for  a reasonable  time any assets  of the
     Portfolio  except  those necessary  to  satisfy the  Portfolio's  debts and
     obligations  or  distribute  the  Portfolio's  assets  to  the  Holders  in
     liquidation.   Interests in the  Portfolio have  no preference, preemptive,
     conversion or similar rights and  are fully paid and  nonassessable, except
     as set  forth below.   Interests in the  Portfolio may not be  transferred.
     Certificates  representing an  investor's  interest  in the  Portfolio  are
     issued only upon the written request of a Holder.

              Each  Holder is entitled  to vote  in proportion to the  amount of
     its  interest in  the Portfolio.   Holders  do not  have cumulative  voting
     rights.   The Portfolio  is not required  and has  no current intention  to
     hold annual  meetings of Holders,  but the Portfolio will  hold meetings of
     Holders when in the  judgment of the  Portfolio's Trustees it is  necessary
     or desirable  to submit  matters to a  vote of Holders  at a meeting.   Any
     action which may  be taken  by Holders may  be taken  without a meeting  if
     Holders holding more  than 50% of all  interests entitled to vote  (or such
     larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any  express provision of
     the  Declaration of  Trust  of  the Portfolio)  consent  to  the action  in
     writing  and  the consents  are  filed  with  the  records of  meetings  of
     Holders.

              The Portfolio's  Declaration of Trust  may be amended  by vote  of
     Holders of  more than 50% of all interests  in the Portfolio at any meeting
     of Holders or by an  instrument in writing without a meeting, executed by a
     majority of the Trustees and  consented to by the Holders of more  than 50%
     of all  interests.  The  Trustees may also  amend the Declaration of  Trust
     (without the vote or  consent of Holders) to change the Portfolio's name or
     the state or  other jurisdiction whose law  shall be the governing  law, to
     supply  any  omission  or  cure,  correct  or  supplement  any   ambiguous,
     defective  or inconsistent provision, to  conform the  Declaration of Trust
     to  applicable Federal  law or regulations  or to  the requirements  of the

                                         B-35
<PAGE>






     Code, or  to change, modify  or rescind  any provision, provided  that such
     change, modification  or rescission  is determined  by the  Trustees to  be
     necessary or appropriate  and not to  have a materially  adverse effect  on
     the financial  interests of the Holders.   No amendment of  the Declaration
     of  Trust  which  would change  any  rights  with respect  to  any Holder's
     interest  in the  Portfolio  by reducing  the  amount payable  thereon upon
     liquidation of the  Portfolio may be made, except  with the vote or consent
     of  the Holders  of  two-thirds  of  all  interests.    References  in  the
     Declaration of  Trust  and  in  Part  A or  this  Part  B  to  a  specified
     percentage of,  or fraction of,  interests in the  Portfolio, means Holders
     whose  combined Book  Capital  Account  balances represent  such  specified
     percentage or  fraction of  the combined  Book Capital  Account balance  of
     all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              The   Portfolio  may   merge   or  consolidate   with   any  other
     corporation, association,  trust  or  other organization  or  may  sell  or
     exchange  all or  substantially  all  of its  assets  upon  such terms  and
     conditions  and  for such  consideration  when  and  as  authorized by  the
     Holders of  (a) 67% or  more of the  interests in the  Portfolio present or
     represented at the meeting of  Holders, if Holders of more than 50%  of all
     interests are  present or represented by proxy, or (b) more than 50% of all
     interests, whichever is  less.  The Portfolio may  be terminated (i) by the
     affirmative vote of Holders  of not less  than two-thirds of all  interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting,  executed  by  a majority  of  the Trustees  and  consented  to by
     Holders  of not  less than  two-thirds of  all  interests, or  (ii) by  the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.
        
              In accordance with  the Declaration of Trust, there  normally will
     be no  meetings  of the  investors  for the  purpose  of electing  Trustees
     unless and until such time as less than a majority of the Trustees  holding
     office have been elected by investors.   In such an event, the Trustees  of
     the  Portfolio then  in  office will  call an  investors'  meeting for  the
     election of Trustees.  Except  for the foregoing circumstances,  and unless
     removed  by action  of  the investors  in  accordance with  the Portfolio's
     Declaration of Trust, the  Trustees shall continue to  hold office and  may
     appoint successor Trustees.
         
        
              The Declaration of Trust provides that no person shall serve as  a
     Trustee if  investors holding two-thirds of  the outstanding interests have
     removed him  from that office  either by a  written declaration filed  with
     the Portfolio's custodian or  by votes  cast at a  meeting called for  that
     purpose.   The Declaration  of Trust  further provides  that under  certain
     circumstances, the  investors may call  a meeting  to remove a  Trustee and
     that the Portfolio  is required to provide assistance in communicating with
     investors about such a meeting.
         
        
              The Portfolio is organized as  a trust under the laws of the State
     of  New York.   Investors in the Portfolio  will be  held personally liable
     for its obligations  and liabilities, subject, however,  to indemnification

                                         B-36
<PAGE>






     by the  Portfolio in  the event that  there is imposed  upon an  investor a
     greater portion  of the liabilities  and obligations of  the Portfolio than
     its proportionate  interest in  the Portfolio.   The  Portfolio intends  to
     maintain fidelity  and errors and  omissions  insurance  deemed adequate by
     the Trustees.  Therefore, the risk of an investor  incurring financial loss
     on account of investor liability is limited to circumstances in which  both
     inadequate insurance  exists and the Portfolio itself is unable to meet its
     obligations.
         
              The Declaration of Trust further provides that obligations  of the
     Portfolio are not binding upon the Trustees individually but only  upon the
     property of the Portfolio and that the Trustees will  not be liable for any
     action or failure to act, but nothing in the Declaration of Trust  protects
     a Trustee against any  liability to which he would otherwise be  subject by
     reason of  willful misfeasance, bad  faith, gross  negligence, or  reckless
     disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

     Item 19.  Purchase, Redemption and Pricing of Securities 

              Interests  in the Portfolio are issued solely in private placement
     transactions that do not involve  any "public offering" within  the meaning
     of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act  of 1933.  See "Purchase of Interests
     in the Portfolio" and "Redemption or Decrease of Interest" in Part A.

     Item 20.  Tax Status
        
              The Portfolio has  been advised by tax counsel that,  provided the
     Portfolio is operated at all times during its existence in accordance  with
     certain organizational and  operational documents, the Portfolio  should be
     classified as  a partnership under  the Internal Revenue  Code of  1986, as
     amended (the "Code"), and it should not  be a "publicly traded partnership"
     within  the  meaning  of Section  7704  of  the  Code.   Consequently,  the
     Portfolio does  not expect  that it  will be  required to  pay any  federal
     income tax,  and  a  Holder  will  be required  to  take  into  account  in
     determining its federal income tax  liability its share of  the Portfolio's
     income, gains, losses, deductions and tax preference items.
         
        
              Under Subchapter K of the Code, a partnership is  considered to be
     either an aggregate of its members or a separate entity depending upon  the
     factual  and  legal  context  in  which  the  question  arises.  Under  the
     aggregate approach,  each partner is  treated as an  owner of an  undivided
     interest  in partnership assets and operations.  Under the entity approach,
     the partnership is treated  as a separate entity in which partners  have no
     direct interest  in partnership  assets and  operations. The  Portfolio has
     been advised by  tax counsel that,  in the case of  a Holder that seeks  to
     qualify  as a  RIC,  the aggregate  approach  should apply,  and  each such
     Holder should  accordingly be deemed to  own a proportionate share  of each
     of  the assets of the  Portfolio and to be entitled  to the gross income of
     the Portfolio attributable to that  share for purposes of  all requirements
     of  Sections 851(b) and 852(b)(5)  of the Code.  Further, the Portfolio has
     been  advised by tax  counsel that each  Holder that seeks to  qualify as a

                                         B-37
<PAGE>






     RIC should  be deemed to  hold its  proportionate share of  the Portfolio's
     assets for the period the Portfolio  has held the assets or for the  period
     the Holder has  been an investor  in the Portfolio,  whichever is  shorter.
     Investors  should consult  their tax advisers  regarding whether the entity
     or  the aggregate approach applies to  their investment in the Portfolio in
     light of their  particular tax status and any  special tax rules applicable
     to them.
         
        
              In order to  enable a  Holder in the  Portfolio that  is otherwise
     eligible  to  qualify  as  a  RIC, the  Portfolio  intends  to  satisfy the
     requirements of Subchapter M  of the Code relating to sources of income and
     diversification of assets as if they  were applicable to the Portfolio  and
     to allocate and  permit withdrawals in a  manner that will enable  a Holder
     that  is a  RIC  to comply  with those  requirements.   The  Portfolio will
     allocate at  least annually  to each Holder  its distributive share  of the
     Portfolio's  net taxable  (if any)  and tax-exempt  investment income,  net
     realized capital  gains,  and  any  other  items  of  income,  gain,  loss,
     deduction or  credit in  a  manner intended  to comply  with the  Code  and
     applicable  Treasury regulations.   Tax counsel  has advised  the Portfolio
     that the Portfolio's  allocations of taxable  income and  loss should  have
     "economic effect" under applicable Treasury regulations.
         
        
              To the  extent the  cash  proceeds of  any withdrawal  (or,  under
     certain  circumstances, such  proceeds  plus the  value  of any  marketable
     securities  distributed  to  an  investor)  ("liquid  proceeds")  exceed  a
     Holder's adjusted basis  of his interest in the  Portfolio, the Holder will
     generally  realize a  gain  for federal  income  tax purposes.  If, upon  a
     complete  withdrawal (redemption  of  the  entire interest),  the  Holder's
     adjusted basis  of  his  interest  exceeds  the  liquid  proceeds  of  such
     withdrawal, the Holder  will generally realize  a loss  for federal  income
     tax purposes.   The tax  consequences of a withdrawal  of property (instead
     of or  in addition to liquid proceeds) will be different and will depend on
     the specific  factual  circumstances.   A  Holder's  adjusted basis  of  an
     interest  in the  Portfolio  will generally  be  the aggregate  prices paid
     therefor (including  the adjusted  basis  of contributed  property and  any
     gain recognized  on such  contribution), increased  by the  amounts of  the
     Holder's distributive share  of items of income (including  interest income
     exempt from federal  income tax) and  realized net  gain of the  Portfolio,
     and  reduced, but  not  below zero,  by  (i) the  amounts  of the  Holder's
     distributive share of items of Portfolio loss,  and (ii) the amount of  any
     cash distributions (including distributions of interest  income exempt from
     federal  income  tax  and  cash  distributions   on  withdrawals  from  the
     Portfolio)  and the basis  to the Holder of  any property  received by such
     Holder  other  than in  liquidation,  and (iii)  the  Holder's distributive
     share   of   the  Portfolio's   nondeductible  expenditures   not  properly
     chargeable to capital account.  Increases or  decreases in a Holder's share
     of the Portfolio's liabilities  may also result in corresponding  increases
     or decreases in  such adjusted basis.  Distributions  of liquid proceeds in
     excess  of a  Holder's  adjusted basis  in  its interest  in the  Portfolio
     immediately prior thereto  generally will result in the recognition of gain

                                         B-38
<PAGE>






     to the Holder in the amount of such excess.
         
        
              The Portfolio may  acquire zero coupon or  other securities issued
     with original  issue  discount.   As the  holder of  those securities,  the
     Portfolio must account for the  original issue discount (even  on municipal
     securities) that  accrues on the  securities during the  taxable year, even
     if it receives no  corresponding payment on the securities during the year.
     Because each  Holder that is  a RIC must  distribute annually substantially
     all of its  investment company taxable  income and  net tax-exempt  income,
     including any  original issue discount, to qualify  for treatment as a RIC,
     any such Holder  may be required in  a particular year to distribute  as an
     "exempt-interest  dividend"  an  amount  that  is  greater  than  its  pro-
     portionate  share  of the  total  amount  of  cash  the Portfolio  actually
     receives.  Those distributions will be made  from the Holder's cash assets,
     if any, or  from its proportionate share of  the Portfolio's cash assets or
     the  proceeds of sales  of the  Portfolio's securities, if  necessary.  The
     Portfolio  may realize  capital  gains or  losses  from those  sales, which
     would  increase or decrease  the investment  company taxable  income and/or
     net capital gain (the excess of net long-term  capital gain over net short-
     term capital loss) of a Holder  that is a RIC.  In addition, any such gains
     may be realized  on the disposition of securities  held for less than three
     months.   Because of the  Short-Short Limitation (defined  below), any such
     gains would reduce  the Portfolio's ability  to sell  other securities,  or
     options  or futures  contracts, held  for less  than three  months  that it
     might wish to sell in the ordinary course of its portfolio management.
         
        
              Investments  in  lower rated  or  unrated  securities  may present
     special  tax issues  for  the Portfolio  and hence  to  an investor  in the
     Portfolio to the extent  actual or anticipated defaults may be  more likely
     with respect to  such securities.  Tax  rules are not entirely  clear about
     issues such  as when the  Portfolio may cease to  accrue interest, original
     issue  discount, or market discount; when and to what extent deductions may
     be taken  for bad debts or  worthless securities; how  payments received on
     obligations in  default should  be allocated between  principal and income;
     and whether  exchanges  of  debt  obligations  in  a  workout  context  are
     taxable.
         
        
              In order  for a Holder  that is a  RIC to  be entitled to pay  the
     tax-exempt   interest   income   the   Portfolio   allocates   to   it   as
     exempt-interest  dividends to  its shareholders,  the  Holder must  satisfy
     certain requirements, including  the requirement that, at the close of each
     quarter of its taxable year, at least 50% of  the value of its total assets
     consists of  obligations the  interest on  which is  excludable from  gross
     income under  Section  103(a)  of  the Code.    The  Portfolio  intends  to
     concentrate its  investments in  such tax-exempt  obligations to an  extent
     that will enable a RIC that invests its investable assets in the  Portfolio
     to satisfy this 50% requirement.  
         
        

                                         B-39
<PAGE>






              Interest  on certain  municipal obligations  is treated  as a  tax
     preference  item  for  purposes of  the  federal  alternative  minimum tax.
     Holders that  are required to file federal income  tax returns are required
     to report  tax-exempt interest allocated to  them by the Portfolio  on such
     returns.
         
              From time to time  proposals have been introduced before  Congress
     for the  purpose  of restricting  or  eliminating  the federal  income  tax
     exemption for  interest on certain  types of municipal  obligations, and it
     can  be expected  that similar proposals  may be introduced  in the future.
     Under  federal tax  legislation  enacted in  1986,  the federal  income tax
     exemption for interest  on certain municipal obligations was  eliminated or
     restricted.    As  a  result  of  such  legislation,  the  availability  of
     municipal obligations for investment by  the Portfolio and the value of the
     Portfolio may be affected.
        
              In  the course  of  managing  its investments,  the  Portfolio may
     realize some  short-term and long-term  capital gains (and/or  losses) as a
     result  of market transactions, including sales of portfolio securities and
     rights  to when-issued  securities and  options  and futures  transactions.
     The  Portfolio may  also  realize taxable  income  from certain  short-term
     taxable  obligations,  securities  loans,  a  portion   of  original  issue
     discount with respect  to certain  stripped municipal obligations  or their
     stripped  coupons  and  certain  realized  accrued  market  discount.   Any
     allocations of such capital gains  or other taxable income to Holders would
     be  taxable to Holders  that are subject  to tax.  However,  it is expected
     that  such amounts, if any, would  normally be insubstantial in relation to
     the tax-exempt interest earned by the Portfolio.
         
        
              The  Portfolio's  transactions in  options  and  futures contracts
     will be  subject to special  tax rules that  may affect the amount,  timing
     and character  of  its  items  of  income,  gain  or  loss  and  hence  the
     allocations of such  items to investors.   For  example, certain  positions
     held  by the Portfolio on  the last business day of  each taxable year will
     be marked to market  (i.e., treated as if closed out  on such day), and any
     resulting gain or  loss will generally be treated  as 60% long-term and 40%
     short-term  capital gain or loss.   Certain positions held by the Portfolio
     that substantially  diminish the Portfolio's  risk of loss  with respect to
     other  positions  in its  portfolio may  constitute "straddles,"  which are
     subject  to  tax  rules  that  may  cause  deferral  of  Portfolio  losses,
     adjustments  in the holding period  of Portfolio  securities and conversion
     of short-term into long-term capital losses. 
         
        
              Income from transactions in  options and futures contracts derived
     by the Portfolio with  respect to its business  of investing in  securities
     will qualify as permissible  income for its Holders that are RICs under the
     requirement that at least  90% of  a RIC's gross  income each taxable  year
     consist of  specified types  of income.   However,  income from  the dispo-
     sition  by the Portfolio  of options  and futures  contracts held  for less
     than three months  will be subject to  the requirement applicable  to those

                                         B-40
<PAGE>






     Holders that  less than  30%  of a  RIC's gross  income each  taxable  year
     consist of certain short-term gains ("Short-Short Limitation").
         
        
              If the  Portfolio satisfies certain requirements,  any increase in
     value of a position that is part  of a "designated hedge" will be offset by
     any decrease in value (whether  realized or not) of the  offsetting hedging
     position  during  the period  of  the  hedge  for  purposes of  determining
     whether the  Holders  that are  RICs  satisfy the  Short-Short  Limitation.
     Thus,  only the  net  gain  (if any)  from  the  designated hedge  will  be
     included in  gross income for  purposes of that limitation.   The Portfolio
     will consider whether it  should seek to qualify for this treatment for its
     hedging transactions.  To the extent the Portfolio does not so qualify,  it
     may be  forced to defer  the closing out  of options and futures  contracts
     beyond the time when it otherwise would be advantageous to do  so, in order
     for Holders that are RICs to continue to qualify as such.
         
              Interest on indebtedness incurred  or continued by an  investor to
     purchase or carry  an investment in the Portfolio  is not deductible to the
     extent it is  deemed attributable to the investor's investment, through the
     Portfolio,  in   tax-exempt  obligations.     Further,   persons  who   are
     "substantial  users"  (or  persons  related  to   "substantial  users")  of
     facilities financed  by industrial  development or  private activity  bonds
     should  consult  their tax  advisers  before  investing  in the  Portfolio.
     "Substantial  user"  is  defined  in  applicable  Treasury  regulations  to
     include a  "non-exempt person" who  regularly uses in  trade or business  a
     part of a  facility financed from  the proceeds  of industrial  development
     bonds and would  likely be interpreted  to include  private activity  bonds
     issued to finance similar facilities.
     
              An entity  that is treated  as a partnership under  the Code, such
     as  the Portfolio,  is generally treated  as a partnership  under state and
     local  tax   laws,   but  certain   states   may  have   different   entity
     classification criteria  and may  therefore reach  a different  conclusion.
     Entities that  are classified as  partnerships are not  treated as separate
     taxable  entities under most state and local  tax laws, and the income of a
     partnership is considered  to be income of  partners both in timing  and in
     character.    The exemption  of  interest  income  for  federal income  tax
     purposes does not  necessarily result in exemption under  the income or tax
     laws  of any  state or  local taxing authority.   The  laws of  the various
     states and local  taxing authorities vary with  respect to the  taxation of
     such interest income,  as well as to  the status of a  partnership interest
     under state  and local  tax laws,  and each  holder of an  interest in  the
     Portfolio is advised to consult his own tax adviser.
     
              The foregoing  discussion does not address  the special tax  rules
     applicable to  certain classes of investors,  such as  tax-exempt entities,
     insurance companies and  financial institutions.  Investors  should consult
     their own tax advisers with respect to special tax rules that may  apply in
     their  particular situations, as  well as  the state, local  or foreign tax
     consequences of investing in the Portfolio.


                                         B-41
<PAGE>






     Item 21.  Underwriters

              The   placement   agent  for   the   Portfolio   is   Eaton  Vance
     Distributors,  Inc.,  which receives  no compensation  for serving  in this
     capacity.   Investment  companies,  common and  commingled trust  funds and
     similar  organizations  and   entities  may  continuously  invest   in  the
     Portfolio.


     Item 22.  Calculation of Performance Data

     Not applicable.

     Item 23.  Financial Statements
        
              The  following audited  financial  statements  of  the  Portfolio,
     which are  included in  the Annual  Report to  Shareholders of  EV Marathon
     California Municipals  Fund for the  fiscal year ended  September 30, 1995,
     are  incorporated  by  reference   into  this  Part  B  and  have  been  so
     incorporated in  reliance  upon the  report  of  Deloitte and  Touche  LLP,
     independent  certified public  accountants, as  experts  in accounting  and
     auditing.
         
        
              Portfolio of Investments as of September 30, 1995
              Statement of Assets and Liabilities as of September 30, 1995
              Statement of Operations for  the fiscal year  ended September  30,
              1995
              Statement of  Changes in  Net  Assets for  the fiscal  year  ended
              September 30, 1995,  for the six months ended September  30, 1994,
              and for  the period from the  start of business,  May 3,  1993, to
              March 31, 1994
              Supplementary Data  for the fiscal year ended  September 30, 1995,
              for the six  months ended September 30,  1994, and for  the period
              from the start of business, May 3, 1993, to March 31, 1994
              Notes to Financial Statements
              Independent Auditors' Report
         
        
              For  purposes  of  the EDGAR  filing  of  this  amendment  to  the
     Portfolio's   registration  statement,   the   Portfolio  incorporates   by
     reference  the  above   audited  financial  statements  of   the  Portfolio
     contained in  the Annual Report  to Shareholders of  EV Marathon California
     Municipals  Fund  for   the  fiscal  year  ended  September  30,  1995,  as
     previously   filed  electronically   with  the   Securities  and   Exchange
     Commission (Accession Number 0000950135-95-002502).
         






                                         B-42
<PAGE>






                                       APPENDIX

                          Description of Securities Ratings+

                           Moody's Investors Service, Inc.

     Municipal Bonds

     Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa  are judged to be of the best quality.  They
     carry the smallest degree of investment risk and  are generally referred to
     as  "gilt edged."   Interest payments  are protected  by a  large or  by an
     exceptionally stable margin  and principal is  secure.   While the  various
     protective  elements  are   likely  to  change,  such  changes  as  can  be
     visualized are most  unlikely to  impair the fundamentally  strong position
     of such issues.

     Aa: Bonds  which are  rated Aa  are judged  to be  of high  quality by  all
     standards.   Together with the  Aaa group they  comprise what are generally
     known  as high  grade bonds.   They  are rated  lower  than the  best bonds
     because margins of protection may  not be as large as in Aaa  securities or
     fluctuation of protective  elements may be  of greater  amplitude or  there
     may  be  other  elements  present  which make  the  long  term  risk appear
     somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

     A: Bonds which  are rated A  possess many  favorable investment  attributes
     and  are  to be  considered  as  upper-medium-grade obligations.    Factors
     giving security  to  principal and  interest are  considered adequate,  but
     elements  may be  present  which  suggest  a susceptibility  to  impairment
     sometime in the future.

     Baa: Bonds which are rated  Baa are considered as  medium-grade obligations
     (i.e., they are  neither highly protected  nor poorly  secured).   Interest
     payments  and  principal  security  appear  adequate  for  the  present but
     certain protective  elements may  be lacking or  may be  characteristically
     unreliable over  any great length  of time.   Such  bonds lack  outstanding
     investment characteristics and in fact have  speculative characteristics as
     well.

     Ba: Bonds  which are  rated  Ba are  judged to  have speculative  elements;
     their  future cannot be considered  as well assured.   Often the protection
     of interest  and principal payments  may be very  moderate and  thereby not
     well  safeguarded  during  other  good  and  bad  times  over  the  future.
     Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.


     ---------------
     + The ratings indicated  herein are believed to be the most  recent ratings
     available at the  date of this  Registration Statement  for the  securities
     listed.    Ratings  are  generally  given  to securities  at  the  time  of
     issuance.   While the  rating agencies may  from time  to time revise  such
     ratings, they undertake no obligation  to do so, and the  ratings indicated
     do not  necessarily  represent  ratings  which  would  be  given  to  these

                                         a-1
<PAGE>






     securities on the date of the Portfolio's fiscal year end.

     B: Bonds which are rated  B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
     investment.     Assurance   of  interest  and   principal  payments  or  of
     maintenance of  other terms of  the contract over  any long period of  time
     may be small.

     Caa: Bonds which are rated  Caa are of poor  standing.  Such issues may  be
     in default  or there  may be  present elements  of danger  with respect  to
     principal or interest.

     Ca: Bonds  which are rated  Ca represent obligations  which are speculative
     in  a high degree.  Such  issues are often in default  or have other marked
     shortcomings.

     C: Bonds which are rated  C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues
     so  rated can  be  regarded  as having  extremely  poor  prospects of  ever
     attaining any real investment standing.

     Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or  where a rating has
     been  suspended  or withdrawn,  it  may  be for  reasons  unrelated to  the
     quality of the issue. 

     Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

              1.      An application for rating was not received or accepted.
              2.      The issue  or issuer belongs  to a group  of securities or
                      companies that are not rated as a matter of policy.
              3.      There is a  lack of essential data pertaining to the issue
     or issuer.
              4.      The issue was privately  placed, in which case the  rating
                      is not published in Moody's publications.

     Suspension or  withdrawal  may  occur if  new  and  material  circumstances
     arise, the effects  of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no
     longer available  reasonable up-to-date  data to  permit a  judgment to  be
     formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

     Note:   Moody's applies  numerical modifiers, 1, 2,  and 3  in each generic
     rating classification  from  Aa through  B  in  its corporate  bond  rating
     system.   The modifier 1  indicates that the  security ranks in the  higher
     end of  its generic rating category;  the modifier 2 indicates  a mid-range
     ranking; and the modifier  3 indicates  that the issue  ranks in the  lower
     end of its generic rating category.

     Municipal Short-Term Obligations

     Ratings:   Moody's ratings for  state and municipal short-term  obligations
     will be  designated  Moody's  Investment  Grade  or  (MIG).    Such  rating
     recognizes the differences  between short term  credit risk  and long  term
     risk.   Factors affecting  the liquidity  of  the borrower  and short  term
     cyclical elements are critical in  short term ratings, while  other factors

                                         a-2
<PAGE>






     of major  importance in bond  risk, long  term secular trends  for example,
     may be less important over the short run.

     A  short term  rating may  also be  assigned on  an issue  having a  demand
     feature, variable  rate demand  obligation (VRDO).   Such  ratings will  be
     designated as  VMIGI, SG or  if the  demand feature  is not rated,  NR.   A
     short term  rating on issues with demand features are differentiated by the
     use of  the VMIGI symbol  to reflect such  characteristics as  payment upon
     periodic demand rather  than fixed maturity  dates and  payment relying  on
     external liquidity.   Additionally, investors  should be alert  to the fact
     that the source  of payment may be  limited to the external  liquidity with
     no or limited legal recourse to  the issuer in the event the  demand is not
     met.

     Commercial Paper

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers  to
     repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original  maturity in
     excess of 365 days.

     Issuers (or  supporting institutions) rated  Prime-1 (P-1) have a  superior
     ability for  repayment of senior  short-term debt obligations.   Prime-1 or
     P-1 repayment ability  will often  be evidenced  by many  of the  following
     characteristics:

       -      Leading market positions in well established industries.

       -      High rates of return on funds employed.

       -      Conservative  capitalization structure  with moderate  reliance on
              debt and ample asset protection.

       -      Broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges  and
              high internal cash generation.

       -      Well established  access  to  a range  of  financial  markets  and
              assured sources of alternate liquidity.

     Prime-2

     Issuers  (or supporting  institutions)  rated Prime-2  (P-2) have  a strong
     ability for repayment  of senior short-term  debt obligations.   This  will
     normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to  a
     lesser degree.   Earnings trends  and coverage ratios, while  sound, may be
     more subject  to variation.   Capitalization  characteristics, while  still
     appropriate, may be  more affected by external conditions.  Ample alternate
     liquidity is maintained.

     Prime-3

     Issuers  (or   supporting  institutions)  rated   Prime-3  (P-3)  have   an
     acceptable ability  for repayment  of senior short-term  obligations.   The

                                         a-3
<PAGE>






     effect of  industry characteristics  and  market compositions  may be  more
     pronounced.    Variability  in earnings  and  profitability  may  result in
     changes in  the  level of  debt  protection  measurements and  may  require
     relatively  high  financial  leverage.   Adequate  alternate  liquidity  is
     maintained.
















































                                         a-4
<PAGE>






        
                                  Standard & Poor's
         
     Investment Grade

     AAA: Debt rated  AAA has the highest rating  assigned by S&P.   Capacity to
     pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

     AA:  Debt rated AA has  a very strong capacity to  pay interest and differs
     from the highest rated issues only in small degree.

     A: Debt rated A  has a strong capacity to pay interest  and repay principal
     although it is  somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes
     in  circumstances  and  economic  conditions  than  debt  in  higher  rated
     categories.

     BBB: Debt  rated BBB  is regarded  as having  an adequate  capacity to  pay
     interest  and  repay  principal.    Whereas it  normally  exhibit  adequate
     protection   parameters,    adverse   economic   conditions   or   changing
     circumstances  are more  likely  to  lead to  a  weakened capacity  to  pay
     interest  and  repay principal  for debt  in this  category than  in higher
     rated categories.

     Speculative Grade

     Debt  rated BB,  B, CCC,  CC, and  C  is regarded  as having  predominantly
     speculative characteristics  with respect  to capacity to  pay interest and
     repay principal.   BB indicates the least  degree of speculation and  C the
     highest.   While such  debt will  likely have  some quality  and protective
     characteristics,  these are  outweighed  by  large uncertainties  or  major
     exposures to adverse conditions.

     BB: Debt  rated BB has  less near-term vulnerability to  default than other
     speculative  issues.   However,  it  faces major  ongoing  uncertainties or
     exposure  to adverse  business,  financial,  or economic  conditions  which
     could lead to  inadequate capacity to  meet timely  interest and  principal
     payments.  The BB  rating category  is also used  for debt subordinated  to
     senior debt that is assigned an actual or implied BBB-  rating.

     B: Debt rated  B has a greater  vulnerability to default but  currently has
     the capacity to meet interest  payments and principal repayments.   Adverse
     business, financial,  or economic conditions will likely impair capacity or
     willingness to pay interest and repay principal.  The B rating category  is
     also used for debt  subordinated to senior debt that is assigned  an actual
     or implied BB or BB- rating.

     CCC: Debt rated  CCC has a currently identifiable vulnerability to default,
     and  is  dependent   upon  favorable  business,  financial,   and  economic
     conditions to meet timely payment  of interest and repayment  of principal.
     In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, it  is
     not likely to have  the capacity to pay interest and repay  principal.  The
     CCC rating category is also used for debt subordinated to senior debt  that

                                         a-5
<PAGE>






     is assigned an actual or implied B or B- rating.

     CC: The rating CC  is typically applied to debt subordinated to senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC debt rating.

     C: The rating  C is typically applied  to debt subordinated to  senior debt
     which is assigned an actual or implied CCC- debt rating.   The C rating may
     be used to  cover a situation where  a bankruptcy petition has  been filed,
     but debt service payments are continued.

     C1: The  Rating C1 is  reserved for income  bonds on  which no interest  is
     being paid.

     D:  Debt rated D is in payment default.  The D rating category is used when
     interest payments or principal payments are not  made on the date due  even
     if  the applicable grace  period has not expired,  unless S&P believes that
     such payments  will be made during  such grace period.   The D  rating also
     will be  used upon  the filing  of a  bankruptcy petition  if debt  service
     payments are jeopardized.

     Plus (+) or Minus (-):  The ratings from AA to  CCC may be modified  by the
     addition of  a plus  or minus  sign to  show relative  standing within  the
     major rating categories.

     p: The letter "p" indicates that the rating is provisional.  A  provisional
     rating assumes the successful completion  of the project being  financed by
     the  debt  being  rated  and   indicates  that  payment  of   debt  service
     requirements  is  largely or  entirely  dependent upon  the  successful and
     timely   completion of the project.  This rating, however, while addressing
     credit quality  subsequent to completion  of the project,  makes no comment
     on the  likelihood  of,  or  the  risk of  default  upon  failure  of  such
     completion.  The investor should exercise his own  judgment with respect to
     such likelihood and risk.

     L:  The letter  "L" indicates  that the  rating  pertains to  the principal
     amount of those bonds to  the extent that the underlying deposit collateral
     is  insured  by  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corp.  and  interest  is
     adequately collateralized.   In  the case  of certificates  of deposit  the
     letter "L" indicates  that the deposit, combined with other deposits, being
     held  in the same  right and  capacity, will  be honored for  principal and
     accrued pre-default interest up to  the federal insurance limits  within 30
     days  after closing of  the insured institution or,  in the  event that the
     deposit is assumed by a successor insured institution, upon maturity.

     NR: NR indicates no  rating has been requested, that  there is insufficient
     information  on  which to  base  a rating,  or  that S&P  does  not rate  a
     particular type of obligation as a matter of policy.

     Municipal Notes

     S&P's note ratings reflect the  liquidity concerns and market  access risks
     unique to notes.  Notes due  in 3 years or less will likely receive  a note

                                         a-6
<PAGE>






     rating.    Notes  maturing  beyond  3  years  will  most  likely receive  a
     long-term debt rating.  The following criteria will  be used in making that
     assessment:

       -      Amortization schedule  (the larger the final  maturity relative to
              other maturities the more likely it will be treated as a note).

       -      Sources of  payment (the more dependent the issue is on the market
              for  its refinancing,  the more  likely it  will  be treated  as a
              note).

     Note rating symbols are as follows:

     SP-1: Strong  capacity  to  pay  principal  and  interest.    Those  issues
     determined to possess very strong  characteristics will be given  a plus(+)
     designation.

     SP-2:  Satisfactory  capacity  to  pay  principal and  interest  with  some
     vulnerability to adverse financial and  economic changes over the  terms of
     the note.

     SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

     Commercial Paper

     S&P's commercial paper ratings are  a current assessment of  the likelihood
     of timely payment of debts considered short-term in the relevant market.

     A: Issues  assigned this highest rating are regarded as having the greatest
     capacity  for timely payment.  Issues in  this category are delineated with
     the numbers 1, 2 and 3 to indicate the relative degree of safety.

     A-1: This designation  indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely
     payment is strong.   Those issues  determined to  possess extremely  strong
     safety characteristics are denoted with a plus (+) sign designation.

     A-2:  Capacity  for timely  payment  on  issues  with  this designation  is
     satisfactory.   However, the relative  degree of safety  is not as high  as
     for issues designated "A-1".

     A-3: Issues carrying  this designation  have adequate  capacity for  timely
     payment.   They are,  however, more  vulnerable to the  adverse effects  of
     changes   in   circumstances   than   obligations   carrying   the   higher
     designations.

     B: Issues  rated "B" are regarded  as having only  speculative capacity for
     timely payment.

     C: This  rating is  assigned to short  term debt obligations  with doubtful
     capacity for payment.

     D: Debt rated 'D'  is in payment default.  The 'D' rating  category is used

                                         a-7
<PAGE>






     when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date  due,
     even if  the applicable grace period  had not expired,  unless S&P believes
     that such payments will be made during such grace period.


















































                                         a-8
<PAGE>






                            Fitch Investors Service, Inc.

     Investment Grade Bond Ratings

     AAA: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of the highest  credit
     quality.  The  obligor has an exceptionally strong  ability to pay interest
     and  repay  principal, which  is  unlikely  to  be  affected by  reasonably
     foreseeable events.

     AA:  Bonds  considered to  be  investment  grade and  of  very high  credit
     quality.   The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal is
     very strong, although  not quite as strong  as bonds rated 'AAA'.   Because
     bonds rated  in  the  'AAA'  and  'AA'  categories  are  not  significantly
     vulnerable to  foreseeable future  developments, short-term  debt of  these
     issuers is generally rated 'F-1+'.

     A: Bonds  considered to  be investment  grade and  of high  credit quality.
     The obligors ability to pay  interest and repay principal is  considered to
     be strong,  but  may be  more  vulnerable to  adverse  changes in  economic
     conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

     BBB: Bonds considered  to be investment  grade and  of satisfactory  credit
     quality.  The  obligor's ability  to pay  interest and  repay principal  is
     considered to  be adequate.   Adverse  changes in  economic conditions  and
     circumstances, however, are  more likely to  have adverse  impact on  these
     bonds,  and therefore,  impair  timely payment.    The likelihood  that the
     ratings of these bonds  will fall below investment grade is higher than for
     bonds with higher ratings.

     High Yield Bond Ratings

     BB:  Bonds  are considered  speculative.    The  obligor's  ability to  pay
     interest and repay principal may be affected over time by  adverse economic
     changes.  However,  business and financial alternatives  can be  identified
     that could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

     B: Bonds are considered highly speculative.  While bonds in this class  are
     currently meeting debt  service requirements, the probability  of continued
     timely payment  of principal  and interest  reflects the obligor's  limited
     margin of  safety  and  the  need  for  reasonable  business  and  economic
     activity throughout the life of the issue.

     CCC:  Bonds  have  certain  identifiable  characteristics   which,  if  not
     remedied, may  lead to default.   The ability to  meet obligations requires
     an advantageous business and economic environment.

     CC: Bonds  are minimally protected.  Default in  payment of interest and/or
     principal seems probable over time.

     C: Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

     DDD,  DD, and  D:  Bonds  are  in  default  on  interest  and/or  principal

                                         a-9
<PAGE>






     payments.   Such bonds are  extremely speculative  and should be  valued on
     the   basis  of   their   ultimate  recovery   value   in  liquidation   or
     reorganization of the  obligor.  `DDD' represents the highest potential for
     recovery on  these  bonds, and  `D'  represents  the lowest  potential  for
     recovery.

     Plus  (+) or  Minus (-): The  ratings from AA  to C may  be modified by the
     addition of  a plus or  minus sign to  indicate the relative position  of a
     credit within the rating category.

     NR: Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

     Conditional: A conditional rating is premised on  the successful completion
     of a project or the occurrence of a specific event.

     Investment Grade Short-Term Ratings

     Fitch's short-term  ratings apply to  debt obligations that  are payable on
     demand or  have  original  maturities  of  generally  up  to  three  years,
     including  commercial paper,  certificates of  deposit,  medium-term notes,
     and municipal and investment notes.

     F-1+: Exceptionally Strong  Credit Quality.   Issues  assigned this  rating
     are  regarded  as having  the  strongest  degree  of  assurance for  timely
     payment.

     F-1:  Very Strong Credit  Quality.  Issues assigned  this rating reflect an
     assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues  rated
     'F-1+'.

     F-2: Good Credit Quality.  Issues carrying  this rating have a satisfactory
     degree of assurance for timely  payment, but the margin of safety is not as
     great as the `F-1+' and `F-1' categories.

     F-3:   Fair   Credit  Quality.      Issues   carrying  this   rating   have
     characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for  timely payment
     is  adequate;   however,  near-term  adverse   change  could  cause   these
     securities to be rated below investment grade.

                                   * * * * * * * *

     Notes: Bonds  which are unrated expose  the investor to risks  with respect
     to capacity to pay  interest or  repay principal which  are similar to  the
     risks of lower-rated speculative bonds.  The Portfolio is dependent  on the
     Investment Adviser's  judgment, analysis and  experience in the  evaluation
     of such bonds.

     Investors  should note  that the  assignment of  a rating  to a  bond  by a
     rating service  may not  reflect the effect  of recent developments  on the
     issuer's ability to make interest and principal payments.



                                         a-10
<PAGE>






                                       PART C 


     Item 24.  Financial Statements and Exhibits

              (a)     Financial Statements
        
                      The  financial statements  called  for  by this  Item  are
                      incorporated by reference  in Part B and listed in Item 23
                      hereof.
         
              (b)     Exhibits
        
                      1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992 filed
                               herewith.
         
                               (b)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               June 13, 1994 filed herewith.
        
                               (c)  Amendment to  the Declaration of Trust dated
                               December 8, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      2.       By-Laws of the Registrant  as adopted May 1, 1992
                               filed herewith.
         
        
                      5.       Investment   Advisory   Agreement   between   the
                               Registrant  and  Boston  Management  and Research
                               dated October 13, 1992 filed herewith.
         
        
                      6.       Placement  Agent  Agreement   with  Eaton   Vance
                               Distributors,   Inc.  dated  May  3,  1993  filed
                               herewith.
         
        
                      8.       (a)   Custodian Agreement  with Investors  Bank &
                               Trust Company dated May 3, 1993 filed herewith.
         
        
                               (b)  Amendment to  the Custodian Agreement  dated
                               October 23, 1995 filed herewith.
         
        
                      13.      Investment representation letter  of Eaton  Vance
                               Investment  Trust  (on   behalf  of  Eaton  Vance
                               California Municipals Fund) dated April  12, 1993
                               filed herewith.
         
     Item 25.  Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant


                                         c-1
<PAGE>






              Not applicable.

     Item 26.  Number of Holders of Securities
        
                           (1)                        (2)
                                                   Number of
                      Title of Class            Record Holders
                                         As of January 15, 1996

                       Interests                       6                        
             

     Item 27.  Indemnification
        
              Reference  is  hereby  made  to  Article  V  of  the  Registrant's
     Declaration of Trust, filed as Exhibit 1(a) hereto.
         
              The Trustees and  officers of the Registrant and the  personnel of
     the  Registrant's  investment  adviser  are  insured  under  an errors  and
     omissions liability insurance  policy.  The Registrant and its officers are
     also  insured  under the  fidelity bond  required by  Rule 17g-1  under the
     Investment Company Act of 1940.

     Item 28.  Business and Other Connections

              To  the  knowledge  of  the Portfolio,  none  of  the trustees  or
     officers of the Portfolio's investment adviser, except as set  forth on its
     Form ADV as  filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission, is engaged
     in any other  business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial
     nature,  except  that  certain trustees  and  officers  also  hold  various
     positions with  and engage  in business  for affiliates  of the  investment
     adviser.

     Item 29.  Principal Underwriters

              Not applicable.

     Item 30.  Location of Accounts and Records
        
              All  applicable  accounts,  books  and  documents required  to  be
     maintained by the  Registrant by Section  31(a) of  the Investment  Company
     Act of 1940 and  the Rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession and
     custody of the Registrant's custodian,  Investors Bank & Trust  Company, 89
     South Street,  Boston,  MA   02111,  and  its  transfer agent,  First  Data
     Investor Services  Group, Inc., 53  State Street,  Boston, MA   02104, with
     the  exception  of  certain  corporate  documents   and  portfolio  trading
     documents  which are  in  the possession  and  custody of  the Registrant's
     investment  adviser  at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,  MA    02110.    The
     Registrant  is informed  that all applicable  accounts, books and documents
     required to  be maintained  by registered  investment advisers  are in  the
     custody and possession of the Registrant's investment adviser.
         

                                         c-2
<PAGE>






     Item 31.  Management Services

              Not applicable.

     Item 32.  Undertakings

              Not applicable.














































                                         c-3
<PAGE>






     
     
                                     SIGNATURES 
        
              Pursuant to  the requirements  of the  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940, the Registrant  has duly caused  this amendment  to the  Registration
     Statement on  Form N-1A  to be  signed on  its behalf  by the  undersigned,
     thereunto duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  Boston and  Commonwealth  of
     Massachusetts on the 25th day of January, 1996.
         
        
                                       CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO

                                       By: /s/ Thomas J. Fetter
                                           --------------------------
                                                Thomas J. Fetter
                                                President
         



































                                         c-4
<PAGE>






        
                                  INDEX TO EXHIBITS
         
        
     Exhibit No.               Description of Exhibit
         
        
     1.       (a)  Declaration of Trust dated May 1, 1992. 
         
              (b)  Amendment to the Declaration of Trust dated June 13, 1994. 
        
              (c)   Amendment to  the  Declaration of  Trust dated  December  8,
              1995. 
         
        
     2.       By-Laws of the Registrant as adopted May 1, 1992. 
         
        
     5.       Investment  Advisory Agreement between  the Registrant  and Boston
              Management and Research dated October 13, 1992. 
         
        
     6.       Placement  Agent  Agreement  with Eaton  Vance  Distributors, Inc.
              dated May 3, 1993. 
         
        
     8.       (a)    Custodian Agreement  with  Investors Bank  & Trust  Company
              dated May 3, 1993. 
         
        
              (b)  Amendment to the Custodian Agreement dated October 23, 1995.
         
        
     13.      Investment representation  letter of Eaton  Vance Investment Trust
              (on behalf of Eaton Vance California Municipals Fund)  dated April
              12, 1993.
         














                                         c-5
<PAGE>





                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                           ______________________________

                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                               Dated as of May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                           PAGE


     ARTICLE I--The Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

              Section 1.1      Name  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1
              Section 1.2      Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Trustees  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3

              Section 2.1      Number and Qualification  . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.2      Term and Election . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
              Section 2.3      Resignation, Removal and Retirement . . . . .   3
              Section 2.4      Vacancies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.5      Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 2.6      Officers; Chairman of the Board . . . . . . .   5
              Section 2.7      By-Laws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE III--Powers of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5

              Section 3.1      General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.2      Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 3.3      Legal Title . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.4      Sale and Increases of Interests . . . . . . .   6
              Section 3.5      Decreases and Redemptions of Interests  . . .   7
              Section 3.6      Borrow Money  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.7      Delegation; Committees  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.8      Collection and Payment  . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.9      Expenses  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.10     Miscellaneous Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 3.11     Further Powers  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE IV--Investment Advisory, Administration and Placement Agent
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              Section 4.1      Investment Advisory, Administration and Other
                               Arrangements  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 4.2      Parties to Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

     ARTICLE V--Liability of Holders; Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers, etc.  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9

              Section 5.1      Liability of Holders; Indemnification . . . .   9
              Section 5.2      Limitations of Liability of Trustees, Officers,
                               Employees, Agents, Independent Contractors
                               to Third Parties  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9
              Section 5.3      Limitations of Liability of Trustees,
                               Officers,Employees, Agents, Independent
                               Contractors to Trust, Holders, etc. . . . . .  10
              Section 5.4      Mandatory Indemnification . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.5      No Bond Required of Trustees  . . . . . . . .  10

                                          i
<PAGE>






              Section 5.6      No Duty of Investigation; Notice in Trust 
                               Instruments, etc  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  10
              Section 5.7      Reliance on Experts, etc  . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VI--Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

              Section 6.1      Interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.2      Non-Transferability . . . . . . . . . . . . .  11
              Section 6.3      Register of Interests . . . . . . . . . . . .  11

     ARTICLE VII--Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests  . . . .  12

     ARTICLE VIII--Determination of Book Capital Account Balances,
                               and Distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              Section 8.1      Book Capital Account Balances . . . . . . . .  12
              Section 8.2      Allocations and Distributions to Holders  . .  12
              Section 8.3      Power to Modify Foregoing Procedures  . . . .  13

     ARTICLE IX--Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13

              Section 9.1      Rights of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.2      Meetings of Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.3      Notice of Meetings  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  13
              Section 9.4      Record Date for Meetings, Distributions, etc.  13
              Section 9.5      Proxies, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.6      Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.7      Inspection of Records . . . . . . . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.8      Holder Action by Written Consent  . . . . . .  14
              Section 9.9      Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15

     ARTICLE X--Duration; Termination; Amendment; Mergers; Etc.  . . . . . .  15

              Section 10.1     Duration  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  15
              Section 10.2     Termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  16
              Section 10.3     Dissolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.4     Amendment Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17
              Section 10.5     Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets  . .  18
              Section 10.6     Incorporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18














                                          ii
<PAGE>






     ARTICLE XI--Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Section 11.1     Certificate of Designation; Agent for 
                               Service of Process  . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.2     Governing Law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.3     Counterparts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19
              Section 11.4     Reliance by Third Parties . . . . . . . . . .  20
              Section 11.5     Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations 20













































                                         iii
<PAGE>






                                DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                          OF

                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                                          

              This  DECLARATION OF  TRUST of  California  Tax Free  Portfolio is
     made as  of the 1st day  of May, 1992  by the parties  signatory hereto, as
     Trustees (as defined in Section 1.2 hereof).

                                 W I T N E S S E T H:

              WHEREAS, the Trustees  desire to form a  trust fund under the  law
     of the  State  of New  York  for the  investment  and reinvestment  of  its
     assets; and

              WHEREAS, it  is proposed  that  the trust  assets be  composed  of
     money  and property contributed thereto by the  holders of interests in the
     trust entitled to ownership rights in the trust;

              NOW, THEREFORE, the  Trustees hereby declare  that they  will hold
     in trust  all money  and property contributed  to the  trust fund and  will
     manage and dispose of  the same for the benefit of the holders of interests
     in the Trust and subject to the provisions hereof, to wit:


                                      ARTICLE I

                                      The Trust

              1.1.    Name.  The  name of the trust created hereby (the "Trust")
     shall  be California Tax  Free Portfolio and so  far as  may be practicable
     the Trustees shall  conduct the Trust's activities,  execute all  documents
     and  sue or  be sued  under that  name, which  name (and  the  word "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used)  shall refer to  the Trustees  as Trustees,  and
     not individually,  and shall not  refer to the  officers, employees, agents
     or independent  contractors of  the Trust  or holders  of interests in  the
     Trust.  

              1.2.    Definitions.  As  used in this Declaration,  the following
     terms shall have the following meanings:

              "Administrator" shall  mean any  party furnishing services  to the
     Trust pursuant  to  any administration  contract described  in Section  4.1
     hereof.

              "Book Capital  Account" shall mean,  for any Holder  at any  time,
     the  Book  Capital  Account  of the  Holder  for  such  day, determined  in
     accordance with Section 8.1 hereof. 

              "Code" shall  mean the  U.S.  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
     amended from time to time, as well as  any non-superseded provisions of the
     U.S. Internal  Revenue  Code of  1954,  as  amended (or  any  corresponding
<PAGE>






     provision or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Commission"  shall   mean  the   U.S.  Securities   and  Exchange
     Commission.

              "Declaration"  shall mean  this  Declaration of  Trust  as amended
     from time  to  time.   References  in  this Declaration  to  "Declaration",
     "hereof",  "herein"  and "hereunder"  shall  be  deemed  to  refer to  this
     Declaration  rather than  the article  or section  in which  any such  word
     appears.

              "Fiscal  Year"  shall mean  an  annual  period  determined by  the
     Trustees which ends  on March 31 of  each year or on  such other day as  is
     permitted or required by the Code.

              "Holders"  shall mean  as of  any particular  time all  holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Institutional  Investor(s)" shall  mean any  regulated investment
     company, segregated  asset  account,  foreign  investment  company,  common
     trust fund, group trust or other  investment arrangement, whether organized
     within or  without the United States of  America, other than an individual,
     S corporation,  partnership or  grantor  trust  beneficially owned  by  any
     individual, S corporation or partnership.

              "Interest(s)"  shall mean the  interest of a Holder  in the Trust,
     including all rights,  powers and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  this
     Declaration, which interest may  be expressed  as a percentage,  determined
     by calculating, at  such times and on such basis as the Trustees shall from
     time to  time determine, the  ratio of each  Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance  to  the total  of  all  Holders'  Book  Capital Account  balances.
     Reference herein to a specified  percentage of, or fraction  of, Interests,
     means Holders whose combined  Book Capital Account balances  represent such
     specified  percentage or  fraction of  the  combined Book  Capital  Account
     balances of all, or a specified group of, Holders.

              "Interested  Person" shall have  the meaning given it  in the 1940
     Act.

              "Investment Adviser"  shall mean any party  furnishing services to
     the  Trust  pursuant  to  any  investment  advisory contract  described  in
     Section 4.1 hereof.

              "Majority Interests  Vote" shall mean  the vote, at  a meeting  of
     Holders, of (A)  67% or  more of the  Interests present  or represented  at
     such meeting, if Holders of  more than 50% of all Interests are  present or
     represented by proxy, or  (B) more than 50% of all Interests,  whichever is
     less.

              "Person"  shall   mean  and   include  individuals,  corporations,
     partnerships, trusts,  associations,  joint  ventures and  other  entities,
     whether or not legal entities,  and governments and agencies  and political

                                          2
<PAGE>






     subdivisions thereof.

              "Redemption" shall mean the  complete withdrawal of an Interest of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce  the Book Capital Account balance
     of that  Holder to  zero,  and the  term "redeem"  shall mean  to effect  a
     Redemption.

              "Trustees" shall mean each  signatory to this Declaration, so long
     as such  signatory shall continue  in office in  accordance with the  terms
     hereof, and all other  individuals who  at the time  in question have  been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance
     with the provisions  hereof and are then  in office, and reference  in this
     Declaration to  a Trustee or  Trustees shall  refer to  such individual  or
     individuals in their capacity as Trustees hereunder.

              "Trust Property" shall mean as of any  particular time any and all
     property, real or  personal, tangible or intangible, which  at such time is
     owned or held by or for the account of the Trust or the Trustees.

              The "1940  Act" shall  mean  the U.S.  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940,  as  amended  from  time  to time,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
     thereunder.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Trustees

              2.1.    Number and  Qualification.  The  number of Trustees  shall
     be fixed from time to time by action  of the Trustees taken as provided  in
     Section  2.5 hereof;  provided,  however, that  the  number of  Trustees so
     fixed shall in no event  be less than three  or more than 15.  Any  vacancy
     created  by an  increase in  the number  of Trustees  may be filled  by the
     appointment of an  individual having the qualifications  described in  this
     Section 2.1  made by action  of the Trustees  taken as provided in  Section
     2.5 hereof.   Any  such appointment  shall not  become effective,  however,
     until the individual named in  the written instrument of  appointment shall
     have accepted  in  writing such  appointment and  agreed in  writing to  be
     bound by  the terms of  this Declaration.   No reduction  in the  number of
     Trustees  shall  have the  effect  of  removing  any  Trustee from  office.
     Whenever  a vacancy  occurs, until such  vacancy is  filled as  provided in
     Section 2.4 hereof,  the Trustees continuing in office, regardless of their
     number,  shall  have all  the  powers  granted to  the  Trustees and  shall
     discharge all the duties imposed upon the Trustees  by this Declaration.  A
     Trustee shall be  an individual at least 21  years of age who is  not under
     legal disability.

              2.2.    Term and Election.  Each Trustee  named herein, or elected
     or appointed prior  to the first meeting  of Holders, shall (except  in the
     event  of resignations,  retirements,  removals  or vacancies  pursuant  to
     Section 2.3 or  Section 2.4 hereof) hold  office until a successor  to such
     Trustee  has been elected  at such  meeting and  has qualified to  serve as

                                          3
<PAGE>






     Trustee,  as required under  the 1940  Act.   Subject to the  provisions of
     Section  16(a) of  the  1940 Act  and  except as  provided  in Section  2.3
     hereof, each Trustee  shall hold office  during the lifetime  of the  Trust
     and until its termination as hereinafter provided.

              2.3.    Resignation,  Removal  and Retirement.    Any  Trustee may
     resign his or her trust  (without need for prior or  subsequent accounting)
     by an  instrument in  writing executed  by such  Trustee  and delivered  or
     mailed to  the Chairman,  if any,  the President  or the  Secretary of  the
     Trust and such  resignation shall be effective upon  such delivery, or at a
     later date  according to the terms of  the instrument.  Any  Trustee may be
     removed by the affirmative  vote of Holders of two-thirds  of the Interests
     or  (provided the  aggregate  number of  Trustees,  after such  removal and
     after giving effect to any appointment made to  fill the vacancy created by
     such  removal, shall not  be less than the  number required  by Section 2.1
     hereof) with cause, by the action of two-thirds of  the remaining Trustees.
     Removal  with cause  includes, but  is not  limited  to, the  removal of  a
     Trustee  due to physical  or mental  incapacity or  failure to  comply with
     such written  policies as  from time to  time may  be adopted  by at  least
     two-thirds of the Trustees with respect to the  conduct of the Trustees and
     attendance  at  meetings.    Any  Trustee  who  has  attained  a  mandatory
     retirement age, if  any, established pursuant to any written policy adopted
     from   time  to  time  by  at  least  two-thirds  of  the  Trustees  shall,
     automatically  and   without  action  by  such  Trustee  or  the  remaining
     Trustees, be deemed  to have retired in  accordance with the terms  of such
     policy,  effective  as of  the  date  determined  in  accordance with  such
     policy.  Any Trustee who has become  incapacitated by illness or injury  as
     determined by a  majority of the other Trustees,  may be retired by written
     instrument executed by  a majority of  the other  Trustees, specifying  the
     date of such  Trustee's retirement.   Upon the  resignation, retirement  or
     removal of a Trustee, or a Trustee otherwise ceasing to be a Trustee,  such
     resigning, retired, removed  or former  Trustee shall  execute and  deliver
     such documents  as the remaining Trustees shall  require for the purpose of
     conveying to the Trust  or the remaining  Trustees any Trust Property  held
     in the name  of such resigning, retired,  removed or former Trustee.   Upon
     the death of any  Trustee or upon removal, retirement or resignation due to
     any Trustee's incapacity to serve  as Trustee, the legal  representative of
     such deceased,  removed, retired  or resigning  Trustee  shall execute  and
     deliver on behalf of such  deceased, removed, retired or  resigning Trustee
     such documents  as the remaining Trustees shall require for the purpose set
     forth in the preceding sentence.

              2.4.    Vacancies.    The  term  of  office  of  a  Trustee  shall
     terminate  and   a  vacancy  shall  occur  in   the  event  of  the  death,
     resignation, retirement,  adjudicated incompetence  or other incapacity  to
     perform  the  duties of  the office,  or removal,  of a  Trustee.   No such
     vacancy shall  operate to annul this Declaration or  to revoke any existing
     agency created  pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.   In the case of
     a  vacancy, Holders of  at least  a majority  of the Interests  entitled to
     vote, acting at any meeting of Holders held  in accordance with Section 9.2
     hereof, or,  to the extent permitted  by the 1940  Act, a majority  vote of
     the  Trustees  continuing  in   office  acting  by  written  instrument  or

                                          4
<PAGE>






     instruments,  may fill  such vacancy,  and  any Trustee  so elected  by the
     Trustees or the Holders shall hold office as provided in this Declaration.

              2.5.    Meetings.   Meetings  of the  Trustees shall  be held from
     time  to time upon  the call  of the Chairman,  if any,  the President, the
     Secretary,  an Assistant Secretary  or any  two Trustees, at  such time, on
     such  day and at  such place, as shall  be designated in the  notice of the
     meeting.   The Trustees shall  hold an annual  meeting for the election  of
     officers and the transaction  of other business which may come  before such
     meeting.   Regular meetings  of the  Trustees may  be held without  call or
     notice at a  time and place  fixed by the By-Laws  or by resolution of  the
     Trustees.  Notice of any other meeting shall be  given by mail, by telegram
     (which  term  shall  include  a  cablegram),  by  telecopier  or  delivered
     personally (which term shall include by telephone).   If notice is given by
     mail, it shall be mailed not later than 48 hours preceding  the meeting and
     if  given by telegram, telecopier or  personally, such notice shall be sent
     or delivery made not later than 24 hours preceding  the meeting.  Notice of
     a meeting  of Trustees may be waived before  or after any meeting by signed
     written waiver.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the  purpose
     of, any  meeting of the Trustees need be stated in  the notice or waiver of
     notice of  such meeting.   The attendance of  a Trustee at a  meeting shall
     constitute a waiver  of notice of such  meeting except in the  situation in
     which a Trustee attends a meeting for the  express purpose of objecting, at
     the  commencement of such  meeting, to the  transaction of  any business on
     the ground  that the  meeting was  not lawfully  called or  convened.   The
     Trustees may act  with or without a meeting, but no notice need be given of
     action proposed to be taken by  written consent.  A quorum for all meetings
     of the  Trustees shall  be a  majority of  the Trustees.   Unless  provided
     otherwise in this Declaration,  any action of the Trustees may be  taken at
     a meeting  by vote of a  majority of the  Trustees present (a  quorum being
     present) or  without a  meeting by  written consent  of a  majority of  the
     Trustees.

              Any committee  of the Trustees, including  an executive committee,
     if any, may act with  or without a meeting.   A quorum for all meetings  of
     any such committee  shall be  a majority of  the members  thereof.   Unless
     provided otherwise  in this Declaration,  any action of  any such committee
     may be taken at  a meeting by vote of a majority  of the members present (a
     quorum being  present)  or  without  a  meeting by  written  consent  of  a
     majority of the members.

              With respect to  actions of the Trustees and  any committee of the
     Trustees, Trustees who  are Interested Persons  of the  Trust or  otherwise
     interested in  any action to  be taken may  be counted for quorum  purposes
     under  this Section  2.5  and  shall be  entitled  to  vote to  the  extent
     permitted by the 1940 Act.

              All or  any one or more  Trustees may participate in  a meeting of
     the  Trustees or any  committee thereof by means  of a conference telephone
     or  similar communications  equipment  by means  of  which all  individuals
     participating in the  meeting can hear  each other  and participation in  a
     meeting  by  means  of  such  communications   equipment  shall  constitute

                                          5
<PAGE>






     presence in person at such meeting.

              2.6.    Officers;  Chairman of  the Board.    The Trustees  shall,
     from time  to time, elect a  President, a Secretary  and a Treasurer.   The
     Trustees may  elect or appoint, from time to  time, a Chairman of the Board
     who shall preside at all  meetings of the Trustees and carry out such other
     duties as the  Trustees may designate.   The Trustees may elect  or appoint
     or authorize  the  President to  appoint  such  other officers,  agents  or
     independent contractors  with such powers  as the Trustees  may deem to  be
     advisable.  The Chairman, if any, shall be and each other officer  may, but
     need not, be a Trustee.

              2.7.    By-Laws.  The Trustees may  adopt and, from time  to time,
     amend or repeal By-Laws for the conduct of the business of the Trust.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Powers of Trustees

              3.1.    General.  The  Trustees shall have exclusive  and absolute
     control over  the Trust Property and over the business  of the Trust to the
     same  extent as if the Trustees were  the sole owners of the Trust Property
     and such business  in their own right,  but with such powers  of delegation
     as may be permitted  by this  Declaration.  The  Trustees may perform  such
     acts  as in  their sole  discretion  they deem  proper  for conducting  the
     business  of the  Trust.   The  enumeration of  or  failure to  mention any
     specific power herein  shall not be  construed as  limiting such  exclusive
     and absolute control.  The powers of the  Trustees may be exercised without
     order of or resort to any court.

              3.2.    Investments.  The Trustees shall have power to:

                      (a)      conduct, operate and carry  on the business of an
     investment company;

                      (b)      subscribe for,  invest in, reinvest in,  purchase
     or  otherwise acquire,  hold,  pledge,  sell, assign,  transfer,  exchange,
     distribute or otherwise  deal in or dispose of  U.S. and foreign currencies
     and  related  instruments  including  forward  contracts,  and  securities,
     including common  and preferred  stock, warrants,  bonds, debentures,  time
     notes  and   all  other  evidences  of  indebtedness,  negotiable  or  non-
     negotiable   instruments,   obligations,   certificates   of   deposit   or
     indebtedness, commercial  paper, repurchase agreements, reverse  repurchase
     agreements, convertible  securities,  forward contracts,  options,  futures
     contracts,  and  other  securities,  including,  without  limitation, those
     issued, guaranteed  or sponsored by  any state, territory  or possession of
     the United  States  and  the  District  of  Columbia  and  their  political
     subdivisions, agencies  and instrumentalities, or  by the U.S.  Government,
     any  foreign  government,  or  any  agency,  instrumentality  or  political
     subdivision of  the  U.S. Government  or  any  foreign government,  or  any
     international  instrumentality,  or  by  any   bank,  savings  institution,

                                          6
<PAGE>






     corporation or  other  business entity  organized  under  the laws  of  the
     United  States or  under any  foreign laws;  and  to exercise  any and  all
     rights, powers and privileges  of ownership or interest  in respect of  any
     and all such   investments of any kind and description,  including, without
     limitation, the  right to consent  and otherwise act  with respect thereto,
     with power  to  designate one  or  more Persons  to  exercise any  of  such
     rights,  powers and privileges in  respect of any  of such investments; and
     the Trustees shall be  deemed to have the foregoing powers with  respect to
     any additional instruments in which the Trustees may determine to invest.

              The Trustees  shall  not be  limited to  investing in  obligations
     maturing before  the  possible termination  of  the  Trust, nor  shall  the
     Trustees be limited  by any law limiting the  investments which may be made
     by fiduciaries.

              3.3.    Legal Title.  Legal title  to all Trust Property  shall be
     vested in  the Trustees  as joint  tenants except  that the  Trustees shall
     have the power to cause legal  title to any Trust Property to be held by or
     in  the name of one or more  of the Trustees, or  in the name of the Trust,
     or  in the name or nominee name of any other Person on behalf of the Trust,
     on such terms as the Trustees may determine.

              The  right,  title  and  interest of  the  Trustees  in the  Trust
     Property  shall vest  automatically in  each  individual who  may hereafter
     become  a  Trustee  upon his  due  election and  qualification.    Upon the
     resignation, removal  or death  of a  Trustee, such  resigning, removed  or
     deceased Trustee  shall automatically  cease to  have any  right, title  or
     interest in any  Trust Property, and the right,  title and interest of such
     resigning, removed or  deceased Trustee in  the Trust  Property shall  vest
     automatically in the  remaining Trustees.   Such vesting  and cessation  of
     title shall  be effective whether  or not conveyancing  documents have been
     executed and delivered.

              3.4.    Sale  and Increases of Interests.   The Trustees, in their
     discretion, may, from time  to time, without a vote of the  Holders, permit
     any  Institutional  Investor  to  purchase  an Interest,  or  increase  its
     Interest, for  such type of  consideration, including cash  or property, at
     such time or  times (including, without limitation, each business day), and
     on such  terms  as the  Trustees  may deem  best, and  may  in such  manner
     acquire other assets (including the  acquisition of assets subject  to, and
     in  connection  with  the  assumption  of,   liabilities)  and  businesses.
     Individuals,  S corporations,  partnerships  and  grantor trusts  that  are
     beneficially owned by  any individual, S corporation or partnership may not
     purchase Interests.   A Holder which has  redeemed its Interest may  not be
     permitted  to purchase  an Interest  until  the later  of 60  calendar days
     after the date of such Redemption or the first day of the Fiscal  Year next
     succeeding the Fiscal Year during which such Redemption occurred.

              3.5     Decreases  and  Redemptions  of  Interests.    Subject  to
     Article VII hereof,  the Trustees, in  their discretion, may, from  time to
     time,  without a  vote  of  the Holders,  permit  a  Holder to  redeem  its
     Interest, or decrease  its Interest, for either  cash or property,  at such

                                          7
<PAGE>






     time or  times (including, without  limitation, each business  day), and on
     such terms as the Trustees may deem best.

              3.6.    Borrow  Money.   The Trustees  shall have  power to borrow
     money or  otherwise obtain  credit and  to secure  the same by  mortgaging,
     pledging  or otherwise  subjecting  as security  the  assets of  the Trust,
     including  the lending of portfolio securities,  and to endorse, guarantee,
     or undertake the performance of  any obligation, contract or  engagement of
     any other Person.

              3.7.    Delegation;  Committees.  The  Trustees shall  have power,
     consistent with  their continuing exclusive  and absolute control over  the
     Trust Property and  over the business of  the Trust, to delegate  from time
     to  time to  such of  their number  or  to officers,  employees, agents  or
     independent  contractors of  the Trust  the doing  of such  things and  the
     execution of such  instruments in either the name of the Trust or the names
     of the Trustees or otherwise as the Trustees may deem expedient.

              3.8.    Collection  and Payment.  The Trustees shall have power to
     collect all  property due to  the Trust; and  to pay all claims,  including
     taxes,  against the  Trust Property;  to prosecute,  defend, compromise  or
     abandon  any  claims  relating  to  the Trust  or  the  Trust  Property; to
     foreclose  any security  interest  securing any  obligation,  by virtue  of
     which  any property  is  owed to  the Trust;  and  to enter  into releases,
     agreements and other instruments.

              3.9.    Expenses.  The  Trustees shall have power to incur and pay
     any expenses  which  in  the  opinion  of the  Trustees  are  necessary  or
     incidental to  carry out any  of the purposes  of this Declaration, and  to
     pay  reasonable  compensation from  the  Trust  Property to  themselves  as
     Trustees.    The Trustees  shall  fix  the  compensation  of all  officers,
     employees and Trustees.   The Trustees may pay themselves such compensation
     for special  services, including legal  and brokerage services,  as they in
     good  faith may deem reasonable, and  reimbursement for expenses reasonably
     incurred by themselves on behalf of the Trust.

              3.10.   Miscellaneous Powers.   The Trustees shall have  power to:
     (a) employ  or  contract  with  such  Persons  as  the  Trustees  may  deem
     appropriate for the transaction of the business of the Trust and  terminate
     such employees or  contractual relationships as they  consider appropriate;
     (b) enter into joint ventures,  partnerships and any other  combinations or
     associations; (c)  purchase, and pay  for out of  Trust Property, insurance
     policies insuring  the Investment Adviser, Administrator,  placement agent,
     Holders, Trustees,  officers, employees, agents  or independent contractors
     of the  Trust against  all claims  arising by  reason of  holding any  such
     position or by reason of any action taken or omitted by any such  Person in
     such capacity, whether or  not the Trust would have the power  to indemnify
     such Person against  such liability; (d) establish  pension, profit-sharing
     and  other  retirement,  incentive  and benefit  plans  for  the  Trustees,
     officers,  employees  or   agents  of   the  Trust;  (e)   make  donations,
     irrespective  of   benefit  to  the   Trust,  for  charitable,   religious,
     educational,  scientific,  civic or  similar  purposes; (f)  to  the extent

                                          8
<PAGE>






     permitted by law, indemnify  any Person with  whom the Trust has  dealings,
     including  the Investment Adviser, Administrator, placement agent, Holders,
     Trustees, officers,  employees, agents  or independent  contractors of  the
     Trust, to  such  extent as  the  Trustees  shall determine;  (g)  guarantee
     indebtedness  or  contractual  obligations of  others;  (h)  determine  and
     change the Fiscal  Year and the method by  which the accounts of  the Trust
     shall be kept; and (i) adopt a seal for the Trust,  but the absence of such
     a seal shall not  impair the validity of any instrument executed  on behalf
     of the Trust.

              3.11.   Further Powers.   The Trustees shall have power to conduct
     the business of the  Trust and carry  on its operations  in any and all  of
     its branches and maintain offices, whether  within or without the State  of
     New  York, in any  and all states of  the United States of  America, in the
     District  of  Columbia, and  in  any  and  all commonwealths,  territories,
     dependencies, colonies,  possessions, agencies or  instrumentalities of the
     United States  of America and  of foreign governments,  and to do all  such
     other  things and  execute  all such  instruments  as they  deem necessary,
     proper,  appropriate or desirable in order to  promote the interests of the
     Trust  although such  things  are not  herein  specifically mentioned.  Any
     determination as to what is in the interests of the Trust  which is made by
     the  Trustees  in  good  faith  shall be  conclusive.    In  construing the
     provisions of this  Declaration, the  presumption shall  be in  favor of  a
     grant of  power to the  Trustees.  The  Trustees shall  not be required  to
     obtain any court order in order to deal with Trust Property.


                                     ARTICLE IV

                         Investment Advisory, Administration
                           and Placement Agent Arrangements

              4.1.    Investment    Advisory,    Administration     and    Other
     Arrangements.   The Trustees may  in their  discretion, from time  to time,
     enter  into  investment  advisory  contracts, administration  contracts  or
     placement agent  agreements whereby  the other  party to  such contract  or
     agreement  shall  undertake   to  furnish  the  Trustees   such  investment
     advisory,  administration, placement  agent and/or  other  services as  the
     Trustees shall,  from time to  time, consider appropriate  or desirable and
     all upon  such terms  and  conditions as  the Trustees  may in  their  sole
     discretion determine.   Notwithstanding any provision of  this Declaration,
     the Trustees may  authorize any Investment Adviser (subject to such general
     or specific instructions as the Trustees may, from time to time, adopt)  to
     effect purchases, sales, loans or exchanges of Trust Property on  behalf of
     the Trustees or may  authorize any officer,  employee or Trustee to  effect
     such purchases, sales, loans  or exchanges  pursuant to recommendations  of
     any such  Investment  Adviser  (all  without  any  further  action  by  the
     Trustees).  Any  such purchase, sale, loan  or exchange shall be  deemed to
     have been authorized by the Trustees.

              4.2.    Parties  to  Contract.   Any  contract  of  the  character
     described in Section  4.1 hereof  or in  the By-Laws  of the  Trust may  be

                                          9
<PAGE>






     entered  into with any  corporation, firm,  trust or  association, although
     one or  more of the Trustees  or officers of  the Trust may  be an officer,
     director,  Trustee,  shareholder or  member  of  such  other  party to  the
     contract, and  no such contract  shall be invalidated  or rendered voidable
     by  reason  of  the  existence of  any  such  relationship,  nor shall  any
     individual holding such  relationship be liable  merely by  reason of  such
     relationship for any  loss or expense to  the Trust under  or by reason  of
     any such  contract  or accountable  for  any  profit realized  directly  or
     indirectly therefrom,  provided  that the  contract when  entered into  was
     reasonable and  fair  and not  inconsistent  with  the provisions  of  this
     Article IV or  the By-Laws of the Trust.   The same Person may be the other
     party to one or  more contracts entered into pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof
     or  the  By-Laws  of the  Trust,  and  any  individual  may be  financially
     interested or  otherwise affiliated with Persons who are  parties to any or
     all  of the contracts  mentioned in this Section  4.2 or in  the By-Laws of
     the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE V

                        Liability of Holders; Limitations of 
                        Liability of Trustees, Officers, etc.

              5.1.    Liability of Holders; Indemnification.   Each Holder shall
     be jointly and severally  liable (with rights of  contribution inter se  in
     proportion to their  respective Interests in the Trust) for the liabilities
     and  obligations of the Trust in the event  that the Trust fails to satisfy
     such liabilities and obligations;  provided, however,  that, to the  extent
     assets are available in the Trust, the Trust  shall indemnify and hold each
     Holder harmless  from and  against any  claim or  liability  to which  such
     Holder may become  subject by reason  of being or having  been a Holder  to
     the  extent  that  such  claim  or  liability  imposes  on  the  Holder  an
     obligation  or  liability  which,  when  compared  to  the  obligations and
     liabilities  imposed on  other  Holders,  is  greater  than  such  Holder's
     Interest (proportionate  share), and  shall reimburse  such Holder for  all
     legal and other expenses reasonably  incurred by such Holder  in connection
     with any  such claim or liability.   The rights accruing to  a Holder under
     this Section  5.1 shall not  exclude any other  right to which such  Holder
     may be lawfully  entitled, nor shall anything contained herein restrict the
     right of the  Trust to indemnify or  reimburse a Holder in  any appropriate
     situation even  though not specifically  provided herein.   Notwithstanding
     the indemnification  procedure described above,  it is  intended that  each
     Holder shall remain jointly and  severally liable to the  Trust's creditors
     as a legal matter.

              5.2.   Limitations of Liability of  Trustees, Officers, Employees,
     Agents,  Independent Contractors  to Third Parties.   No  Trustee, officer,
     employee, agent or independent  contractor (except in the case of  an agent
     or  independent  contractor to  the  extent expressly  provided  by written
     contract)  of  the  Trust  shall  be  subject  to  any  personal  liability
     whatsoever  to  any  Person,  other  than  the  Trust  or  the  Holders, in
     connection with Trust  Property or the affairs  of the Trust; and  all such

                                          10
<PAGE>






     Persons  shall look solely to the Trust Property for satisfaction of claims
     of any  nature against a  Trustee, officer, employee,  agent or independent
     contractor (except in  the case of  an agent or  independent contractor  to
     the extent expressly provided by written contract)  of the Trust arising in
     connection with the affairs of the Trust.

              5.3.    Limitations   of   Liability   of   Trustees,    Officers,
     Employees,  Agents, Independent  Contractors to  Trust, Holders,  etc.   No
     Trustee, officer, employee, agent or independent contractor (except  in the
     case of  an  agent  or  independent  contractor  to  the  extent  expressly
     provided by written contract)  of the Trust shall be liable to the Trust or
     the  Holders  for   any  action  or  failure  to  act  (including,  without
     limitation, the failure  to compel in any way  any former or acting Trustee
     to redress  any breach of  trust) except for  such Person's own bad  faith,
     willful  misfeasance,  gross  negligence  or  reckless  disregard  of  such
     Person's duties.

              5.4.    Mandatory Indemnification.   The Trust shall indemnify, to
     the fullest  extent  permitted  by  law  (including  the  1940  Act),  each
     Trustee, officer, employee,  agent or independent contractor (except in the
     case of  an  agent  or  independent  contractor  to  the  extent  expressly
     provided by  written  contract) of  the  Trust  (including any  Person  who
     serves at the Trust's request as a director,  officer or trustee of another
     organization in  which  the  Trust  has  any  interest  as  a  shareholder,
     creditor  or otherwise)  against all  liabilities  and expenses  (including
     amounts paid  in satisfaction  of judgments,  in compromise,  as fines  and
     penalties,  and as  counsel  fees) reasonably  incurred  by such  Person in
     connection  with the defense  or disposition  of any action,  suit or other
     proceeding, whether  civil  or  criminal,  in  which  such  Person  may  be
     involved or with  which such Person may  be threatened, while in  office or
     thereafter, by reason  of such Person being or  having been such a Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent contractor, except with respect  to
     any matter as  to which  such Person shall  have been  adjudicated to  have
     acted  in  bad faith,  willful  misfeasance, gross  negligence  or reckless
     disregard of  such  Person's duties;  provided,  however,  that as  to  any
     matter disposed of  by a compromise payment  by such Person, pursuant  to a
     consent decree or  otherwise, no indemnification either for such payment or
     for  any  other  expenses  shall  be  provided  unless  there  has  been  a
     determination that such Person did  not engage in willful  misfeasance, bad
     faith, gross negligence  or reckless disregard  of the  duties involved  in
     the conduct of  such Person's office by  the court or other  body approving
     the settlement  or  other disposition  or  by a  reasonable  determination,
     based upon  a review  of  readily available  facts (as  opposed to  a  full
     trial-type inquiry), that  such Person  did not engage  in such conduct  by
     written opinion  from independent  legal counsel approved  by the Trustees.
     The rights accruing  to any Person under these provisions shall not exclude
     any other right  to which such  Person may be  lawfully entitled;  provided
     that no Person may satisfy any right  of indemnity or reimbursement granted
     in  this Section 5.4 or  in Section 5.2 hereof or  to which such Person may
     be otherwise entitled except  out of the Trust Property.  The  Trustees may
     make  advance  payments  in  connection  with  indemnification  under  this
     Section 5.4,  provided  that the  indemnified  Person  shall have  given  a

                                          11
<PAGE>






     written  undertaking to reimburse the Trust in the event it is subsequently
     determined that such Person is not entitled to such indemnification.

              5.5.    No Bond Required  of Trustees.  No Trustee shall, as such,
     be  obligated  to give  any  bond  or  surety  or other  security  for  the
     performance of any of such Trustee's duties hereunder.

              5.6.    No  Duty of  Investigation; Notice  in Trust  Instruments,
     etc.   No  purchaser, lender  or  other Person  dealing  with any  Trustee,
     officer, employee,  agent or independent  contractor of the  Trust shall be
     bound to  make  any inquiry  concerning  the  validity of  any  transaction
     purporting to  be  made  by  such  Trustee,  officer,  employee,  agent  or
     independent  contractor  or be  liable  for  the  application  of money  or
     property paid,  loaned or  delivered to or  on the  order of such  Trustee,
     officer,  employee, agent  or independent  contractor.   Every  obligation,
     contract,  instrument, certificate or other interest  or undertaking of the
     Trust, and every other act or thing whatsoever executed in connection  with
     the Trust shall be conclusively taken to have been executed or done by  the
     executors  thereof only in their capacity as Trustees, officers, employees,
     agents or independent  contractors of the Trust.  Every written obligation,
     contract, instrument, certificate  or other interest or undertaking  of the
     Trust made or sold by any Trustee, officer, employee, agent  or independent
     contractor of the  Trust, in such  capacity, shall  contain an  appropriate
     recital  to  the effect  that  the  Trustee,  officer,  employee, agent  or
     independent contractor of  the Trust shall  not personally be  bound by  or
     liable thereunder,  nor shall resort be  had to their private  property for
     the satisfaction  of any  obligation or  claim thereunder,  and appropriate
     references shall be  made therein to  the Declaration, and may  contain any
     further recital which they may  deem appropriate, but the omission  of such
     recital shall  not operate  to impose  personal liability  on any  Trustee,
     officer, employee, agent or independent  contractor of the Trust.   Subject
     to the  provisions of the  1940 Act, the  Trust may maintain insurance  for
     the protection  of  the Trust  Property,  the  Holders, and  the  Trustees,
     officers, employees,  agents and independent  contractors  of  the Trust in
     such amount  as the Trustees  shall deem  adequate to  cover possible  tort
     liability, and such other insurance  as the Trustees in their sole judgment
     shall deem advisable.

              5.7.    Reliance  on  Experts,   etc.    Each   Trustee,  officer,
     employee, agent  or  independent contractor  of  the  Trust shall,  in  the
     performance of such  Person's duties, be fully and completely justified and
     protected with  regard to  any act  or any  failure to  act resulting  from
     reliance in good  faith upon the books  of account or other records  of the
     Trust (whether  or not  the Trust would  have the  power to indemnify  such
     Persons against  such  liability), upon  an  opinion  of counsel,  or  upon
     reports made to  the Trust by  any of its officers  or employees or by  any
     Investment  Adviser  or  Administrator,  accountant,  appraiser   or  other
     experts  or consultants  selected  with reasonable  care  by the  Trustees,
     officers  or employees of the Trust,  regardless of whether such counsel or
     expert may also be a Trustee.



                                          12
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VI

                                      Interests

              6.1.    Interests.  The beneficial interest in  the Trust Property
     shall  consist  of non-transferable  Interests.    The  Interests shall  be
     personal  property giving only the rights  in this Declaration specifically
     set forth.   The value  of an Interest  shall be equal to  the Book Capital
     Account balance of the Holder of the Interest.

              6.2.    Non-Transferability.  A  Holder may not transfer,  sell or
     exchange its Interest.

              6.3.    Register of  Interests.  A  register shall be  kept at the
     Trust under  the direction of  the Trustees which  shall contain the  name,
     address and  Book Capital  Account balance of  each Holder.   Such register
     shall be conclusive as to the identity of the  Holders, and the Trust shall
     not be bound  to recognize any equitable  or legal claim to  or interest in
     an Interest which  is not contained in such  register.  No Holder  shall be
     entitled to receive payment  of any distribution, nor to have  notice given
     to it as herein provided,  until it has given  its address to such  officer
     or agent of the Trust as is keeping such register for entry thereon.


                                     ARTICLE VII

                  Increases, Decreases And Redemptions of Interests

              Subject to applicable  law, to the provisions of  this Declaration
     and  to such  restrictions as  may  from time  to time  be  adopted by  the
     Trustees, each Holder  shall have the right  to vary its investment  in the
     Trust  at any  time  without limitation  by  increasing (through  a capital
     contribution)  or  decreasing  (through  a  capital  withdrawal)  or  by  a
     Redemption of its Interest.   An increase in the investment  of a Holder in
     the Trust  shall be reflected  as an increase  in the Book Capital  Account
     balance  of that Holder and a decrease in the investment of a Holder in the
     Trust or the Redemption of the  Interest of a Holder shall be  reflected as
     a decrease in the  Book Capital Account balance of that Holder.   The Trust
     shall,  upon appropriate  and  adequate notice  from  any Holder  increase,
     decrease or redeem such Holder's  Interest for an amount determined  by the
     application  of a  formula adopted for  such purpose  by resolution  of the
     Trustees; provided  that (a)  the amount  received by the  Holder upon  any
     such decrease or Redemption shall  not exceed the decrease in the  Holder's
     Book Capital Account  balance effected by  such decrease  or Redemption  of
     its Interest, and (b) if so authorized by  the Trustees, the Trust may,  at
     any  time and  from  time  to time,  charge  fees  for effecting  any  such
     decrease or Redemption, at  such rates as the  Trustees may establish,  and
     may, at  any time and from time to time, suspend  such right of decrease or
     Redemption.   The  procedures for effecting  decreases or Redemptions shall
     be as determined by the Trustees from time to time.



                                          13
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VIII

                        Determination of Book Capital Account
                              Balances and Distributions


              8.1.    Book Capital Account  Balances.  The Book  Capital Account
     balance of each Holder shall  be determined on such  days and at such  time
     or  times  as  the  Trustees may  determine.    The  Trustees  shall  adopt
     resolutions  setting forth  the  method  of  determining the  Book  Capital
     Account balance of  each Holder.  The  power and duty to  make calculations
     pursuant to  such  resolutions may  be  delegated by  the Trustees  to  the
     Investment Adviser, Administrator, custodian,  or such other Person as  the
     Trustees may determine.  Upon the Redemption of  an Interest, the Holder of
     that Interest shall be  entitled to receive the balance of its Book Capital
     Account.   A Holder  may not  transfer, sell  or exchange its  Book Capital
     Account balance.

              8.2.    Allocations  and Distributions  to Holders.   The Trustees
     shall, in  compliance with the  Code, the 1940  Act and generally  accepted
     accounting principles,  establish the procedures  by which the Trust  shall
     make (i) the allocation  of unrealized gains and losses, taxable income and
     tax  loss, and  profit  and loss,  or any  item or  items thereof,  to each
     Holder,  (ii) the  payment  of  distributions,  if  any,  to  Holders,  and
     (iii) upon  liquidation, the final distribution of  items of taxable income
     and  expense.   Such  procedures  shall be  set  forth  in writing  and  be
     furnished   to  the  Trust's  accountants.   The  Trustees  may  amend  the
     procedures adopted pursuant to  this Section  8.2 from time  to time.   The
     Trustees may  retain from  the net  profits such  amount as  they may  deem
     necessary  to  pay the  liabilities  and expenses  of  the  Trust, to  meet
     obligations  of the Trust,  and as  they may deem  desirable to  use in the
     conduct of the  affairs of the Trust  or to retain for  future requirements
     or extensions of the business.

              8.3.    Power  to Modify  Foregoing  Procedures.   Notwithstanding
     any of  the foregoing  provisions of  this Article VIII,  the Trustees  may
     prescribe, in their  absolute discretion, such  other bases  and times  for
     determining the net  income of the Trust,  the allocation of income  of the
     Trust, the Book Capital Account balance of  each Holder, or the payment  of
     distributions to the  Holders as they  may deem  necessary or desirable  to
     enable the Trust to comply with any  provision of the 1940 Act or any order
     of exemption issued by the Commission or with the Code.


                                     ARTICLE IX

                                       Holders

              9.1.    Rights  of Holders.   The ownership  of the Trust Property
     and  the  right  to  conduct  any  business  described  herein  are  vested
     exclusively in the Trustees, and the Holders  shall have no right or  title
     therein other  than the  beneficial interest conferred  by their  Interests

                                          14
<PAGE>






     and  they shall  have  no power  or  right to  call  for  any partition  or
     division of any Trust Property. 

              9.2.    Meetings  of Holders.   Meetings of  Holders may be called
     at any  time by  a majority  of the  Trustees and  shall be  called by  any
     Trustee upon  written request  of Holders  holding, in  the aggregate,  not
     less  than 10% of  the Interests,  such request  specifying the  purpose or
     purposes for which such meeting  is to be called.   Any such meeting  shall
     be held within or without the State of  New York and within or without  the
     United  States of  America on  such day  and at  such time  as the Trustees
     shall designate.  Holders of one-third of the Interests, present  in person
     or  by  proxy,  shall  constitute  a  quorum  for  the  transaction of  any
     business,  except  as may  otherwise  be required  by  the 1940  Act, other
     applicable law, this Declaration or the  By-Laws of the Trust.  If a quorum
     is  present at a  meeting, an affirmative vote  of the  Holders present, in
     person or by  proxy, holding more  than 50% of  the total Interests of  the
     Holders present, either in person or by proxy, at such meeting  constitutes
     the action of the  Holders, unless a greater number of affirmative votes is
     required by  the 1940 Act,  other applicable law,  this Declaration  or the
     By-Laws  of the Trust.  All or any one of more Holders may participate in a
     meeting  of  Holders   by  means  of  a  conference  telephone  or  similar
     communications  equipment by  means of  which all  persons participating in
     the meeting can hear each other and participation in a meeting by  means of
     such communications equipment shall  constitute presence in person  at such
     meeting.

              9.3.    Notice of  Meetings.   Notice of each  meeting of Holders,
     stating the time, place and purposes of the meeting, shall be  given by the
     Trustees by  mail to  each Holder,  at  its registered  address, mailed  at
     least 10 days and not more  than 60 days before the meeting.  Notice of any
     meeting may be waived in writing by any Holder either before or after  such
     meeting.   The  attendance of  a Holder  at  a meeting  shall constitute  a
     waiver of notice of such meeting except in the situation  in which a Holder
     attends a meeting for  the express purpose of objecting  to the transaction
     of any  business on the ground that the meeting  was not lawfully called or
     convened.  At any  meeting, any business properly before the meeting may be
     considered  whether  or not  stated  in the  notice  of the  meeting.   Any
     adjourned meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

              9.4.    Record Date  for Meetings,  Distributions, etc.   For  the
     purpose of  determining the Holders  who are entitled  to notice of and  to
     vote  or act  at any  meeting,  including any  adjournment  thereof, or  to
     participate in any  distribution, or for the  purpose of any other  action,
     the  Trustees may from time to time fix a date, not more than 90 days prior
     to the date  of any meeting of Holders  or the payment of  any distribution
     or the taking  of any other action,  as the case may  be, as a record  date
     for the  determination of  the Persons to  be treated  as Holders for  such
     purpose.   If the Trustees do not, prior to any  meeting of the Holders, so
     fix a record date, then the date of mailing notice of  the meeting shall be
     the record date.

              9.5.    Proxies,  etc.   At  any  meeting of  Holders,  any Holder

                                          15
<PAGE>






     entitled to vote  thereat may vote by  proxy, provided that no  proxy shall
     be voted at any meeting unless it shall  have been placed on file with  the
     Secretary,  or with  such  other  officer or  agent  of  the Trust  as  the
     Secretary may  direct, for  verification prior  to the time  at which  such
     vote  is to  be taken.   A proxy  may be  revoked by  a Holder  at any time
     before it has  been exercised  by placing on  file with  the Secretary,  or
     with such other officer or agent of the Trust as  the Secretary may direct,
     a later dated proxy  or written revocation.  Pursuant to  a resolution of a
     majority of  the Trustees,  proxies may  be solicited  in the  name of  the
     Trust or of one or more  Trustees or of one or more officers of  the Trust.
     Only  Holders on  the record date  shall be  entitled to  vote.   Each such
     Holder shall be entitled to a vote proportionate to  its Interest.  When an
     Interest is held jointly  by several Persons, any  one of them may  vote at
     any meeting in person or by proxy in respect of such  Interest, but if more
     than one of  them is present  at such  meeting in person  or by proxy,  and
     such  joint owners or their proxies  so present disagree as  to any vote to
     be cast, such  vote shall not be received  in respect of such Interest.   A
     proxy purporting  to be  executed  by or  on behalf  of a  Holder shall  be
     deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise, and the  burden
     of proving  invalidity shall  rest on the  challenger.   No proxy shall  be
     valid after  one year from the date of execution, unless a longer period is
     expressly stated in  such proxy.   The Trust  may also permit  a Holder  to
     authorize and  empower individuals named  as proxies  on any form  of proxy
     solicited by the Trustees to vote that  Holder's Interest on any matter  by
     recording his voting  instructions on any recording  device maintained  for
     that purpose by the  Trust or its agent, provided the Holder  complies with
     such  procedures  as   the  Trustees  may  designate  to  be  necessary  or
     appropriate  to determine the  authenticity of  the voting  instructions so
     recorded; such instructions shall be  deemed to constitute a  written proxy
     signed by the Holder and delivered to the  Trust and shall be deemed to  be
     dated as  of the date  such instructions were  transmitted, and the  Holder
     shall be  deemed to have  approved and ratified  all actions taken by  such
     proxies in accordance with the voting instructions so recorded.

              9.6.    Reports.   The  Trustees shall  cause to  be prepared  and
     furnished to  each Holder, at least  annually as of the  end of each Fiscal
     Year, a report of operations containing a balance sheet and a statement  of
     income  of  the  Trust  prepared  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted
     accounting principles  and an opinion  of an independent public  accountant
     on such  financial statements.  The Trustees shall, in addition, furnish to
     each  Holder   at  least  semi-annually   interim  reports  of   operations
     containing an unaudited balance sheet  as of the end of such  period and an
     unaudited  statement of  income for  the period  from the beginning  of the
     then-current Fiscal Year to the end of such period.

              9.7.    Inspection  of  Records.   The  books and  records  of the
     Trust shall  be open to inspection by Holders  during normal business hours
     for any purpose not harmful to the Trust.

              9.8.    Holder Action by  Written Consent.   Any action  which may
     be taken by Holders may be taken without a  meeting if Holders holding more
     than 50%  of all  Interests entitled  to vote  (or  such larger  proportion

                                          16
<PAGE>






     thereof  as shall be required by any express provision of this Declaration)
     consent to the  action in writing and  the written consents are  filed with
     the  records of the  meetings of Holders.   Such consents  shall be treated
     for all  purposes as  a vote  taken at  a meeting  of Holders.   Each  such
     written consent shall be executed by or on  behalf of the Holder delivering
     such consent and  shall bear the date of  such execution.  No  such written
     consent shall be effective to  take the action referred to  therein unless,
     within one  year of the  earliest dated consent,  written consents executed
     by  a sufficient number of  Holders to take such action  are filed with the
     records of the meetings of Holders.

              9.9.    Notices.   Any and all  communications, including any  and
     all notices  to which  any Holder  may be  entitled, shall  be deemed  duly
     served or given  if mailed, postage prepaid,  addressed to a Holder  at its
     last known address as recorded on the register of the Trust.


                                      ARTICLE X

                                Duration; Termination;
                               Amendment; Mergers; Etc.

              10.1.   Duration.   Subject to possible termination or dissolution
     in accordance with  the provisions of Section 10.2 and Section 10.3 hereof,
     respectively, the Trust created  hereby shall continue until the expiration
     of 20 years after  the death of the  last survivor of the  initial Trustees
     named herein and the following named persons:


                                                         Date of
     Name                          Address               Birth 
     ----                          -------               -------

     Cassius Marcellus Cornelius   742 Old Dublin Road   November 9, 1990
      Clay                         Hancock, NH  03449

     Sara Briggs Sullivan          1308 Rhodes Street    September 17, 1990
                                   Dubois, WY  82513

     Myles Bailey Rawson           Winhall Hollow Road   May 13, 1990
                                   R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                   Bondville, VT  05340

     Zeben Curtis Kopchak          Box 1126              October 31, 1989
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

     Landon Harris Clay            742 Old Dublin Road   February 15, 1989
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

     Kelsey Ann Sullivan           1308 Rhodes Street    May 1, 1988
                                   Dubois, WY  82513


                                          17
<PAGE>






     Carter Allen Rawson           Winhall Hollow Road   January 28, 1988
                                   R.R. #1, Box 178B
                                   Bondville, VT  05340

     Obadiah Barclay Kopchak       Box 1126              August 29, 1987
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

     Richard Tubman Clay           742 Old Dublin Road   April 12, 1987
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

     Thomas Moragne Clay           742 Old Dublin Road   April 11, 1985
                                   Hancock, NH  03449

     Zachariah Bishop Kopchak      Box 1126              January 11, 1985
                                   Cordova, AK  99574

     Sager Anna Kopchak            Box 1126              May 22, 1983
                                   Cordova, AK  99574





             10.2.   Termination.

                     (a)      The   Trust   may  be   terminated   (i)  by   the
     affirmative  vote of Holders  of not less than  two-thirds of all Interests
     at  any meeting  of  Holders  or by  an  instrument  in writing  without  a
     meeting, executed  by  a majority  of  the  Trustees and  consented  to  by
     Holders  of not  less  than two-thirds  of all  Interests,  or (ii)  by the
     Trustees by written notice to the Holders.  Upon any such termination,

                     (i)  the Trust  shall carry on  no business  except for the
             purpose of winding up its affairs;

                     (ii)  the Trustees  shall proceed  to wind  up  the
             affairs of the Trust and all of the  powers of the Trustees
             under this Declaration shall continue until  the affairs of
             the  Trust have  been  wound  up, including  the  power  to
             fulfill or  discharge the contracts  of the Trust,  collect
             the  assets of the Trust, sell, convey, assign, exchange or
             otherwise dispose of all  or any part of the Trust Property
             to one  or  more Persons  at  public  or private  sale  for
             consideration  which may  consist in  whole or  in part  of
             cash, securities or  other property of any kind,  discharge
             or pay the liabilities  of the Trust, and do all other acts
             appropriate  to  liquidate  the  business  of   the  Trust;
             provided that  any sale,  conveyance, assignment,  exchange
             or other disposition of all or substantially all  the Trust
             Property shall require  approval of the principal terms  of
             the  transaction   and  the  nature   and  amount  of   the
             consideration by the vote of  Holders holding more than 50%

                                          18
<PAGE>






             of all Interests; and

                     (iii) after paying or adequately providing  for the
             payment  of  all  liabilities, and  upon  receipt  of  such
             releases,  indemnities  and refunding  agreements  as  they
             deem  necessary for  their protection,  the  Trustees shall
             distribute  the remaining  Trust Property,  in  cash or  in
             kind or partly  each, among the Holders according  to their
             respective   rights  as   set   forth  in   the  procedures
             established pursuant to Section 8.2 hereof.

                     (b)      Upon termination of the Trust and distribution  to
     the Holders  as herein provided, a  majority of the  Trustees shall execute
     and file  with the records  of the Trust  an instrument in writing  setting
     forth the fact of  such termination and distribution.  Upon  termination of
     the Trust,  the Trustees  shall thereupon  be discharged  from all  further
     liabilities  and duties  hereunder,  and the  rights  and interests  of all
     Holders shall thereupon cease.

             10.3.   Dissolution.   Upon the bankruptcy of  any Holder,  or upon
     the Redemption of any Interest, the Trust shall  be dissolved effective 120
     days after the  event.  However, the  Holders (other than such  bankrupt or
     redeeming Holder) may, by  a unanimous affirmative  vote at any meeting  of
     such Holders or by an instrument in  writing without a meeting executed  by
     a majority of the  Trustees and consented to by all such  Holders, agree to
     continue  the  business  of  the Trust  even  if  there  has  been  such  a
     dissolution.

             10.4.   Amendment Procedure.

                     (a)      This Declaration  may be  amended by  the vote  of
     Holders of  more than 50% of all Interests  at any meeting of Holders or by
     an instrument in writing without a meeting,  executed by a majority of  the
     Trustees  and  consented  to  by  the  Holders  of  more than  50%  of  all
     Interests.   Notwithstanding any other  provision hereof, this  Declaration
     may be  amended by an instrument  in writing executed by  a majority of the
     Trustees, and without the vote or  consent of Holders, for any one  or more
     of the following  purposes:  (i) to change  the name of the  Trust, (ii) to
     supply  any omission,  or  to cure,  correct  or supplement  any ambiguous,
     defective   or  inconsistent   provision  hereof,   (iii) to  conform  this
     Declaration to the  requirements of  applicable federal law  or regulations
     or  the requirements  of  the applicable  provisions  of the  Code, (iv) to
     change the state  or other jurisdiction designated  herein as the state  or
     other jurisdiction  whose law  shall be  the governing  law hereof,  (v) to
     effect  such changes  herein  as  the  Trustees  find to  be  necessary  or
     appropriate (A) to permit the filing of  this Declaration under the law  of
     such  state  or  other  jurisdiction  applicable  to  trusts  or  voluntary
     associations,  (B) to  permit  the  Trust to  elect  to  be  treated  as  a
     "regulated  investment company"  under  the  applicable provisions  of  the
     Code, or  (C) to  permit  the  transfer  of Interests  (or  to  permit  the
     transfer of  any  other beneficial  interest  in  or share  of  the  Trust,
     however denominated),  (vi) in conjunction with any  amendment contemplated

                                          19
<PAGE>






     by the foregoing  clause (iv) or the foregoing  clause (v) to make  any and
     all such  further  changes or  modifications  to  this Declaration  as  the
     Trustees find  to be necessary or appropriate, any  finding of the Trustees
     referred to in the foregoing clause (v) or the  foregoing clause (vi) to be
     conclusively evidenced  by  the  execution  of  any  such  amendment  by  a
     majority  of  the  Trustees,  and  (vii)  change,  modify  or  rescind  any
     provision  of  this  Declaration  provided  such  change,  modification  or
     rescission is found by  the Trustees to be necessary or appropriate  and to
     not have  a materially  adverse effect  on the financial  interests of  the
     Holders, any such finding to be conclusively evidenced  by the execution of
     any such  amendment by a majority of  the Trustees; provided, however, that
     unless  effected  in compliance  with  the  provisions of  Section  10.4(b)
     hereof, no  amendment otherwise  authorized by  this sentence  may be  made
     which would reduce  the amount payable  with respect to  any Interest  upon
     liquidation of  the Trust and;  provided, further, that  the Trustees shall
     not be liable  for failing to make any  amendment permitted by this Section
     10.4(a).

                     (b)      No  amendment may  be  made  under Section 10.4(a)
     hereof  which would  change any  rights  with respect  to  any Interest  by
     reducing the amount payable thereon  upon liquidation of the  Trust, except
     with the vote or consent of Holders of two-thirds of all Interests.

                     (c)      A certification in  recordable form executed by  a
     majority of the Trustees  setting forth an amendment  and reciting that  it
     was duly adopted by the Holders  or by the Trustees as aforesaid  or a copy
     of the  Declaration,  as amended,  in recordable  form, and  executed by  a
     majority of  the Trustees, shall  be conclusive evidence  of such amendment
     when filed with the records of the Trust.

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision hereof,  until  such time  as
     Interests are first sold, this Declaration may be  terminated or amended in
     any respect by the  affirmative vote of a  majority of the Trustees at  any
     meeting of  Trustees or  by an  instrument executed  by a  majority of  the
     Trustees.

             10.5.   Merger, Consolidation and Sale  of Assets.   The Trust  may
     merge or  consolidate with  any other  corporation,  association, trust  or
     other organization or may sell, lease or exchange all or substantially  all
     of the  Trust Property, including good will, upon such terms and conditions
     and  for  such consideration  when  and as  authorized  at  any meeting  of
     Holders called for such  purpose by a Majority Interests Vote, and any such
     merger, consolidation,  sale, lease  or exchange  shall be  deemed for  all
     purposes to  have been accomplished  under and pursuant to  the statutes of
     the State of New York.

             10.6.   Incorporation.    Upon  a  Majority  Interests   Vote,  the
     Trustees may  cause to be organized  or assist in organizing  a corporation
     or corporations under the law of any jurisdiction or  a trust, partnership,
     association  or other organization  to take  over the Trust  Property or to
     carry  on any business  in which the Trust  directly or  indirectly has any
     interest, and to  sell, convey and transfer the  Trust Property to any such

                                          20
<PAGE>






     corporation,  trust,  partnership, association  or  other  organization  in
     exchange for the equity interests thereof  or otherwise, and to lend  money
     to, subscribe  for the  equity interests of,  and enter  into any  contract
     with  any  such  corporation,  trust,  partnership,  association  or  other
     organization, or any corporation, trust, partnership,  association or other
     organization  in which  the  Trust  holds or  is  about  to acquire  equity
     interests.  The Trustees may  also cause a merger or  consolidation between
     the  Trust  or any  successor  thereto  and  any  such corporation,  trust,
     partnership,  association  or  other  organization  if and  to  the  extent
     permitted  by  law.    Nothing  contained  herein  shall  be  construed  as
     requiring approval  of the Holders  for the Trustees to  organize or assist
     in organizing one or more corporations,  trusts, partnerships, associations
     or other organizations  and selling, conveying or transferring a portion of
     the Trust Property to one or more of such organizations or entities.

                                     ARTICLE XI

                                    Miscellaneous

             11.1.   Certificate  of Designation; Agent for  Service of Process.
     The Trust shall  file, with the  Department of  State of the  State of  New
     York,  a certificate, in the  name of the Trust and  executed by an officer
     of  the Trust, designating the Secretary of  State of the State of New York
     as an  agent upon  whom process  in any  action or  proceeding against  the
     Trust may be served.

             11.2.   Governing  Law.    This  Declaration  is  executed  by  the
     Trustees and delivered in the State  of New York and with reference to  the
     law  thereof,   and  the  rights  of  all  parties  and  the  validity  and
     construction of  every provision hereof  shall be subject  to and construed
     in accordance with the law of the State of  New York and reference shall be
     specifically  made to the  trust law  of the  State of New  York as  to the
     construction of  matters not specifically covered herein  or as to which an
     ambiguity exists.

             11.3.   Counterparts.    This  Declaration  may  be  simultaneously
     executed in several  counterparts, each of which  shall be deemed to  be an
     original,  and such  counterparts, together, shall  constitute one  and the
     same instrument,  which shall  be sufficiently  evidenced by  any one  such
     original counterpart.

             11.4.   Reliance by Third  Parties.  Any certificate executed by an
     individual who, according  to the records of the  Trust or of any recording
     office in which this  Declaration may be recorded, appears to be  a Trustee
     hereunder, certifying  to:   (a) the  number  or  identity of  Trustees  or
     Holders, (b) the  due authorization of  the execution of  any instrument or
     writing,  (c) the form  of any  vote passed  at  a meeting  of Trustees  or
     Holders, (d) the  fact that the  number of Trustees  or Holders present  at
     any meeting or executing any written instrument  satisfies the requirements
     of this  Declaration,  (e) the  form  of  any By-Laws  adopted  by  or  the
     identity  of any officer elected  by the Trustees,  or (f) the existence of
     any fact or facts  which in any manner relate to the affairs  of the Trust,

                                          21
<PAGE>

     shall be conclusive evidence  as to  the matters so  certified in favor  of
     any Person dealing with the Trustees.

             11.5.   Provisions in Conflict With Law or Regulations.

                     (a)      The  provisions of this Declaration are severable,
     and if the  Trustees shall determine, with the  advice of counsel, that any
     of  such provisions  is  in  conflict with  the  1940  Act, or  with  other
     applicable  law and regulations, the  conflicting provision shall be deemed
     never to  have constituted a  part of this  Declaration; provided, however,
     that such  determination shall not  affect any of  the remaining provisions
     of  this Declaration  or render  invalid or  improper  any action  taken or
     omitted prior to such determination.

                     (b)      If  any  provision  of this  Declaration  shall be
     held  invalid  or unenforceable  in  any jurisdiction,  such  invalidity or
     unenforceability shall attach  only to such provision in  such jurisdiction
     and   shall  not  in  any  manner  affect   such  provision  in  any  other
     jurisdiction   or  any  other   provision  of   this  Declaration   in  any
     jurisdiction.

             IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned have executed  this instrument
     as of the day and year first above written.

                                        /s/ James G. Baur
                                      _____________________________
                                      James G. Baur, as Trustee and
                                      not individually

                                        /s/ H. Day Brigham, Jr.
                                      _____________________________
                                      H. Day Brigham, Jr., as Trustee and 
                                      not individually

                                        /s/ James B. Hawkes
                                      _______________________________
                                      James B. Hawkes, as Trustee and
                                      not individually
























                                          22
<PAGE>






                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                    June 13, 1994

     The undersigned,  being a majority  of the Trustees  of the California  Tax
     Free  Portfolio,  acting pursuant  to  Section  10.4 of  ARTICLE  X of  the
     Declaration of  Trust, do hereby change and  amend the seventh paragraph of
     Section 1.2 of ARTICLE I of the Declaration of Trust to read as follows:

     "Fiscal Year"  shall mean an annual period determined  by the Trustee which
     ends on September 30th of  each year or on  such other day as is  permitted
     or required by the code.

     Further, the  undersigned do  hereby declare  and find  that the  foregoing
     change and  amendment is  necessary and  appropriate and  does  not have  a
     materially adverse effect on  the financial interest of the Holders  of the
     Portfolio.  Said Amendment shall take effect on the date set forth above.


     /s/ Donald R. Dwight              /s/ Norton H. Reamer            
     ____________________________      _________________________________
     Donald R. Dwight                  Norton H. Reamer


     /s/ James B. Hawkes               /s/ John L. Thorndike           
     ____________________________      ________________________________
     James B. Hawkes                   John L. Thorndike


     /s/ Samuel L. Hayes, III          /s/ Jack L. Treynor             
     ____________________________      ________________________________
     Samuel L. Hayes, III              Jack L. Treynor



                          THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS

     SUFFOLK, SS.                                          BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS

              Then personally  appeared the above named  Donald R. Dwight, James
     B. Hawkes, Samuel  L. Hayes, III, Norton  H. Reamer, John L.  Thorndike and
     Jack L. Treynor being  all of  the Trustees then  in office, who  severally
     acknowledged the foregoing instrument to be their free act and deed.

                                                Before me, 

                                                /s/ Lynne M. Hetu
                                                ___________________________
                                                Notary Public
                                                My commission expires:
<PAGE>




                           CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO
                   (formerly called California Tax Free Portfolio)


                          AMENDMENT TO DECLARATION OF TRUST

                                   December 8, 1995

              AMENDMENT, made December 8, 1995 to the Declaration of Trust  made
     May  1,   1992,  as  amended   June  13,  1994,   (hereinafter  called  the
     "Declaration")  of  California   Tax  Free  Portfolio,  a  New  York  trust
     (hereinafter  called the  "Trust")  by the  undersigned,  being at  least a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust in office on December 8, 1995.


              WHEREAS, Section 10.4  of Article X of the Declaration  empowers a
     majority of the Trustees of the Trust to  amend the Declaration without the
     vote or consent of Holders to change the name of the Trust;


              NOW,  THEREFORE, the  undersigned  Trustees, do  hereby  amend the
     Declaration in the following manner:


              1. The caption  at the head of  the Declaration  is hereby amended
     to read as follows:

                           CALIFORNIA MUNICIPALS PORTFOLIO


              2. Section 1.1 of Article I  of the Declaration is  hereby amended
              to read as follows:


                                      ARTICLE I


              1.1. Name.  The  name of  the trust created  hereby (the  "Trust")
     shall be California  Municipals Portfolio and so far  as may be practicable
     the  Trustees shall  conduct the Trust's  activities, execute all documents
     and sue  or  be sued  under that  name, which  name (and  the word  "Trust"
     wherever hereinafter used)  shall refer to  the Trustees  as Trustees,  and
     not individually,  and shall not  refer to the  officers, employees, agents
     or  independent contractors  of the  Trust or  holders of  interests in the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the  undersigned Trustees have  executed this
     instrument this 8th day of December, 1995.


     /s/  Donald R. Dwight          /s/ Norton H. Reamer
     __________________________     _________________________
     Donald R. Dwight               Norton H. Reamer
<PAGE>






     /s/  James B. Hawkes           /s/ John L. Thorndike
     __________________________     _________________________
     James B. Hawkes                John L. Thorndike


     /s/  Samuel L. Hayes, III      /s/ Jack L. Treynor
     __________________________     _________________________                   
     Samuel L. Hayes, III           Jack L. Treynor













































                                         -2-
<PAGE>


















                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                             ____________________________


                                       BY-LAWS

                                As Adopted May 1, 1992
<PAGE>







                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I -- Meetings of Holders    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

                      Section 1.1      Records at Holder Meetings    . . . .   1
                      Section 1.2      Inspectors of Election    . . . . . .   1


     ARTICLE II -- Officers    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2

                      Section 2.1      Officers of the Trust   . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.2      Election and Tenure   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.3      Removal of Officers   . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.4      Bonds and Surety    . . . . . . . . .   2
                      Section 2.5      Chairman, President and Vice President  2
                      Section 2.6      Secretary   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.7      Treasurer   . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3
                      Section 2.8      Other Officers and Duties   . . . . .   3


     ARTICLE III -- Miscellaneous    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

                      Section 3.1      Depositories    . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.2      Signatures    . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.3      Seal  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.4      Indemnification   . . . . . . . . . .   4
                      Section 3.5      Distribution Disbursing Agents and the
                                        Like   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4


     ARTICLE IV -- Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws   . . . . . . . . . . .   5

                      Section 4.1      Regulations   . . . . . . . . . . . .   5
                      Section 4.2      Amendment and Repeal of By-Laws   . .   5







                                          i
<PAGE>






                                       BY-LAWS

                                          OF

                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                           ______________________________


                      These By-Laws  are made  and adopted  pursuant to  Section
     2.7 of the  Declaration of Trust establishing CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
     (the "Trust"),  dated as of May 1, 1992,  as from time to time amended (the
     "Declaration").  All  words and terms  capitalized in  these By-Laws  shall
     have the meaning  or meanings  set forth  for such  words or  terms in  the
     Declaration.

                                      ARTICLE I

                                 Meetings of Holders

                      Section  1.1.  Records  at   Holder  Meetings.    At  each
     meeting of the  Holders there shall be  open for inspection the  minutes of
     the  last previous  meeting  of Holders  of the  Trust  and a  list  of the
     Holders of the Trust, certified to be true and correct by the  Secretary or
     other proper  agent of the  Trust, as of  the record  date of the  meeting.
     Such list of Holders shall contain the name of each Holder in  alphabetical
     order and  the address  and Interest owned  by such  Holder on such  record
     date.

                      Section 1.2.  Inspectors of  Election.  In advance  of any
     meeting of the Holders,  the Trustees may appoint Inspectors of Election to
     act at the  meeting or any adjournment thereof.   If Inspectors of Election
     are not so appointed, the chairman, if  any, of any meeting of the  Holders
     may,  and  on  the  request of  any  Holder  or  his  proxy shall,  appoint
     Inspectors of Election.   The  number of  Inspectors of  Election shall  be
     either  one or three.  If appointed at the meeting on the request of one or
     more Holders or  proxies, a Majority Interests Vote shall determine whether
     one or three Inspectors  of Election  are to be  appointed, but failure  to
     allow  such determination by  the Holders shall not  affect the validity of
     the appointment  of  Inspectors  of  Election.    In  case  any  individual
     appointed as an  Inspector of Election fails to  appear or fails or refuses
     to  so act, the vacancy  may be filled by  appointment made by the Trustees
     in advance  of the  convening  of the  meeting  or at  the meeting  by  the
     individual acting as chairman of  the meeting.  The Inspectors of  Election
     shall  determine  the   Interest  owned  by  each  Holder,   the  Interests
     represented at  the meeting, the  existence of a  quorum, the authenticity,
     validity and effect of proxies,  shall receive votes, ballots  or consents,
     shall hear and determine  all challenges and questions  in any way  arising
     in connection with  the right to vote,  shall count and tabulate  all votes
     or consents, shall  determine the results, and shall  do such other acts as
     may  be proper  to  conduct  the election  or  vote  with fairness  to  all
     Holders.  If there are three Inspectors  of Election, the decision, act  or
     certificate of  a majority is  effective in all  respects as  the decision,
     act  or certificate of  all.   On request of  the chairman, if  any, of the
     meeting, or of  any Holder or its  proxy, the Inspectors of  Election shall
<PAGE>






     make a report in writing of any challenge or question or matter  determined
     by them and shall execute a certificate of any facts found by them.


                                     ARTICLE II

                                       Officers

                      Section 2.1.  Officers of the Trust.  The officers  of the
     Trust  shall consist of  a Chairman,  if any,  a President, a  Secretary, a
     Treasurer  and such  other officers or  assistant officers,  including Vice
     Presidents, as  may be elected  by the Trustees.   Any  two or more  of the
     offices may be  held by the same individual.   The Trustees may designate a
     Vice President  as an Executive Vice President and  may designate the order
     in which  the  other Vice  Presidents may  act.   The Chairman  shall be  a
     Trustee,  but no other officer of  the Trust, including the President, need
     be a Trustee.

                      Section  2.2.  Election  and  Tenure.    At   the  initial
     organization  meeting  and   thereafter  at  each  annual  meeting  of  the
     Trustees, the Trustees  shall elect the  Chairman, if  any, the  President,
     the Secretary, the Treasurer and such other officers as the  Trustees shall
     deem necessary  or appropriate in  order to carry  out the business of  the
     Trust.  Such  officers shall hold office  until the next annual  meeting of
     the Trustees  and  until  their  successors  have  been  duly  elected  and
     qualified.   The  Trustees  may  fill any  vacancy  in  office or  add  any
     additional officer at any time.

                      Section 2.3.  Removal  of Officers.   Any  officer may  be
     removed at any time, with  or without cause, by action of a majority of the
     Trustees.  This provision  shall not  prevent the making  of a contract  of
     employment for a  definite term with any  officer and shall have  no effect
     upon any cause  of action which any officer may have as a result of removal
     in breach of a contract of employment.   Any officer may resign at any time
     by notice in writing signed by such  officer and delivered or mailed to the
     Chairman, if  any, the  President or  the Secretary,  and such  resignation
     shall take effect  immediately, or at a  later date according to  the terms
     of such notice in writing.

                      Section  2.4.  Bonds  and  Surety.   Any  officer  may  be
     required by the Trustees  to be bonded for the faithful performance  of his
     duties  in  such  amount  and  with  such  sureties  as  the  Trustees  may
     determine.

                      Section  2.5.  Chairman,  President  and Vice  Presidents.
     The Chairman, if any,  shall, if  present, preside at  all meetings of  the
     Holders  and of  the Trustees  and shall  exercise and  perform  such other
     powers and  duties as  may be  from time  to time  assigned to  him by  the
     Trustees.   Subject to such supervisory powers,  if any, as may be given by
     the Trustees  to the  Chairman, if any,  the President  shall be the  chief
     executive  officer of  the  Trust  and, subject  to  the   control  of  the
     Trustees,  shall have  general supervision,  direction and  control  of the

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     business of the Trust and of its employees and shall exercise such  general
     powers of management as are usually vested in the office of  President of a
     corporation.  In the absence of the  Chairman, if any, the President  shall
     preside at  all  meetings  of  the  Holders and,  in  the  absence  of  the
     Chairman, the  President shall  preside at  all meetings  of the  Trustees.
     The President shall be,  ex officio, a member of all standing committees of
     Trustees.   Subject to the  direction of the  Trustees, the President shall
     have  the power, in the name and on behalf of the Trust, to execute any and
     all  loan documents,  contracts,  agreements,  deeds, mortgages  and  other
     instruments in  writing, and to  employ and discharge  employees and agents
     of the Trust.   Unless  otherwise directed by  the Trustees, the  President
     shall have  full authority  and power  to attend,  to act and  to vote,  on
     behalf of the  Trust, at any meeting of  any business organization in which
     the  Trust holds  an interest,  or to  confer  such powers  upon any  other
     person,  by  executing any  proxies  duly  authorizing  such  person.   The
     President shall  have such further  authorities and duties  as the Trustees
     shall from  time to time determine.   In the  absence or disability  of the
     President,  the  Vice  Presidents  in  order  of  their  rank  or  the Vice
     President designated by  the Trustees, shall perform  all of the  duties of
     the  President, and  when so  acting shall  have all  the powers of  and be
     subject to all  of the  restrictions upon the  President.   Subject to  the
     direction of the  President, each  Vice President shall  have the power  in
     the name and on behalf  of the Trust to execute any and all loan documents,
     contracts, agreements, deeds,  mortgages and other instruments  in writing,
     and, in  addition, shall  have such  other duties  and powers  as shall  be
     designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President.

                      Section 2.6.  Secretary.    The Secretary  shall keep  the
     minutes of all meetings of, and record all  votes of, Holders, Trustees and
     the Executive  Committee, if any.   The results of  all actions taken  at a
     meeting of the  Trustees, or by written  consent of the Trustees,  shall be
     recorded by the  Secretary.  The Secretary  shall be custodian of  the seal
     of  the  Trust, if  any, and  (and any  other person  so authorized  by the
     Trustees) shall affix the  seal or, if  permitted, a facsimile thereof,  to
     any  instrument executed by the  Trust which would be sealed  by a New York
     corporation executing the  same or a  similar instrument  and shall  attest
     the  seal and  the  signature  or signatures  of  the officer  or  officers
     executing such  instrument on  behalf of  the Trust.   The Secretary  shall
     also  perform any other  duties commonly incident to  such office  in a New
     York corporation, and shall have  such other authorities and duties  as the
     Trustees shall from time to time determine.

                      Section 2.7.  Treasurer.  Except as  otherwise directed by
     the  Trustees, the  Treasurer  shall have  the  general supervision  of the
     monies,  funds, securities, notes receivable  and other valuable papers and
     documents of the Trust, and shall  have and exercise under the  supervision
     of  the  Trustees  and of  the  President all  powers  and  duties normally
     incident  to  his  office.   The  Treasurer  may  endorse  for  deposit  or
     collection all notes, checks and other instruments payable to  the Trust or
     to  its order and shall deposit all funds of the Trust as may be ordered by
     the Trustees or the President.   The Treasurer shall keep  accurate account
     of the books of  the Trust's  transactions which shall  be the property  of

                                         -3-
<PAGE>



     the Trust, and which together with  all other property of the Trust  in his
     possession, shall be subject at all times to  the inspection and control of
     the  Trustees.    Unless  the  Trustees  shall  otherwise   determine,  the
     Treasurer  shall be the principal accounting officer of the Trust and shall
     also be the principal financial officer of the  Trust.  The Treasurer shall
     have such other duties and authorities as  the Trustees shall from time  to
     time  determine.     Notwithstanding  anything   to  the  contrary   herein
     contained,  the  Trustees  may  authorize  the  Investment Adviser  or  the
     Administrator to maintain bank accounts  and deposit and disburse  funds on
     behalf of the Trust.

                      Section  2.8.  Other Officers  and  Duties.   The Trustees
     may  elect such  other officers and  assistant officers as  they shall from
     time to  time determine to  be necessary or  desirable in order to  conduct
     the business of the Trust.  Assistant  officers shall act generally in  the
     absence of the  officer whom they assist  and shall assist that  officer in
     the duties of his  office.  Each officer, employee  and agent of the  Trust
     shall have such other duties and authorities  as may be conferred upon  him
     by the Trustees or delegated to him by the President.


                                     ARTICLE III

                                    Miscellaneous

                      Section 3.1.  Depositories.  The funds of  the Trust shall
     be  deposited in  such  depositories as  the  Trustees shall  designate and
     shall  be  drawn out  on  checks, drafts  or  other orders  signed  by such
     officer, officers,  agent or  agents (including  the Investment Adviser  or
     the Administrator) as the Trustees may from time to time authorize.

                      Section  3.2.  Signatures.     All  contracts  and   other
     instruments shall  be executed  on behalf  of the  Trust  by such  officer,
     officers, agent or  agents as provided in these  By-Laws or as the Trustees
     may from time to time by resolution provide.

                      Section 3.3.  Seal.   The seal  of the Trust,  if any, may
     be  affixed to  any  document, and  the  seal and  its  attestation may  be
     lithographed, engraved or otherwise printed  on any document with  the same
     force and effect as if it  had been imprinted and attested manually  in the
     same manner and with the same effect as if done by a New York corporation.

                      Section    3.4.  Indemnification.       Insofar   as   the
     conditional advancing of  indemnification monies  under Section 5.4  of the
     Declaration for  actions based  upon the  1940 Act may  be concerned,  such
     payments will be  made only on the  following conditions: (i) the  advances
     must  be limited to  amounts used,  or to be  used, for  the preparation or
     presentation of a  defense to the  action, including  costs connected  with
     the  preparation  of a  settlement;  (ii) advances  may  be made  only upon
     receipt of a written promise  by, or on behalf  of, the recipient to  repay
     the  amount  of  the  advance which  exceeds  the  amount  to  which it  is
     ultimately determined  that he  is entitled  to receive  from the Trust  by
     reason of indemnification; and (iii) (a) such promise  must be secured by a
     surety bond, other  suitable insurance or  an equivalent  form of  security
     which assures  that any  repayment may  be obtained  by  the Trust  without
     delay or litigation, which  bond, insurance or other form of  security must
     be provided by  the recipient of the advance, or (b) a majority of a quorum
     of the Trust's  disinterested, non-party Trustees, or  an independent legal
     counsel  in a  written opinion,  shall  determine, based  upon a  review of

                                         -4-
<PAGE>



     readily available facts,  that the recipient of the advance ultimately will
     be found entitled to indemnification.

                      Section  3.5.  Distribution  Disbursing  Agents  and   the
     Like.   The Trustees  shall have the  power to  employ and compensate  such
     distribution  disbursing  agents,   warrant  agents  and  agents   for  the
     reinvestment  of distributions  as they shall  deem necessary or desirable.
     Any of  such agents shall have such power  and authority as is delegated to
     any of them by the Trustees.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                          Regulations; Amendment of By-Laws

                      Section  4.1.  Regulations.   The  Trustees may  make such
     additional rules and regulations,  not inconsistent with these By-Laws,  as
     they may deem expedient  concerning the sale and  purchase of Interests  of
     the Trust.

                      Section  4.2.  Amendment  and  Repeal  of   By-Laws.    In
     accordance with Section  2.7 of the  Declaration, the  Trustees shall  have
     the power  to alter, amend  or repeal the  By-Laws or adopt  new By-Laws at
     any  time.   Action by the  Trustees with  respect to the  By-Laws shall be
     taken by an affirmative  vote of a majority of the  Trustees.  The Trustees
     shall  in   no  event  adopt  By-Laws  which   are  in  conflict  with  the
     Declaration.

                      The Declaration  refers to the  Trustees as Trustees,  but
     not as  individuals or  personally; and  no Trustee,  officer, employee  or
     agent of  the Trust  shall be  held to  any personal  liability, nor  shall
     resort  be had  to  their  private property  for  the  satisfaction of  any
     obligation  or claim or  otherwise in  connection with  the affairs  of the
     Trust.



























                                         -5-
<PAGE>





                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO

                            INVESTMENT ADVISORY AGREEMENT


              AGREEMENT made  this 13th day of October, 1992, between California
     Tax  Free Portfolio, a New York trust  (the "Trust"), and Boston Management
     and Research, a Massachusetts business trust (the "Adviser").

              1.      Duties  of the  Adviser.   The  Trust  hereby employs  the
     Adviser to act as investment adviser for  and to manage the investment  and
     reinvestment of  the assets of  the Trust  and to  administer its  affairs,
     subject to  the supervision of  the Trustees of  the Trust, for the  period
     and on the terms set forth in this Agreement.

              The  Adviser hereby  accepts  such employment,  and  undertakes to
     afford  to   the  Trust  the   advice  and  assistance   of  the  Adviser's
     organization in the  choice of investments and in  the purchase and sale of
     securities for the  Trust and to furnish  for the use  of the Trust  office
     space  and all  necessary office  facilities, equipment  and personnel  for
     servicing the  investments of the  Trust and for  administering its affairs
     and to pay the salaries  and fees of all officers and Trustees of the Trust
     who are  members of the  Adviser's organization  and all  personnel of  the
     Adviser   performing  services   relating   to   research  and   investment
     activities.  The  Adviser shall for all purposes herein  be deemed to be an
     independent contractor  and shall, except  as otherwise expressly  provided
     or authorized, have no authority to  act for or represent the Trust in  any
     way or otherwise be deemed an agent of the Trust.

              The  Adviser   shall  provide  the  Trust   with  such  investment
     management  and supervision  as the  Trust may  from time to  time consider
     necessary for  the proper supervision of the  Trust.  As investment adviser
     to the Trust,  the Adviser shall furnish continuously an investment program
     and  shall  determine  from  time   to  time  what  securities   and  other
     investments shall  be acquired, disposed  of or exchanged  and what portion
     of  the Trust's  assets shall  be held  uninvested, subject  always to  the
     applicable  restrictions   of  the  Declaration   of  Trust,  By-Laws   and
     registration statement of  the Trust under  the Investment  Company Act  of
     1940, all as from time to  time amended.  Should the Trustees  of the Trust
     at any  time, however,  make any  specific determination  as to  investment
     policy  for the  Trust  and  notify the  Adviser  thereof in  writing,  the
     Adviser  shall  be bound  by such  determination  for the  period,  if any,
     specified  in   such  notice   or  until   similarly  notified  that   such
     determination has been revoked.  The Adviser  shall take, on behalf of  the
     Trust, all actions which it deems  necessary or desirable to implement  the
     investment policies of the Trust.

              The Adviser shall place  all orders  for the purchase  or sale  of
     portfolio securities for the account of the Trust either directly with  the
     issuer or with brokers or dealers selected by the  Adviser, and to that end
     the Adviser is  authorized as the agent  of the Trust to  give instructions
     to the custodian  of the Trust as  to deliveries of securities  and payment
     of cash for  the account of the Trust.  In connection with the selection of
<PAGE>






     such brokers or  dealers and the placing of  such orders, the Adviser shall
     use  its best efforts  to seek to  execute security  transactions at prices
     which are advantageous  to the Trust  and (when a  disclosed commission  is
     being  charged) at  reasonably competitive commission  rates.  In selecting
     brokers or  dealers qualified to execute  a particular transaction, brokers
     or dealers  may  be  selected  who  also  provide  brokerage  and  research
     services (as those  terms are defined  in Section  28(e) of the  Securities
     Exchange  Act of  1934)  to  the  Adviser  and  the  Adviser  is  expressly
     authorized to  pay any  broker or  dealer who provides  such brokerage  and
     research services a  commission for executing a  security transaction which
     is in  excess of the  amount of commission  another broker or dealer  would
     have charged  for effecting that  transaction if the  Adviser determines in
     good faith that such amount of commission is reasonable in relation to  the
     value of the  brokerage and research  services provided by  such broker  or
     dealer, viewed  in  terms of  either  that  particular transaction  or  the
     overall responsibilities  which the  Adviser and its  affiliates have  with
     respect  to  accounts  over  which  they  exercise  investment  discretion.
     Subject to  the  requirement set  forth  in  the second  sentence  of  this
     paragraph, the  Adviser  is authorized  to  consider, as  a  factor in  the
     selection of any broker or dealer with whom purchase or  sale orders may be
     placed, the fact that  such broker or dealer has sold  or is selling shares
     of any one or  more investment  companies sponsored by  the Adviser or  its
     affiliates  or shares  of  any other  investment  company investing  in the
     Trust.

              2.      Compensation of the  Adviser.  For the  services, payments
     and facilities to be furnished hereunder by the Adviser,  the Adviser shall
     be entitled to  receive from the Trust,  on a daily basis,  compensation is
     an amount equal to the aggregate of:

              (a)     a daily  asset-based fee computed  by applying the  annual
     asset rate applicable to that  portion of the total daily net assets of the
     Trust in each Category as indicated below:

     Category         Daily Net Assets                  Annual Asset Rate

              1       up to $500 million                         0.300%
              2       $500 million but less than $1 billion      0.275%
              3       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      0.250%
              4       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      0.225%
              5       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        0.200%
              6       $3 billion and over                        0.175%, plus

              (b)     a daily  income-based fee computed  by applying the  daily
     income rate applicable to that portion of  the total daily gross income  of
     the Trust  (which portion shall  bear the  same relationship  to the  total
     daily  gross income on  such day  as that  portion of  the total  daily net
     assets of  the Trust  in the  same Category bears  to the  total daily  net
     assets on such day) in each Category as indicated below:




                                          2
<PAGE>







     Category         Daily Net Assets                       Daily Income Rate

              1       up to $500 million                         3.00%
              2       $500 million but less than $1 billion      2.75%
              3       $1 billion but less than $1.5 billion      2.50%
              4       $1.5 billion but less than $2 billion      2.25%
              5       $2 billion but less than $3 billion        2.00%
              6       $3 billion and over                        1.75%, plus


     Such daily  compensation  shall be  paid  monthly in  arrears on  the  last
     business  day of each month.  The Trust's daily net assets and gross income
     shall be computed in accordance with the Declaration  of Trust of the Trust
     and any applicable votes and determinations of the Trustees of the Trust.

              In case of  initiation or termination of the Agreement  during any
     month with  respect to the Trust, the fee  for that month shall be based on
     the number of calendar days during which it is in effect.

              The  Adviser may, from  time to time, waive  all or a  part of the
     above compensation.

              3.      Allocation  of Charges  and Expenses.    It is  understood
     that the Trust will pay all its expenses other than those expressly  stated
     to  be payable  by the  Adviser hereunder,  which expenses  payable by  the
     Trust  shall   include,  without  implied   limitation,  (i)  expenses   of
     maintaining the Trust and  continuing its  existence, (ii) registration  of
     the Trust  under the  Investment Company  Act of  1940, (iii)  commissions,
     fees  and  other  expenses connected  with  the  acquisition,  holding  and
     disposition of securities and other investments,  (iv) auditing, accounting
     and legal expenses, (v) taxes  and interest, (vi) governmental  fees, (vii)
     expenses of  issue, sale and  redemption of Interests in  the Trust, (viii)
     expenses  of registering  and  qualifying the  Trust  and Interests  in the
     Trust under  federal  and  state  securities  laws  and  of  preparing  and
     printing registration statements or other offering  statements or memoranda
     for such purposes and  for distributing the same to Holders  and investors,
     and fees and expenses of  registering and maintaining registrations  of the
     Trust  and the  Trust's  placement agent  as  broker-dealer or  agent under
     state securities  laws, (ix) expenses of reports and notices to Holders and
     of meetings  of Holders and  proxy solicitations therefor,  (x) expenses of
     reports to governmental officers and commissions,  (xi) insurance expenses,
     (xii) association membership dues, (xiii) fees,  expenses and disbursements
     of custodians  and subcustodians for  all services to  the Trust (including
     without limitation safekeeping of funds, securities  and other investments,
     keeping of  books, accounts  and records,  and determination  of net  asset
     values, book  capital account balances and  tax capital  account balances),
     (xiv)  fees,  expenses  and  disbursements  of  transfer  agents,  dividend
     disbursing agents, Holder servicing agents and registrars  for all services
     to the Trust,  (xv) expenses for  servicing the accounts of  Holders, (xvi)
     any  direct charges  to  Holders approved  by  the Trustees  of the  Trust,
     (xvii) compensation  and expenses  of Trustees  of the  Trust  who are  not

                                          3
<PAGE>






     members  of the  Adviser's  organization,  and (xviii)  such  non-recurring
     items  as  may  arise,  including  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with
     litigation,  proceedings and  claims  and the  obligation  of the  Trust to
     indemnify its Trustees, officers and Holders with respect thereto.

              4.      Other  Interests.   It  is  understood that  Trustees  and
     officers of the Trust and Holders  of Interests in the Trust are or may  be
     or become interested  in the Adviser as trustees, shareholders or otherwise
     and that trustees, officers and shareholders of  the Adviser are or may  be
     or become similarly  interested in the Trust,  and that the Adviser  may be
     or  become interested  in the Trust  as Holder  or otherwise.   It  is also
     understood  that trustees,  officers,  employees  and shareholders  of  the
     Adviser  may  be or  become interested  (as directors,  trustees, officers,
     employees,  shareholders  or  otherwise) in  other  companies  or  entities
     (including,  without  limitation, other  investment  companies)  which  the
     Adviser may organize, sponsor  or acquire,  or with which  it may merge  or
     consolidate,  and which  may  include the  words  "Eaton Vance"  or "Boston
     Management and  Research" or any combination thereof as part of their name,
     and that  the Adviser  or its  subsidiaries or  affiliates  may enter  into
     advisory or management  agreements or other contracts or relationships with
     such other companies or entities.

              5.      Limitation of  Liability of the Adviser.   The services of
     the Adviser to the Trust are not to be  deemed to be exclusive, the Adviser
     being  free to  render  services to  others  and engage  in  other business
     activities.   In  the absence  of  willful  misfeasance, bad  faith,  gross
     negligence or reckless  disregard of obligations or duties hereunder on the
     part of the Adviser, the Adviser  shall not be subject to liability to  the
     Trust or to any Holder  of Interests in the  Trust for any act or  omission
     in the course  of, or connected with,  rendering services hereunder  or for
     any  losses  which   may  be  sustained  in  the  acquisition,  holding  or
     disposition of any security or other investment.

              6.      Sub-Investment Advisers.   The Adviser  may employ one  or
     more sub-investment advisers from time to time to  perform such of the acts
     and services of the Adviser,  including the selection of brokers or dealers
     to  execute  the Trust's  portfolio  security transactions,  and  upon such
     terms and  conditions as may  be agreed upon  between the Adviser and  such
     investment adviser and approved by the Trustees of the Trust.

              7.      Duration  and  Termination  of   this  Agreement.     This
     Agreement  shall become  effective  upon the  date  of its  execution, and,
     unless terminated  as  herein provided,  shall  remain  in full  force  and
     effect through  and including February 28, 1994  and shall continue in full
     force and  effect  indefinitely  thereafter,  but  only  so  long  as  such
     continuance  after  February 28,  1994  is specifically  approved  at least
     annually (i)  by  the Board  of  Trustees of  the  Trust or  by  vote of  a
     majority of the outstanding  voting securities of the Trust and (ii) by the
     vote of  a majority of those  Trustees of the Trust  who are not interested
     persons  of the Adviser or the Trust cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such approval.


                                          4
<PAGE>






              Either  party hereto  may, at any time  on sixty  (60) days' prior
     written notice to the other,  terminate this Agreement without  the payment
     of any penalty, by  action of Trustees of the Trust or the  trustees of the
     Adviser,  as the case  may be,  and the  Trust may, at  any time  upon such
     written notice  to  the Adviser,  terminate this  Agreement  by vote  of  a
     majority  of  the  outstanding  voting  securities  of  the  Trust.    This
     Agreement shall terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              8.      Amendments  of  the  Agreement.   This  Agreement  may  be
     amended  by  a writing  signed by  both  parties hereto,  provided  that no
     amendment to  this Agreement shall  be effective until approved  (i) by the
     vote of a  majority of those Trustees  of the Trust who are  not interested
     persons of the Adviser or the Trust  cast in person at a meeting called for
     the purpose of voting on such  approval, and (ii) by vote of a majority  of
     the outstanding voting securities of the Trust.

              9.      Limitation   of   Liability.     The   Adviser   expressly
     acknowledges  the  provision in  the  Declaration  of  Trust  of the  Trust
     (Section  5.2 and 5.6) limiting the personal  liability of the Trustees and
     officers of  the Trust, and  the Adviser hereby  agrees that it shall  have
     recourse to the Trust for payment of  claims or obligations as between  the
     Trust  and the Adviser  arising out  of this  Agreement and shall  not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              10.     Certain   Definitions.     The   terms   "assignment"  and
     "interested persons"  when used herein  shall have the respective  meanings
     specified in  the Investment  Company Act of  1940 as now  in effect  or as
     hereafter amended  subject, however, to  such exemptions as  may be granted
     by the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  by  any rule,  regulation  or
     order.  The term  "vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities"
     shall mean the vote, at a  meeting of Holders, of the lesser of (a)  67 per
     centum or  more of  the Interests in  the Trust  present or represented  by
     proxy  at the  meeting if  the Holders of  more than  50 per  centum of the
     outstanding Interests in the  Trust are present or represented  by proxy at
     the meeting, or  (b) more than 50  per centum of the  outstanding Interests
     in the Trust.  The terms "Holders"  and "Interests" when used herein  shall
     have the respective meanings  specified in the Declaration of Trust  of the
     Trust.

              IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties  hereto have caused this Agreement
     to be executed on the day and year first above written.


     CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO          BOSTON MANAGEMENT AND RESEARCH


     By:  /s/ James B. Hawkes               By:   /s/ Curtis H. Jones      
        _________________________           ____________________________
              President                          Vice President
                                                 and not individually



                                          5
<PAGE>




                              PLACEMENT AGENT AGREEMENT


                                                                     May 3, 1993


     Eaton Vance Distributors, Inc.
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, Massachusetts  02110

     Gentlemen:

              This  is  to  confirm that,  in  consideration  of  the agreements
     hereinafter contained, the undersigned, California Tax  Free Portfolio (the
     "Trust"),  an   open-end  non-diversified   management  investment  company
     registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as  amended (the "1940
     Act"),  organized  as  a  New  York  trust,  has  agreed that  Eaton  Vance
     Distributors, Inc.  ("EVD") shall  be the  placement agent  (the "Placement
     Agent") of Interests in the Trust ("Trust Interests").

              1.  Services as Placement Agent.

              1.1   EVD  will  act as  Placement Agent  of  the Trust  Interests
     covered by  the Trust's  registration statement  then in  effect under  the
     1940 Act.    In  acting  as Placement  Agent  under  this  Placement  Agent
     Agreement, neither EVD nor  its employees or any agents thereof  shall make
     any offer or sale  of Trust Interests in a  manner which would require  the
     Trust Interests  to be  registered  under the  Securities Act  of 1933,  as
     amended (the "1933 Act").

              1.2    All activities  by  EVD  and its  agents  and  employees as
     Placement Agent of Trust Interests  shall comply with all  applicable laws,
     rules  and  regulations,  including,  without  limitation,  all  rules  and
     regulations adopted  pursuant  to  the  1940  Act  by  the  Securities  and
     Exchange Commission (the "Commission"). 

              1.3   Nothing herein  shall be construed  to require  the Trust to
     accept any  offer to purchase  any Trust Interests,  all of which shall  be
     subject to approval by the Board of Trustees.

              1.4   The Portfolio  shall furnish  from time  to time for  use in
     connection with the sale of  Trust Interests such information  with respect
     to the Trust and Trust Interests as EVD may  reasonably request.  The Trust
     shall  also  furnish  EVD  upon  request  with:  (a)  unaudited  semiannual
     statements of  the Trust's books  and accounts  prepared by the  Trust, and
     (b) from time  to time such  additional information  regarding the  Trust's
     financial or regulatory condition as EVD may reasonably request.

              1.5  The Trust represents to EVD that all registration  statements
     filed by the Trust with the  Commission under the 1940 Act with  respect to
     Trust Interests have been prepared  in conformity with the  requirements of
     such statute  and the rules  and regulations of  the Commission thereunder.
     As used in this Agreement the term  "registration statement" shall mean any
     registration  statement  filed  with  the  Commission as  modified  by  any
<PAGE>






                                          2

     amendments thereto  that  at  any  time shall  have  been  filed  with  the
     Commission  by or  on  behalf  of the  Trust.    The Trust  represents  and
     warrants  to   EVD  that  any  registration   statement  will  contain  all
     statements  required to  be  stated therein  in  conformity with  both such
     statute  and  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission;  that  all
     statements of fact  contained in any  registration statement  will be  true
     and  correct in  all  material  respects at  the  time  of filing  of  such
     registration  statement or  amendment  thereto;  and that  no  registration
     statement will include  an untrue statement of  a material fact or  omit to
     state a material  fact required to be  stated therein or necessary  to make
     the statements  therein not misleading  to a purchaser  of Trust Interests.
     The Trust may but shall not be obligated to propose from  time to time such
     amendment  to  any  registration  statement  as  in  the  light  of  future
     developments  may, in the  opinion of the Trust's  counsel, be necessary or
     advisable.    If   the  Trust  shall  not  propose  such  amendment  and/or
     supplement  within fifteen days  after receipt  by the  Trust of  a written
     request from  EVD  to  do  so,  EVD may,  at  its  option,  terminate  this
     Agreement.   The Trust  shall not  file any amendment  to any  registration
     statement  without  giving  EVD  reasonable  notice   thereof  in  advance;
     provided, however,  that nothing contained  in this Agreement  shall in any
     way  limit the  Trust's right  to file  at any  time such  amendment to any
     registration statement  as the Trust  may deem advisable,  such right being
     in all respects absolute and unconditional.

              1.6   The  Trust agrees  to indemnify,  defend and  hold  EVD, its
     several officers and directors, and any person who controls EVD within  the
     meaning of Section 15  of the 1933 Act or Section  20 of the Securities and
     Exchange Act of 1934  (the "1934 Act") (for purposes of this paragraph 1.6,
     collectively,  "Covered Persons")  free and  harmless from  and against any
     and all  claims, demands, liabilities  and expenses (including  the cost of
     investigating  or defending  such claims,  demands  or liabilities  and any
     counsel fees  incurred in  connection therewith) which  any Covered  Person
     may  incur under  the 1933  Act, the  1934  Act, common  law or  otherwise,
     arising  out of  or  based  on any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact
     contained in  any registration statement,  private placement memorandum  or
     other offering  material ("Offering Material")  or arising out  of or based
     on any omission  to state  a material  fact required  to be  stated in  any
     Offering  Material or  necessary  to make  the  statements in  any Offering
     Material not  misleading; provided, however, that  the Trust's agreement to
     indemnify Covered  Persons  shall  not  be  deemed  to  cover  any  claims,
     demands, liabilities or  expenses arising out  of any  financial and  other
     statements as are furnished in writing to the Trust by EVD in its  capacity
     as Placement Agent for use  in the answers to any items of any registration
     statement or  in any statements made  in any Offering  Material, or arising
     out of  or based on  any omission or  alleged omission to state  a material
     fact  in connection  with the  giving of  such information  required to  be
     stated in  such answers  or necessary to  make the answers  not misleading;
     and further provided  that the Trust's  agreement to indemnify EVD  and the
     Trust's  representations and  warranties  hereinbefore  set forth  in  this
     paragraph 1.6 shall not  be deemed to cover  any liability to the  Trust or
     its  investors to  which a  Covered Person  would otherwise  be subject  by
     reason  of  willful misfeasance,  bad  faith  or  gross  negligence in  the
<PAGE>






                                          3

     performance of  its duties,  or by reason  of a  Covered Person's  reckless
     disregard of  its obligations and duties  under this Agreement.   The Trust
     should be  notified of  any action brought  against a Covered  Person, such
     notification to be  given by a writing  addressed to the Trust,  24 Federal
     Street  Boston, Massachusetts 02110,   with  a copy  to the Adviser  of the
     Portfolio, Boston  Management and Research,  at the same address,  promptly
     after  the summons or  other first legal process  shall have  been duly and
     completely served upon  such Covered Person.  The  failure to so notify the
     Trust of  any such action  shall not relieve  the Trust from any  liability
     except to the extent  the Trust shall have been prejudiced by such failure,
     or  from  any liability  that  the Trust  may  have to  the  Covered Person
     against whom such action is brought by reason  of any such untrue statement
     or omission, otherwise than on  account of the Trust's  indemnity agreement
     contained  in this paragraph.   The  Trust will  be entitled to  assume the
     defense  of  any  suit  brought  to  enforce  any  such  claim,  demand  or
     liability, but in such case such defense  shall be conducted by counsel  of
     good standing  chosen by  the Trust  and approved  by  EVD, which  approval
     shall not  be unreasonably  withheld.   In the  event the  Trust elects  to
     assume  the defense of  any such suit and  retain counsel  of good standing
     approved by EVD,  the defendant or defendants  in such suit shall  bear the
     fees and expenses  of any additional counsel  retained by any of  them; but
     in case the Trust does not  elect to assume the defense of any such suit or
     in case EVD reasonably  does not  approve of counsel  chosen by the  Trust,
     the Trust  will reimburse  the Covered  Person named as  defendant in  such
     suit, for the fees and expenses  of any counsel retained by EVD or it.  The
     Trust's  indemnification agreement  contained  in  this paragraph  and  the
     Trust's  representations and  warranties  in  this Agreement  shall  remain
     operative and  in full  force and  effect regardless  of any  investigation
     made by or on behalf of Covered Persons, and shall survive the delivery  of
     any Trust  Interests.  This  agreement of indemnity  will inure exclusively
     to Covered Persons  and their successors.   The Trust agrees to  notify EVD
     promptly of the commencement of  any litigation or proceedings  against the
     Trust or  any of its officers or Trustees in  connection with the issue and
     sale of any Trust Interests.

              1.7   EVD  agrees to  indemnify, defend  and hold  the  Trust, its
     several officers  and  trustees, and  any  person  who controls  the  Trust
     within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or  Section 20 of the 1934
     Act (for  purposes of this paragraph  1.7, collectively, "Covered Persons")
     free  and  harmless  from  and   against  any  and  all   claims,  demands,
     liabilities  and  expenses   (including  the  costs  of   investigating  or
     defending such claims,  demands, liabilities and any counsel  fees incurred
     in connection  therewith) that  Covered Persons  may incur  under the  1933
     Act, the  1934 Act or common law or  otherwise, but only to the extent that
     such liability or expense incurred  by a Covered Person resulting from such
     claims  or demands shall arise  out of or be based  on any untrue statement
     of a material fact contained in information furnished in writing by EVD  in
     its  capacity as Placement Agent to the Trust for use in the answers to any
     of the items  of any  registration statement or  in any  statements in  any
     other Offering Material  or shall arise out of or  be based on any omission
     to state a material  fact in connection with such information  furnished in
     writing by  EVD  to the  Trust required  to be  stated in  such answers  or
<PAGE>






                                          4

     necessary to  make such information not misleading.   EVD shall be notified
     of any  action brought against  a Covered Person,  such notification to  be
     given  by  a  writing  addressed  to  EVD at  24  Federal  Street,  Boston,
     Massachusetts  02110,  promptly after  the  summons  or  other first  legal
     process shall  have  been duly  and  completely  served upon  such  Covered
     Person.  EVD shall have  the right of first  control of the defense of  the
     action with counsel of its own choosing  satisfactory to the Trust if  such
     action is based  solely on such alleged  misstatement or omission on  EVD's
     part, and  in any other event each  Covered Person shall have  the right to
     participate in  the  defense or  preparation  of the  defense of  any  such
     action.  The failure to so notify  EVD of any such action shall not relieve
     EVD from  any liability  except to  the extent  the Trust  shall have  been
     prejudiced by such  failure, or  from any liability  that EVD  may have  to
     Covered  Persons by reason of any  such untrue or alleged untrue statement,
     or  omission  or alleged  omission,  otherwise  than  on  account of  EVD's
     indemnity agreement contained in this paragraph.

              1.8   No Trust  Interests shall  be offered  by either EVD  or the
     Trust under any of  the provisions of this Agreement and  no orders for the
     purchase  or sale  of Trust  Interests hereunder  shall be  accepted by the
     Trust if and so long as the effectiveness  of the registration statement or
     any necessary  amendments  thereto shall  be  suspended  under any  of  the
     provisions  of  the 1933 Act  or  the  1940  Act;  provided, however,  that
     nothing contained in  this paragraph shall in  any way restrict or  have an
     application  to  or bearing  on  the  Trust's  obligation  to redeem  Trust
     Interests from  any  investor in  accordance  with  the provisions  of  the
     Trust's  registration statement  or Declaration of  Trust, as  amended from
     time to time.

              1.9    The  Trust  agrees to  advise  EVD  as  soon  as reasonably
     practical by a notice in writing delivered to EVD or its counsel:

              (a)   of  any request  by  the Commission  for amendments  to  the
     registration statement then in effect or for additional information;

              (b)   in the event of  the issuance by the  Commission of any stop
     order suspending  the effectiveness of  the registration statement then  in
     effect  or the  initiation  by  service of  process  on  the Trust  of  any
     proceeding for that purpose;

              (c)    of  the  happening  of  any  event  that makes  untrue  any
     statement of a  material fact  made in the  registration statement then  in
     effect  or  that requires  the  making  of a  change  in  such registration
     statement in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and

              (d)    of  all  action  of  the  Commission with  respect  to  any
     amendment to  any  registration statement  that may  from time  to time  be
     filed with the Commission.

              For purposes of  this paragraph 1.9, informal requests by  or acts
     of  the Staff of the Commission shall not  be deemed actions of or requests
     by the Commission.
<PAGE>






                                          5

              1.10   EVD agrees on behalf  of itself and its  employees to treat
     confidentially and as  proprietary information of the Trust all records and
     other information not  otherwise publicly  available relative to  the Trust
     and its prior, present or potential investors  and not to use such  records
     and   information  for   any  purpose   other  than   performance   of  its
     responsibilities and duties  hereunder, except after prior  notification to
     and  approval  in  writing  by the  Trust,  which  approval  shall  not  be
     unreasonably withheld and  may not be withheld where  EVD may be exposed to
     civil  or  criminal  contempt  proceedings  for  failure  to  comply,  when
     requested to divulge  such information by duly constituted  authorities, or
     when so requested by the Trust.

              2.  Duration and Termination of this Agreement.

              This  Agreement  shall  become  effective  upon  the date  of  its
     execution, and, unless  terminated as herein provided, shall remain in full
     force and  effect  through  and  including  February  28,  1994  and  shall
     continue in  full force  and effect  indefinitely thereafter,  but only  so
     long as such continuance after  February 28, 1994 is  specifically approved
     at least annually (i) by the  Board of Trustees of the Trust or by  vote of
     a majority of  the outstanding voting securities  of the Trust and  (ii) by
     the  vote of  a  majority  of those  Trustees  of  the  Trust who  are  not
     interested persons of EVD  or the Trust cast in person at  a meeting called
     for the purpose of voting on such approval.

              Either party  hereto may, at any  time on  sixty (60) days'  prior
     written notice to the other,  terminate this agreement without  the payment
     of any  penalty, by action  of Trustees  of the Trust  or the Directors  of
     EVD, as the case may be,  and the Trust may, at any time upon  such written
     notice  to EVD,  terminate this  Agreement by  vote  of a  majority of  the
     outstanding  voting   securities  of  the  Trust.    This  Agreement  shall
     terminate automatically in the event of its assignment.

              3.  Representations and Warranties.

              EVD and  the Trust  each  hereby represents  and warrants  to  the
     other that it  has all requisite authority to  enter into, execute, deliver
     and perform  its obligations under this Agreement and that, with respect to
     it, this  Agreement  is  legal,  valid  and  binding,  and  enforceable  in
     accordance with its terms.

              4.  Limitation of Liability.

              EVD  expressly acknowledges  the provision  in the  Declaration of
     Trust of  the Trust (Sections 5.2 and 5.6)  limiting the personal liability
     of  the Trustees and officers  of the Trust, and EVD  hereby agrees that it
     shall have recourse  to the Trust for  payment of claims or  obligations as
     between the Trust and  EVD arising out of this Agreement and shall not seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

              5.  Certain Definitions.
<PAGE>






                                          6

              The terms  "assignment" and "interested persons"  when used herein
     shall have the  respective meanings specified in the Investment Company Act
     of 1940 as now in effect or as hereafter amended subject, however, to  such
     exemptions as may  be granted by the Securities  and Exchange Commission by
     any  rule,  regulation or  order.   The  term "vote  of a  majority  of the
     outstanding  voting  securities" shall  mean  the  vote,  at  a meeting  of
     Holders, of  the lesser of (a)  67 per centum  or more of  the Interests in
     the Trust present or represented by proxy at the meeting if the  Holders of
     more than  50 per  centum of  the outstanding  Interests in  the Trust  are
     present or  represented by proxy at  the meeting, or  (b) more than  50 per
     centum of the outstanding Interests in the Trust.  The terms "Holders"  and
     "Interests" when  used herein shall have  the respective meanings specified
     in the Declaration of Trust of the Trust.

              6.  Concerning Applicable Provisions of Law, etc.

              This Agreement  shall be subject to  all applicable provisions  of
     law, including the applicable provisions of the 1940  Act and to the extent
     that  any provisions  herein contained  conflict with  any such  applicable
     provisions of law, the latter shall control.

              The laws  of the  Commonwealth of Massachusetts  shall, except  to
     the  extent  that  any  applicable  provisions  of  federal  law  shall  be
     controlling,  govern  the   construction,  validity  and  effect   of  this
     Agreement, without reference to principles of conflicts of law.

              If the contract  set forth herein is acceptable to  you, please so
     indicate by executing  the enclosed copy  of this  Agreement and  returning
     the same  to the undersigned,  whereupon this Agreement  shall constitute a
     binding contract between  the parties hereto  effective at  the closing  of
     business on the date hereof.


                               Yours very truly,

                      CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                  By:  /s/James B. Hawkes      
       
                       ------------------------
                       President

   Accepted:

   EATON VANCE DISTRIBUTORS, INC.

    By:  /s/Wharton P. Whitaker         

         ---------------------
          President
     
<PAGE>











                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO




                                                                     May 3, 1993



     California Tax Free  Portfolio hereby adopts  and agrees to become  a party
     to the  attached Master  Custodian Agreement  between the  Eaton Vance  Hub
     Portfolios and Investors Bank & Trust Company.



                                                CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                                                By /s/James B. Hawkes       
                                                   -------------------------
                                                        President

     Accepted and agreed to:

     INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


     BY: /s/J.M. Keenan
         -----------------------
          Title: Vice President
<PAGE>







                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT

                                       between

                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS

                                         and

                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

     1.       Definitions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1-3

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It  . . . .   3

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to
              Property of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  . . . . . . . . . . .   4

              B.  Delivery of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4-7

              C.  Registration of Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7

              D.  Bank Accounts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8

              E.  Payments for Interests, or Increases in Interests,
                    in the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

              F.  Investment and Availability of Federal Funds . . . . . . .   8

              G.  Collections  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8-9

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10-11

              I.  Liability for Payment in Advance of
                  Receipt of Securities Purchased  . . . . . . . . . . .   11-12

              J.  Payments for Repurchases or Redemptions
                  of Interests of the Trust  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  12

              K.  Appointment of Agents by the Custodian . . . . . . . . . .  12

              L.  Deposit of Trust Portfolio Securities in Securities
                    Systems  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   12-14

              M.  Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper . . . . . . .   15-17

              N.  Segregated Account . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  17

              O.  Ownership Certificates for Tax Purposes  . . . . . . . . .  18

              P.  Proxies  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  18

              Q.  Communications Relating to Trust Portfolio   . . . . . . .  18
                      Securities

              R.  Exercise of Rights; Tender Offers  . . . . . . . . . .   18-19

              S.  Depository Receipts  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  19

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or Time Deposits . . . . . . . . . .  20
<PAGE>






              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign
                    Currency Transactions  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   20-22

              V.  Actions Permitted Without Express Authority  . . . . . . .  22

      4.      Duties of Bank with Respect to Books of Account and
              Calculations of Net Asset Value  . . . . . . . . . . . . .   22-23

      5.      Records and Miscellaneous Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . .   23-24

      6.      Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants  . . . . . .  24

      7.      Compensation and Expenses of Bank  . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  24

      8.      Responsibility of Bank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   24-25

      9.      Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust . . . . . . .   25-26

     10.      Effective Period, Termination and Amendment;
              Successor Custodian  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   26-27

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     12.      Notices  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  27

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust . . . . . . . . . . . .  28
<PAGE>






                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT


              This Agreement is made between  each investment company advised by
     Boston Management  and Research  which has  adopted this  Agreement in  the
     manner  provided herein  and Investors  Bank  & Trust  Company (hereinafter
     called "Bank", "Custodian" and  "Agent"), a trust company established under
     the laws  of Massachusetts with  a principal place  of business  in Boston,
     Massachusetts.

              Whereas,  each such  investment  company is  registered  under the
     Investment Company  Act  of 1940  and  has appointed  the  Bank to  act  as
     Custodian of its  property and to perform  certain duties as its  Agent, as
     more fully hereinafter set forth; and

              Whereas, the  Bank  is  willing  and able  to  act  as  each  such
     investment  company's Custodian  and Agent,  subject to  and in  accordance
     with the provisions hereof;

              Now,  therefore,  in  consideration  of the  premises  and  of the
     mutual  covenants and  agreements herein  contained,  each such  investment
     company and the Bank agree as follows:

     1.       Definitions

              Whenever used in this  Agreement, the following words and phrases,
     unless the context otherwise requires, shall have the following meanings:

              (a) "Trust" shall  mean the  investment company which  has adopted
     this Agreement.

              (b) "Board" shall mean the board of trustees of the Trust.

              (c) "The Depository Trust Company",  a clearing agency  registered
     with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under  Section 17A  of  the
     Securities Exchange  Act of 1934 which acts as  a securities depository and
     which has been  specifically approved as  a securities  depository for  the
     Trust by the Board.

              (d) "Participants  Trust  Company", a  clearing  agency registered
     with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  under  Section 17A  of  the
     Securities Exchange Act of  1934 which acts as a securities  depository and
     which has been  specifically approved as  a securities  depository for  the
     Trust by the Board.

              (e) "Approved Clearing  Agency"  shall  mean  any  other  domestic
     clearing  agency registered  with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission
     under  Section 17A of the  Securities Exchange Act of 1934  which acts as a
     securities depository  but only if  the Custodian has  received a certified
     copy of  a resolution  of the  Board approving  such clearing  agency as  a
     securities depository for the Trust.

              (f) "Federal Book-Entry System"  shall mean the  book-entry system
     referred to in Rule 17f-4(b) under the  Investment Company Act of 1940  for
<PAGE>






     United States and federal agency  securities (i.e., as provided  in Subpart
     O of Treasury Circular  No. 300, 31 CFR 306, Subpart B  of 31 CFR Part 350,
     and the  book-entry regulations  of federal  agencies substantially in  the
     form of Subpart O).

              (g) "Approved Foreign  Securities Depository" shall mean a foreign
     securities depository  or clearing agency  referred to in  Rule 17f-4 under
     the Investment Company Act  of 1940 for foreign securities but only  if the
     Custodian  has received  a certified  copy  of a  resolution  of the  Board
     approving  such depository  or  clearing  agency  as a  foreign  securities
     depository for the Trust.

              (h) "Approved Book-Entry System for  Commercial Paper" shall  mean
     a system  maintained  by  the  Custodian  or  by  a  subcustodian  employed
     pursuant  to Section  2  hereof  for the  holding  of commercial  paper  in
     book-entry form but only if the Custodian has received a certified copy  of
     a resolution of the Board approving the participation  by the Trust in such
     system.

              (i) The  Custodian  shall  be  deemed  to  have  received  "proper
     instructions"  in  respect  of any  of  the  matters  referred to  in  this
     Agreement upon receipt  of written or facsimile instructions signed by such
     one or  more person or persons  as the Board  shall have from  time to time
     authorized  to  give the  particular  class  of  instructions in  question.
     Different  persons may  be authorized  to give  instructions  for different
     purposes.  A certified  copy of a resolution  of the Board may  be received
     and  accepted by the  Custodian as conclusive evidence  of the authority of
     any  such person to act  and may be considered as  in full force and effect
     until receipt of written notice to the contrary.   Such instructions may be
     general or  specific  in terms  and,  where  appropriate, may  be  standing
     instructions.  Unless  the resolution delegating authority to any person or
     persons to give  a particular  class of instructions  specifically requires
     that  the approval  of any  person, persons  or committee  shall first have
     been obtained before the  Custodian may act on instructions  of that class,
     the Custodian  shall be under  no obligation to  question the right of  the
     person or persons giving such  instructions in so doing.  Oral instructions
     will  be  considered  proper  instructions  if   the  Custodian  reasonably
     believes  them to  have been  given by  a  person authorized  to give  such
     instructions with respect  to the transaction  involved.   The Trust  shall
     cause  all  oral instructions  to  be  confirmed  in  writing.   The  Trust
     authorizes the  Custodian to tape  record any and  all telephonic  or other
     oral instructions  given to the Custodian.   Upon receipt of  a certificate
     signed  by two  officers  of  the Trust  as  to  the authorization  by  the
     President and  the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust  accompanied  by  a  detailed
     description  of the communication procedures  approved by the President and
     the  Treasurer  of  the  Trust,  "proper  instructions"  may  also  include
     communications effected  directly between  electromechanical or  electronic
     devices provided  that the  President and  Treasurer of the  Trust and  the
     Custodian are  satisfied that  such procedures  afford adequate  safeguards
     for the  Trust's assets.    In performing  its duties  generally, and  more
     particularly  in  connection  with  the  purchase,  sale  and  exchange  of
     securities made by  or for the Trust, the  Custodian may take cognizance of

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






     the  provisions of the  governing documents  and registration  statement of
     the Trust as the same may from time  to time be in effect (and  resolutions
     or proceedings of  the holders  of interests in  the Trust  or the  Board),
     but,  nevertheless, except  as  otherwise  expressly provided  herein,  the
     Custodian  may assume unless and until  notified in writing to the contrary
     that so-called proper instructions received by it are not in conflict  with
     or in any  way contrary to any  provisions of such governing  documents and
     registration statement,  or resolutions  or proceedings  of the holders  of
     interests in the Trust or the Board.

              (j)   The term "Vote"  when used with respect to  the Board or the
     Holders  of  Interests in  the  Trust  shall  include  a vote,  resolution,
     consent,  proceeding and  other action  taken by  the  Board or  Holders in
     accordance with the Declaration of Trust or By-Laws of the Trust.

     2.       Employment of Custodian and Property to be Held by It

              The  Trust hereby appoints  and employs the Bank  as its Custodian
     and Agent in accordance with and subject to the provisions hereof, and  the
     Bank hereby accepts such  appointment and employment.  The Trust  agrees to
     deliver to the Custodian all securities,  participation interests, cash and
     other  assets  owned  by  it,  and  all  payments of  income,  payments  of
     principal and capital  distributions and  adjustments received  by it  with
     respect to  all securities and  participation interests owned  by the Trust
     from time to time,  and the cash consideration received by it  from time to
     time in  exchange for an interest in  the Trust or for  an increase in such
     an interest.   The Custodian shall not  be responsible for any  property of
     the  Trust  held  by  the Trust  and  not  delivered by  the  Trust  to the
     Custodian.   The Trust will  also deliver  to the  Bank from  time to  time
     copies  of   its  currently  effective   declaration  of  trust,   by-laws,
     registration statement  and placement  agent agreement  with its  placement
     agent, together with such resolutions,  and other proceedings of  the Trust
     as may be  necessary for or convenient  to the Bank  in the performance  of
     its duties hereunder.

              The  Custodian  may   from  time  to  time  employ  one   or  more
     subcustodians  to  perform such  acts  and  services  upon  such terms  and
     conditions as shall be  approved from time to time by the Board.   Any such
     subcustodian so employed by the Custodian shall  be deemed to be the  agent
     of the Custodian,  and the Custodian shall remain primarily responsible for
     the securities,  participation interests, moneys and  other property of the
     Trust held by such  subcustodian.  Any foreign subcustodian shall be a bank
     or trust company which is an eligible foreign  custodian within the meaning
     of Rule  17f-5 under the  Investment Company Act  of 1940, and the  foreign
     custody  arrangements  shall be  approved  by  the Board  and  shall  be in
     accordance with  and subject  to  the provisions  of said  Rule.   For  the
     purposes of  this Agreement,  any property of  the Trust  held by any  such
     subcustodian  (domestic or  foreign) shall  be  deemed to  be  held by  the
     Custodian under the terms of this Agreement.

     3.       Duties of the Custodian with Respect to Property of the    Trust 


                                         -3-
<PAGE>






              A.  Safekeeping and Holding of Property  The Custodian shall  keep
                  safely all  property of the  Trust and on behalf  of the Trust
                  shall from  time to  time receive  delivery of  Trust property
                  for  safekeeping.    The  Custodian shall  hold,  earmark  and
                  segregate  on its  books and  records for  the account  of the
                  Trust  all property  of the  Trust, including  all securities,
                  participation  interests and  other  assets of  the Trust  (1)
                  physically   held  by   the   Custodian,  (2)   held  by   any
                  subcustodian referred to in  Section 2 hereof or by  any agent
                  referred to in Paragraph  K hereof, (3) held by  or maintained
                  in  The  Depository Trust  Company  or  in Participants  Trust
                  Company  or in an Approved  Clearing Agency or  in the Federal
                  Book-Entry  System   or  in  an  Approved  Foreign  Securities
                  Depository, each of  which from  time to time  is referred  to
                  herein   as  a  "Securities  System",  and  (4)  held  by  the
                  Custodian  or by  any subcustodian  referred  to in  Section 2
                  hereof and  maintained in  any Approved Book-Entry  System for
                  Commercial Paper.

              B.  Delivery  of   Securities  The  Custodian  shall  release  and
                  deliver securities  or  participation interests  owned by  the
                  Trust  held (or  deemed  to  be  held)  by  the  Custodian  or
                  maintained in  a Securities System  account or in  an Approved
                  Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial Paper  account  only  upon
                  receipt  of  proper  instructions,  which  may  be  continuing
                  instructions when deemed appropriate  by the parties, and only
                  in the following cases:

                      1)       Upon  sale of  such  securities  or participation
                               interests for the account  of the Trust, but only
                               against  receipt of payment therefor; if delivery
                               is  made  in Boston  or  New  York  City, payment
                               therefor  shall  be  made   in  accordance   with
                               generally accepted clearing  house procedures  or
                               by use of Federal Reserve Wire System procedures;
                               if  delivery is  made elsewhere  payment therefor
                               shall  be  in accordance  with  the then  current
                               "street  delivery" custom  or in  accordance with
                               such procedures agreed to in writing from time to
                               time  by  the  parties  hereto;  if the  sale  is
                               effected through  a Securities  System,  delivery
                               and payment therefor shall be  made in accordance
                               with the provisions of Paragraph L hereof; if the
                               sale  of  commercial  paper  is  to  be  effected
                               through  an   Approved  Book-Entry   System   for
                               Commercial Paper, delivery  and payment  therefor
                               shall be made  in accordance with  the provisions
                               of Paragraph  M hereof; if the  securities are to
                               be sold outside the  United States, delivery  may
                               be made  in accordance with  procedures agreed to
                               in  writing  from time  to  time  by  the parties
                               hereto;  for the  purposes of  this subparagraph,

                                         -4-
<PAGE>






                               the term "sale"  shall include the disposition of
                               a portfolio security (i)  upon the exercise of an
                               option  written by  the Trust  and (ii)  upon the
                               failure  by the  Trust to  make a  successful bid
                               with  respect   to  a   portfolio  security,  the
                               continued holding of which is contingent upon the
                               making of such a bid;

                    2)         Upon the  receipt of payment  in connection  with
                               any repurchase  agreement or  reverse  repurchase
                               agreement relating to such securities and entered
                               into by the Trust;

                    3)         To the depository agent in connection with tender
                               or other similar offers for  portfolio securities
                               of the Trust;

                    4)         To  the issuer  thereof  or its  agent  when such
                               securities or participation interests are called,
                               redeemed, retired  or otherwise  become  payable;
                               provided  that, in  any  such case,  the  cash or
                               other  consideration is  to be  delivered  to the
                               Custodian or any  subcustodian employed  pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof;

                    5)         To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer
                               into  the name of  the Trust or into  the name of
                               any nominee of the Custodian or into the  name or
                               nominee name  of any agent  appointed pursuant to
                               Paragraph K  hereof or  into the name  or nominee
                               name  of  any  subcustodian employed  pursuant to
                               Section 2 hereof; or for exchange for a different
                               number of bonds, certificates  or other  evidence
                               representing  the same  aggregate face  amount or
                               number of units; provided that, in any such case,
                               the new securities or participation interests are
                               to  be   delivered  to  the   Custodian  or   any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                    6)         To the broker selling the same for examination in
                               accordance  with  the  "street  delivery" custom;
                               provided  that  the Custodian  shall  adopt  such
                               procedures as  the Trust from time  to time shall
                               approve  to  ensure their  prompt  return  to the
                               Custodian by  the broker in the  event the broker
                               elects not to accept them;
                    7)         For exchange or  conversion pursuant to any  plan
                               of   merger,   consolidation,   recapitalization,
                               reorganization or readjustment  of the securities
                               of the issuer of  such securities, or pursuant to
                               provisions  for conversion of such securities, or

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






                               pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that,
                               in any such case, the new securities and cash, if
                               any, are to be  delivered to the Custodian or any
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof;

                    8)         In  the  case  of  warrants,  rights  or  similar
                               securities, the surrender  thereof in  connection
                               with  the  exercise of  such warrants,  rights or
                               similar securities,  or the surrender of  interim
                               receipts or temporary  securities for  definitive
                               securities; provided that, in  any such case, the
                               new  securities  and  cash,  if  any, are  to  be
                               delivered  to the  Custodian or  any subcustodian
                               employed pursuant to Section 2 hereof;

                    9)         For  delivery  in connection  with  any  loans of
                               securities made  by the  Trust (such loans  to be
                               made pursuant to the terms of the Trust's current
                               registration statement), but only against receipt
                               of adequate collateral as  agreed upon from  time
                               to time by the Custodian and the Trust, which may
                               be in the form of  cash or obligations issued  by
                               the  United States  government, its  agencies  or
                               instrumentalities; except that in connection with
                               any securities loans  for which collateral  is to
                               be  credited to  the  Custodian's account  in the
                               book-entry   system   authorized   by   the  U.S.
                               Department of Treasury, the Custodian will not be
                               held liable  or responsible for  the delivery  of
                               securities  loaned  by  the  Trust  prior to  the
                               receipt of such collateral;

                    10)        For delivery as  security in connection with  any
                               borrowings  by the  Trust requiring  a pledge  or
                               hypothecation  of assets  by the  Trust  (if then
                               permitted under  circumstances described  in  the
                               current  registration  statement  of  the Trust),
                               provided, that the securities  shall be  released
                               only upon payment to  the Custodian of the monies
                               borrowed, except  that in  cases where additional
                               collateral is  required  to  secure  a  borrowing
                               already  made, further securities may be released
                               for   that  purpose;   upon  receipt   of  proper
                               instructions, the Custodian may pay any such loan
                               upon redelivery  to it of the  securities pledged
                               or  hypothecated therefor  and upon  surrender of
                               the note or notes evidencing the loan;

                    11)        When required for delivery in connection with any
                               redemption or  repurchase of an  interest in  the
                               Trust   in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of

                                         -6-
<PAGE>






                               Paragraph J hereof;

                    12)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any  agreement   between  the  Custodian  (or   a
                               subcustodian  employed  pursuant   to  Section  2
                               hereof) and a broker-dealer registered  under the
                               Securities   Exchange   Act   of  1934   and,  if
                               necessary, the Trust, relating to compliance with
                               the rules of The Options Clearing  Corporation or
                               of any registered  national securities  exchange,
                               or of any  similar organization or organizations,
                               regarding deposit or escrow or other arrangements
                               in  connection with  options transactions  by the
                               Trust;

                    13)        For delivery in accordance with the provisions of
                               any agreement among  the Trust, the Custodian (or
                               a  subcustodian employed  pursuant to  Section  2
                               hereof),  and  a  futures  commissions  merchant,
                               relating to  compliance  with  the rules  of  the
                               Commodity Futures  Trading Commission  and/or  of
                               any  contract market  or commodities  exchange or
                               similar  organization,  regarding futures  margin
                               account deposits or payments  in connection  with
                               futures transactions by the Trust;

                    14)        For  any other proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,  in   addition   to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the  Board  specifying  the   securities  to   be
                               delivered,  setting forth  the purpose  for which
                               such  delivery  is to  be  made,  declaring  such
                               purpose  to  be  proper  corporate  purpose,  and
                               naming the person or  persons to whom delivery of
                               such securities shall be made.

              C.  Registration of  Securities  Securities held  by the Custodian
                  (other than  bearer securities) for  the account of  the Trust
                  shall be  registered in the name  of the Trust or  in the name
                  of any  nominee  of  the  Trust  or  of  any  nominee  of  the
                  Custodian,  or  in  the name  or  nominee  name  of any  agent
                  appointed  pursuant to Paragraph K  hereof, or in  the name or
                  nominee name of any  subcustodian employed pursuant to Section
                  2 hereof,  or in the  name or nominee  name of  The Depository
                  Trust  Company  or  Participants  Trust  Company  or  Approved
                  Clearing Agency  or  Federal  Book-Entry  System  or  Approved
                  Book-Entry  System   for  Commercial  Paper;   provided,  that
                  securities are held in an account  of the Custodian or of such
                  agent or of  such subcustodian containing  only assets of  the
                  Trust or  only assets held by  the Custodian or such  agent or
                  such subcustodian  as  a custodian  or  subcustodian or  in  a
                  fiduciary  capacity  for  customers.    All  certificates  for

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






                  securities accepted  by  the Custodian  or any  such agent  or
                  subcustodian  on behalf of the  Trust shall be  in "street" or
                  other good delivery form  or shall be returned to  the selling
                  broker or dealer who shall be advised of the reason thereof.

              D.  Bank Accounts    The  Custodian  shall  open  and  maintain  a
                  separate  bank account or accounts  in the name  of the Trust,
                  subject  only to  draft or  order by  the Custodian  acting in
                  pursuant to the  terms of  this Agreement, and  shall hold  in
                  such account  or accounts,  subject to the  provisions hereof,
                  all cash received  by it from or for the  account of the Trust
                  other  than cash  maintained by  the Trust  in a  bank account
                  established and used in  accordance with Rule 17f-3  under the
                  Investment Company Act of  1940.  Funds held by  the Custodian
                  for  the  Trust may  be  deposited  by  it  to its  credit  as
                  Custodian in  the Banking  Department of  the Custodian or  in
                  such  other banks or trust  companies as the  Custodian may in
                  its   discretion  deem   necessary  or   desirable;  provided,
                  however,  that  every such  bank  or  trust company  shall  be
                  qualified to act as  a custodian under the Investment  Company
                  Act of 1940 and that  each such bank or trust company  and the
                  funds to be  deposited with  each such bank  or trust  company
                  shall be approved  in writing  by two officers  of the  Trust.
                  Such  funds  shall  be  deposited  by  the  Custodian  in  its
                  capacity as Custodian  and shall be subject to withdrawal only
                  by the Custodian in that capacity.

              E.  Payments  for Interests,  or  Increases in  Interests, in  the
                  Trust  The Custodian  shall make appropriate arrangements with
                  the Transfer Agent  of the  Trust to enable  the Custodian  to
                  make  certain   it  promptly   receives  the  cash   or  other
                  consideration due  to the Trust  for payment  of interests  in
                  the  Trust, or increases in such interests, in accordance with
                  the  governing  documents  and registration  statement  of the
                  Trust.  The Custodian will  provide prompt notification to the
                  Trust of any receipt by it of such payments.

              F.  Investment and  Availability of Federal Funds   Upon agreement
                  between  the Trust  and  the Custodian,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon  the  receipt  of   proper  instructions,  which  may  be
                  continuing  instructions   when  deemed  appropriate   by  the
                  parties, invest in  such securities and instruments as  may be
                  set forth in  such instructions  on the same  day as  received
                  all federal  funds received after  a time agreed  upon between
                  the Custodian and the Trust.

              G.  Collections   The Custodian shall promptly  collect all income
                  and other payments with  respect to registered securities held
                  hereunder to which the  Trust shall be entitled either  by law
                  or pursuant  to custom in  the securities business,  and shall
                  promptly collect  all income  and other payments  with respect
                  to  bearer  securities  if, on  the  date  of  payment by  the

                                         -8-
<PAGE>






                  issuer,  such securities  are held by  the Custodian  or agent
                  thereof  and shall  credit such  income, as collected,  to the
                  Trust's custodian account.  The  Custodian shall do all things
                  necessary  and   proper  in   connection   with  such   prompt
                  collections  and,  without  limiting  the  generality  of  the
                  foregoing, the  Custodian shall

                    1)         Present for payment  all coupons and other income
                               items requiring presentations;

                    2)         Present  for  payment  all  securities which  may
                               mature  or  be  called,   redeemed,  retired   or
                               otherwise become payable;

                    3)         Endorse and  deposit for collection,  in the name
                               of the Trust, checks, drafts or  other negotiable
                               instruments;

                    4)         Credit  income  from  securities maintained  in a
                               Securities  System or  in an  Approved Book-Entry
                               System  for Commercial  Paper at  the time  funds
                               become available to the Custodian; in the case of
                               securities  maintained  in  The  Depository Trust
                               Company funds  shall be  deemed available  to the
                               Trust not  later than the opening  of business on
                               the first  business  day after  receipt  of  such
                               funds by the Custodian.

                    The Custodian shall notify the Trust  as soon as  reasonably
                    practicable  whenever income  due  on any  security  is not
                    promptly  collected.   In  any case  in which  the Custodian
                    does not  receive any  due and  unpaid income  after it  has
                    made demand for  the same,  it shall  immediately so  notify
                    the  Trust  in  writing,  enclosing  copies  of  any demand
                    letter, any written  response thereto, and memoranda of  all
                    oral responses thereto and to telephonic demands, and await
                    instructions from the Trust;  the Custodian shall in no case
                    have  any  liability  for  any  nonpayment  of  such income
                    provided the Custodian meets the standard of care set  forth
                    in Section 8 hereof.  The  Custodian shall not be  obligated
                    to  take  legal  action  for  collection  unless  and until
                    reasonably indemnified to its satisfaction.

                    The  Custodian shall  also  receive and  collect  all stock
                    dividends, rights  and other items  of like nature, and deal
                    with  the  same  pursuant to  proper  instructions relative
                    thereto.

              H.  Payment of Trust Monies  Upon  receipt of proper instructions,
                  which may  be continuing instructions when  deemed appropriate
                  by  the parties,  the Custodian  shall pay  out monies  of the
                  Trust in the following cases only:

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






                    1)         Upon the  purchase of  securities,  participation
                               interests,  options,  futures contracts,  forward
                               contracts  and  options   on  futures   contracts
                               purchased for  the account of the  Trust but only
                               (a) against the receipt of

                               (i)  such  securities  registered as  provided in
                               Paragraph C hereof or in proper form for transfer
                               or

                               (ii) detailed  instructions signed  by an officer
                               of   the   Trust   regarding   the  participation
                               interests to be purchased or

                               (iii)written confirmation of the purchase  by the
                               Trust  of the options, futures contracts, forward
                               contracts or options  on futures contracts by the
                               Custodian (or by a subcustodian employed pursuant
                               to Section 2 hereof  or by a clearing corporation
                               of a  national securities  exchange of which  the
                               Custodian  is a  member or  by any  bank, banking
                               institution  or trust  company doing  business in
                               the United  States or abroad  which is  qualified
                               under the  Investment Company Act of  1940 to act
                               as a  custodian and which has  been designated by
                               the Custodian as its agent for this purpose or by
                               the  agent   specifically  designated   in   such
                               instructions  as representing the purchasers of a
                               new issue of privately placed securities); (b) in
                               the  case  of  a  purchase  effected   through  a
                               Securities System, upon receipt of the securities
                               by the  Securities System in accordance  with the
                               conditions set forth  in Paragraph L  hereof; (c)
                               in  the case  of a  purchase of  commercial paper
                               effected through  an Approved  Book-Entry  System
                               for Commercial  Paper, upon receipt  of the paper
                               by  the Custodian  or subcustodian  in accordance
                               with  the  conditions set  forth  in  Paragraph M
                               hereof; (d) in the case of repurchase  agreements
                               entered into between  the Trust and  another bank
                               or  a  broker-dealer,   against  receipt  by  the
                               Custodian  of  the   securities  underlying   the
                               repurchase agreement either  in certificate  form
                               or  through an  entry  crediting  the Custodian's
                               segregated,   non-proprietary   account  at   the
                               Federal   Reserve  Bank   of  Boston   with  such
                               securities  along with  written  evidence  of the
                               agreement  by  the  bank   or  broker-dealer   to
                               repurchase such securities from the Trust; or (e)
                               with respect  to securities  purchased outside of
                               the  United States,  in accordance  with  written
                               procedures agreed to from time to time in writing

                                         -10-
<PAGE>






                               by the parties hereto;

                      2)       When required in connection with  the conversion,
                               exchange or surrender of securities owned by  the
                               Trust as set forth in Paragraph B hereof;

                      3)       When required for the reduction  or redemption of
                               an interest  in the Trust in  accordance with the
                               provisions of Paragraph J hereof;

                      4)       For  the  payment of  any  expense  or  liability
                               incurred by the Trust,  including but not limited
                               to the following payments  for the account of the
                               Trust:      advisory   fees,   interest,   taxes,
                               management compensation and expenses, accounting,
                               transfer   agent  and   legal  fees,   and  other
                               operating expenses  of the  Trust whether  or not
                               such  expenses  are  to   be  in  whole  or  part
                               capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

                      5)       For  distributions  or  payment  to   Holders  of
                               Interest in the Trust; and

                      6)       For any other  proper corporate purpose, but only
                               upon   receipt   of,  in   addition   to   proper
                               instructions, a certified copy of a resolution of
                               the Board, specifying the amount of such payment,
                               setting forth the purpose for  which such payment
                               is  to be  made, declaring  such purpose to  be a
                               proper corporate purpose, and  naming the  person
                               or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

              I.  Liability  for Payment  in  Advance of  Receipt of  Securities
                  Purchased   In any and  every case where  payment for purchase
                  of securities  for the  account of  the Trust is  made by  the
                  Custodian in  advance of  receipt of the  securities purchased
                  in the absence of specific written instructions signed by  two
                  officers  of the  Trust to  so pay  in advance,  the Custodian
                  shall be  absolutely liable to  the Trust for  such securities
                  to the same  extent as if the securities had  been received by
                  the  Custodian;  except  that  in  the  case  of a  repurchase
                  agreement entered  into by the  Trust with  a bank which  is a
                  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve System,  the  Custodian  may
                  transfer  trusts  to the  account of  such  bank prior  to the
                  receipt of (i) the securities  in certificate form subject  to
                  such repurchase  agreement or  (ii) written evidence  that the
                  securities  subject  to such  repurchase  agreement  have been
                  transferred  by book-entry  into a  segregated non-proprietary
                  account of  the Custodian maintained with  the Federal Reserve
                  Bank  of Boston  or  (iii) the  safekeeping receipt,  provided
                  that such  securities  have in  fact  been so  transferred  by
                  book-entry and  the written  repurchase agreement  is received

                                         -11-
<PAGE>






                  by  the  Custodian  in due  course;  and  except  that if  the
                  securities  are to  be  purchased outside  the United  States,
                  payment may  be made in  accordance with procedures  agreed to
                  in writing from time to time by the parties hereto.

              J.  Payments for  Repurchases or  Redemptions of Interests  in the
                  Trust   From such  funds as may be  available for the purpose,
                  but subject  to any  applicable resolutions  of the  Board and
                  the  current procedures  of  the Trust,  the Custodian  shall,
                  upon receipt of  written instructions from  the Trust or  from
                  the  Trust's  Transfer  Agent,  make  funds  and/or  portfolio
                  securities  available for  payment to  Holders of  Interest in
                  the Trust  who have caused the amount of their interests to be
                  reduced, or for their interest to be redeemed.

              K.  Appointment of Agents by  the Custodian  The Custodian  may at
                  any time  or times in its  discretion appoint (and may  at any
                  time  remove) any other  bank or trust  company (provided such
                  bank  or   trust  company   is  itself  qualified   under  the
                  Investment Company  Act of 1940  to act  as a custodian  or is
                  itself  an eligible  foreign custodian  within the  meaning of
                  Rule  17f-5 under said Act)  as the agent of  the Custodian to
                  carry  out such of the  duties and functions  of the Custodian
                  described in  this Section 3 as the Custodian may from time to
                  time direct;  provided, however,  that the appointment  of any
                  such  agent  shall not  relieve the  Custodian  of any  of its
                  responsibilities or  liabilities hereunder, and as between the
                  Trust  and   the  Custodian  the  Custodian   shall  be  fully
                  responsible for  the acts  and  omissions of  any such  agent.
                  For  the purposes of this Agreement, any property of the Trust
                  held  by any  such agent  shall be  deemed to  be held  by the
                  Custodian hereunder.

              L.  Deposit of  Trust Portfolio  Securities in Securities  Systems
                  The Custodian may deposit  and/or maintain securities owned by
                  the Trust

                      (1)      in The Depository Trust Company;

                      (2)      in Participants Trust Company;

                      (3)      in any other Approved Clearing Agency;

                      (4)      in the Federal Book-Entry System; or

                      (5)      in an Approved Foreign Securities Depository
                    in  each case  only in  accordance with  applicable Federal
                    Reserve  Board and Securities and  Exchange Commission rules
                    and  regulations, and at  all times subject to the following
                    provisions:

                    (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through  one or

                                         -12-
<PAGE>






                    more  subcustodians  employed pursuant  to  Section  2 keep
                    securities  of the  Trust in  a Securities  System provided
                    that  such securities  are maintained  in a  non-proprietary
                    account ("Account")  of the  Custodian or  such subcustodian
                    in the Securities  System which shall not include any assets
                    of the  Custodian or such  subcustodian or  any other person
                    other   than  assets   held  by   the  Custodian   or  such
                    subcustodian  as a  fiduciary, custodian,  or otherwise  for
                    its customers.

                    (b)    The  records  of  the   Custodian  with  respect   to
                    securities  of   the  Trust  which   are  maintained  in  a
                    Securities   System  shall  identify  by  book-entry  those
                    securities belonging to  the Trust, and the Custodian  shall
                    be  fully  and  completely  responsible  for  maintaining  a
                    recordkeeping  system capable  of accurately  and currently
                    stating  the  Trust's  holdings  maintained  in  each   such
                    Securities System.

                      (c)  The Custodian shall  pay for securities purchased  in
                      book-entry form  for the  account of  the Trust only  upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System that such  securities have been transferred  to the
                      Account, and (ii) the making  of any entry on  the records
                      of the Custodian to  reflect such payment and transfer for
                      the account  of the Trust.   The Custodian shall  transfer
                      securities sold  for the  account of  the Trust  only upon
                      (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  from  the  Securities
                      System  that   payment  for   such  securities  has   been
                      transferred  to the  Account, and  (ii) the  making of  an
                      entry  on  the records  of the  Custodian to  reflect such
                      transfer and payment for the account of the Trust.  Copies
                      of  all notices or advices  from the  Securities System of
                      transfers  of securities  for  the  account of  the  Trust
                      shall identify the  Trust, be maintained for the  Trust by
                      the Custodian  and be  promptly provided  to the  Trust at
                      its  request.  The  Custodian shall  promptly send  to the
                      Trust  confirmation  of  each  transfer  to  or  from  the
                      account of the  Trust in the  form of a written  advice or
                      notice of each such transaction, and shall  furnish to the
                      Trust copies of daily  transaction sheets reflecting  each
                      day's  transactions  in  the  Securities  System  for  the
                      account of the Trust on the next business day.

                      (d)   The Custodian shall  promptly send to  the Trust any
                      report or other communication received or  obtained by the
                      Custodian relating  to the Securities System's  accounting
                      system,  system   of  internal   accounting  controls   or
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  the
                      Securities System;  the Custodian  shall promptly send  to
                      the Trust  any report or  other communication relating  to
                      the   Custodian's   internal   accounting   controls   and

                                         -13-
<PAGE>






                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities  System; and  the  Custodian shall  ensure that
                      any agent appointed pursuant to Paragraph  K hereof or any
                      subcustodian employed pursuant  to Section 2  hereof shall
                      promptly send  to  the  Trust  and to  the  Custodian  any
                      report or other communication relating to  such agent's or
                      subcustodian's    internal   accounting    controls    and
                      procedures for  safeguarding securities  deposited in  any
                      Securities System.    The  Custodian's books  and  records
                      relating to  the Trust's participation in  each Securities
                      System will at  all times during regular business hours be
                      open   to  the   inspection  of   the  Trust's  authorized
                      officers, employees or agents.

                      (e)   The Custodian shall  not act under  this Paragraph L
                      in the absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer
                      of the  Trust that  the Board  has approved  the use  of a
                      particular Securities  System;  the Custodian  shall  also
                      obtain  appropriate  assurance from  the  officers of  the
                      Trust that the  Board has annually reviewed  the continued
                      use by the  Trust of each Securities System, and the Trust
                      shall  promptly  notify  the Custodian  if  the  use of  a
                      Securities System  is to be  discontinued; at the  request
                      of the Trust,  the Custodian will terminate the use of any
                      such Securities System as promptly as practicable.

                      (f)     Anything  to  the   contrary  in  this   Agreement
                      notwithstanding,  the  Custodian  shall be  liable  to the
                      Trust for any loss or  damage to the Trust  resulting from
                      use of the Securities System by  reason of any negligence,
                      misfeasance or misconduct of  the Custodian or any of  its
                      agents  or  subcustodians  or  of  any  of  its  or  their
                      employees  or from  any failure  of  the Custodian  or any
                      such  agent or  subcustodian to  enforce  effectively such
                      rights as  it may  have against  the Securities System  or
                      any other person; at the  election of the Trust,  it shall
                      be  entitled  to  be  subrogated  to  the  rights  of  the
                      Custodian   with  respect   to  any   claim  against   the
                      Securities System or any other person  which the Custodian
                      may  have as a consequence  of any such  loss or damage if
                      and  to the extent that the Trust  has not been made whole
                      for any such loss or damage.

              M.    Deposit of Trust Commercial Paper in an Approved Book-Entry
                    System  for  Commercial  Paper    Upon  receipt  of  proper
                    instructions  with respect  to each  issue of  direct issue
                    commercial paper purchased  by the Trust, the Custodian  may
                    deposit and/or maintain direct issue commercial paper owned
                    by  the  Trust   in  any  Approved  Book-Entry  System  for
                    Commercial  Paper, in  each  case only  in  accordance with
                    applicable  Securities  and   Exchange  Commission   rules,
                    regulations, and no-action correspondence, and at all times

                                         -14-
<PAGE>






                    subject to the following provisions:

                      (a)  The  Custodian may (either directly or through one or
                      more  subcustodians employed pursuant  to Section  2) keep
                      commercial paper  of the Trust  in an Approved  Book-Entry
                      System for Commercial  Paper, provided that such  paper is
                      issued   in  book   entry  form   by   the  Custodian   or
                      subcustodian  on  behalf  of  an  issuer  with  which  the
                      Custodian or subcustodian  has entered  into a  book-entry
                      agreement  and   provided  further  that  such   paper  is
                      maintained  in a  non-proprietary  account ("Account")  of
                      the  Custodian  or   such  subcustodian  in  an   Approved
                      Book-Entry  System for  Commercial Paper  which  shall not
                      include any assets  of the Custodian or  such subcustodian
                      or  any  other  person  other  than  assets  held  by  the
                      Custodian  or such subcustodian as a fiduciary, custodian,
                      or otherwise for its customers.

                      (b)    The  records  of  the  Custodian  with  respect  to
                      commercial paper  of the Trust which  is maintained  in an
                      Approved  Book-Entry  System  for  Commercial Paper  shall
                      identify by  book-entry each specific issue  of commercial
                      paper  purchased by  the  Trust which  is included  in the
                      Securities System  and shall at  all times during  regular
                      business  hours  be  open  for  inspection  by  authorized
                      officers,  employees  or   agents  of  the  Trust.     The
                      Custodian shall  be fully and  completely responsible  for
                      maintaining a recordkeeping system  capable of  accurately
                      and currently  stating the Trust's holdings  of commercial
                      paper maintained in each such System.

                      (c)    The  Custodian  shall  pay   for  commercial  paper
                      purchased in  book-entry form for the account of the Trust
                      only upon contemporaneous (i) receipt of  notice or advice
                      from the issuer  that such paper has been issued, sold and
                      transferred to  the  Account, and  (ii) the  making of  an
                      entry on  the records  of  the Custodian  to reflect  such
                      purchase,  payment and  transfer for  the  account of  the
                      Trust.    The  Custodian  shall  transfer  such commercial
                      paper which is sold or cancel such  commercial paper which
                      is  redeemed  for  the  account  of  the Trust  only  upon
                      contemporaneous  (i)  receipt  of  notice or  advice  that
                      payment  for  such  paper  has  been  transferred  to  the
                      Account, and  (ii) the making  of an entry  on the records
                      of the  Custodian to reflect  such transfer or  redemption
                      and payment  for the account  of the Trust.  Copies of all
                      notices,  advices   and  confirmations  of  transfers   of
                      commercial  paper  for  the account  of  the  Trust  shall
                      identify  the Trust,  be maintained  for the  Trust by the
                      Custodian and be  promptly provided  to the  Trust at  its
                      request.  The Custodian  shall promptly send to  the Trust
                      confirmation of each  transfer to or from  the account  of

                                         -15-
<PAGE>






                      the Trust  in the form  of a  written advice or  notice of
                      each  such transaction,  and shall  furnish  to the  Trust
                      copies of  daily transaction sheets reflecting  each day's
                      transactions  in the  System for the  account of the Trust
                      on the next business day.

                    (d)   The Custodian  shall promptly  send to  the Trust  any
                    report or  other communication received  or obtained by the
                    Custodian  relating to  each  System's  accounting  system,
                    system  of internal  accounting controls  or procedures  for
                    safeguarding commercial paper deposited  in the System;  the
                    Custodian shall  promptly send  to the Trust  any report  or
                    other  communication relating  to the  Custodian's internal
                    accounting  controls   and  procedures   for   safeguarding
                    commercial  paper  deposited  in  any  Approved  Book-Entry
                    System for Commercial Paper; and the Custodian shall ensure
                    that any agent  appointed pursuant to Paragraph K hereof  or
                    any  subcustodian  employed  pursuant to  Section  2 hereof
                    shall promptly send  to the Trust and to the  Custodian any
                    report or  other communication relating  to such agent's or
                    subcustodian's  internal accounting  controls and procedures
                    for  safeguarding  securities  deposited  in  any  Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

                    (e)   The Custodian shall not act under this  Paragraph M in
                    the  absence of receipt  of a certificate of  an officer of
                    the  Trust  that  the  Board  has approved  the  use  of  a
                    particular Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper;
                    the Custodian shall  also obtain appropriate assurance  from
                    the  officers of  the  Trust  that the  Board  has  annually
                    reviewed  the continued  use by  the Trust of  each Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper, and the Trust shall
                    promptly  notify the  Custodian if  the  use of  an Approved
                    Book-Entry  System   for   Commercial   Paper  is   to   be
                    discontinued; at  the request  of the  Trust, the Custodian
                    will  terminate the use  of any such System  as promptly as
                    practicable.

                    (f)    The  Custodian  (or  subcustodian,  if  the Approved
                    Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper is maintained by the
                    subcustodian)  shall  issue  physical  commercial  paper or
                    promissory notes  whenever requested to  do so  by the Trust
                    or  in  the  event of  an  electronic  system  failure which
                    impedes  issuance,  transfer  or  custody  of  direct  issue
                    commercial paper by book-entry.

                    (g)     Anything   to  the   contrary  in   this  Agreement
                    notwithstanding, the Custodian shall be liable to the Trust
                    for any  loss or damage  to the Trust resulting  from use of
                    any  Approved  Book-Entry System  for  Commercial  Paper by
                    reason of any  negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of  the
                    Custodian or any  of its agents or subcustodians or  of any

                                         -16-
<PAGE>






                    of  its or  their  employees  or from  any failure  of  the
                    Custodian  or any  such  agent or  subcustodian  to enforce
                    effectively such rights  as it may have against the  System,
                    the issuer of the commercial paper  or any other person;  at
                    the election  of  the Trust,  it  shall  be entitled  to  be
                    subrogated to  the rights of  the Custodian  with respect to
                    any  claim against the System, the issuer  of the commercial
                    paper or any other person which the Custodian  may have as a
                    consequence of any such loss or damage if and to the  extent
                    that the Trust has not been made whole for any such loss or
                    damage.

              N.  Segregated  Account    The  Custodian shall  upon  receipt  of
                  proper  instructions  establish   and  maintain  a  segregated
                  account  or  accounts for  and on  behalf  of the  Trust, into
                  which  account  or accounts  may  be  transferred cash  and/or
                  securities, including  securities maintained in an  account by
                  the  Custodian   pursuant  to  Paragraph  L   hereof,  (i)  in
                  accordance  with the  provisions  of any  agreement among  the
                  Trust, the Custodian and  any registered broker-dealer (or any
                  futures commission merchant), relating to compliance  with the
                  rules  of   the  Options  Clearing  Corporation   and  of  any
                  registered national  securities exchange (or  of the Commodity
                  Futures  Trading  Commission  or  of any  contract  market  or
                  commodities exchange),  or  of  any  similar  organization  or
                  organizations,   regarding   escrow   or  deposit   or   other
                  arrangements  in connection  with transactions  by  the Trust,
                  (ii)  for  purposes of  segregating  cash  or U.S.  Government
                  securities  in connection  with  options   purchased, sold  or
                  written by the  Trust or futures contracts  or options thereon
                  purchased  or sold  by the  Trust, (iii)  for the  purposes of
                  compliance  by  the  Trust  with the  procedures  required  by
                  Investment Company  Act Release  No. 10666, or  any subsequent
                  release or releases of  the Securities and Exchange Commission
                  relating   to  the  maintenance   of  segregated  accounts  by
                  registered  investment companies  and  (iv)  for other  proper
                  purposes, but only, in  the case of clause (iv),  upon receipt
                  of, in  addition to proper instructions,  a certificate signed
                  by two officers of  the Trust, setting forth the  purpose such
                  segregated account and declaring  such purpose to be  a proper
                  purpose.

              O.  Ownership Certificates  for Tax Purposes   The Custodian shall
                  execute ownership  and other certificates  and affidavits  for
                  all federal and state tax purposes in  connection with receipt
                  of  income or other payments with respect to securities of the
                  Trust  held   by  it  and  in  connection  with  transfers  of
                  securities.

              P.  Proxies   The Custodian shall, with  respect to the securities
                  held  by it hereunder, cause  to be promptly  delivered to the
                  Trust all forms  of proxies  and all notices  of meetings  and

                                         -17-
<PAGE>






                  any   other  notices   or  announcements   or  other   written
                  information affecting or relating  to the securities, and upon
                  receipt of  proper instructions  shall execute and  deliver or
                  cause  its  nominee to  execute  and deliver  such  proxies or
                  other  authorizations  as   may  be   required.  Neither   the
                  Custodian   nor  its  nominee  shall  vote  upon  any  of  the
                  securities  or execute any proxy  to vote thereon  or give any
                  consent or take any other  action with respect thereto (except
                  as otherwise  herein  provided) unless  ordered  to do  so  by
                  proper instructions.

              Q.  Communications  Relating  to Trust  Portfolio Securities   The
                  Custodian  shall deliver  promptly  to the  Trust all  written
                  information (including,  without limitation, pendency  of call
                  and maturities  of securities and participation  interests and
                  expirations of  rights in connection therewith  and notices of
                  exercise of call and put options written by the Trust  and the
                  maturity of futures contracts purchased or sold  by the Trust)
                  received  by  the Custodian  from  issuers  and other  persons
                  relating to the securities  and participation interests  being
                  held  for the  Trust.   With  respect  to tender  or  exchange
                  offers, the Custodian shall deliver promptly  to the Trust all
                  written  information received  by  the Custodian  from issuers
                  and   other   persons   relating   to   the   securities   and
                  participation interests  whose tender  or  exchange is  sought
                  and  from the  party  (or his  agents)  making the  tender  or
                  exchange offer.

              R.  Exercise  of  Rights; Tender  Offers   In  the case  of tender
                  offers,  similar   offers  to  purchase   or  exercise  rights
                  (including,   without  limitation,   pendency  of   calls  and
                  maturities  of  securities  and  participation  interests  and
                  expirations of  rights in connection therewith  and notices of
                  exercise of call and  put options and the maturity  of futures
                  contracts)   affecting   or   relating   to   securities   and
                  participation  interests  held  by the  Custodian  under  this
                  Agreement,  the  Custodian   shall  have  responsibility   for
                  promptly notifying  the Trust of all such offers in accordance
                  with  the standard of reasonable  care set forth  in Section 8
                  hereof.   For  all  such offers  for  which the  Custodian  is
                  responsible  as provided in this Paragraph  R, the Trust shall
                  have  responsibility  for  providing  the  Custodian with  all
                  necessary  instructions in  timely fashion.   Upon  receipt of
                  proper  instructions, the  Custodian  shall timely  deliver to
                  the  issuer or  trustee thereof,  or to  the agent  of either,
                  warrants, puts,  calls, rights  or similar securities  for the
                  purpose  of  being  exercised  or  sold  upon  proper  receipt
                  therefor and  upon receipt  of assurances satisfactory  to the
                  Custodian that the new  securities and cash, if  any, acquired
                  by such action  are to be  delivered to the  Custodian or  any
                  subcustodian  employed pursuant  to  Section 2  hereof.   Upon
                  receipt  of proper  instructions, the  Custodian shall  timely

                                         -18-
<PAGE>






                  deposit securities upon invitations  for tenders of securities
                  upon proper  receipt therefor  and upon receipt  of assurances
                  satisfactory  to the  Custodian that  the consideration  to be
                  paid  or  delivered  or  the  tendered securities  are  to  be
                  returned to the  Custodian or  subcustodian employed  pursuant
                  to  Section 2 hereof.   Notwithstanding any  provision of this
                  Agreement  to  the  contrary,  the Custodian  shall  take  all
                  necessary action,  unless otherwise  directed to  the contrary
                  by proper  instructions,  to  comply with  the  terms  of  all
                  mandatory   or   compulsory    exchanges,   calls,    tenders,
                  redemptions,  or  similar rights  of  security ownership,  and
                  shall thereafter promptly notify the  Trust in writing of such
                  action.

              S.  Depository  Receipts   The  Custodian shall,  upon receipt  of
                  proper  instructions, surrender  or  cause to  be  surrendered
                  foreign  securities to  the depository  used by  an  issuer of
                  American  Depository  Receipts  or   International  Depository
                  Receipts (hereinafter collectively referred to  as "ADRs") for
                  such   securities,   against   a  written   receipt   therefor
                  adequately describing  such  securities and  written  evidence
                  satisfactory  to   the  Custodian  that  the   depository  has
                  acknowledged receipt of instructions  to issue with respect to
                  such securities in the  name of a nominee of the  Custodian or
                  in  the  name or  nominee  name of  any  subcustodian employed
                  pursuant to  Section 2 hereof,  for delivery to  the Custodian
                  or  such subcustodian at such  place as the  Custodian or such
                  subcustodian may  from time  to time designate.  The Custodian
                  shall, upon receipt of  proper instructions, surrender ADRs to
                  the  issuer   thereof  against  a   written  receipt  therefor
                  adequately  describing  the   ADRs  surrendered  and   written
                  evidence satisfactory to the Custodian that the issuer  of the
                  ADRs  has acknowledged  receipt of  instructions to  cause its
                  depository to  deliver the securities underlying  such ADRs to
                  the  Custodian  or  to  a subcustodian  employed  pursuant  to
                  Section 2 hereof.

              T.  Interest Bearing Call or  Time Deposits  The Custodian  shall,
                  upon  receipt of  proper instructions, place  interest bearing
                  fixed term and  call deposits with  the banking department  of
                  such  banking institution  (other than  the Custodian)  and in
                  such  amounts as  the Trust  may designate.   Deposits  may be
                  denominated  in  U.S.  Dollars   or  other  currencies.    The
                  Custodian shall  include in  its records  with respect  to the
                  assets  of the Trust appropriate notation as to the amount and
                  currency   of  each   such  deposit,  the   accepting  banking
                  institution  and  other appropriate  details and  shall retain
                  such forms  of advice  or receipt  evidencing the  deposit, if
                  any,  as  may be  forwarded to  the  Custodian by  the banking
                  institution.     Such  deposits  shall  be   deemed  portfolio
                  securities  of the Trust  for the purposes  of this Agreement,
                  and  the Custodian shall be  responsible for the collection of

                                         -19-
<PAGE>






                  income  from such accounts and the transmission of cash to and
                  from such accounts.

              U.  Options, Futures Contracts and Foreign Currency Transactions

                      1.  Options.   The Custodian shall, upon receipt of proper
                    instructions and  in accordance with  the provisions of any
                    agreement   between   the    Custodian,   any    registered
                    broker-dealer and,  if  necessary,  the Trust,  relating  to
                    compliance   with  the   rules  of   the  Options   Clearing
                    Corporation  or  of   any  registered  national  securities
                    exchange or similar organization or  organizations, receive
                    and  retain  confirmations  or  other   documents,  if  any,
                    evidencing  the  purchase  or  writing  of  an option  on  a
                    security or securities  index or other financial  instrument
                    or index by the Trust; deposit and maintain in a segregated
                    account for  the Trust, either  physically or by book-entry
                    in  a Securities  System, securities  subject to  a covered
                    call  option  written  by  the  Trust;  and  release and/or
                    transfer such securities or other assets only in accordance
                    with  a   notice  or  other   communication  evidencing  the
                    expiration, termination or  exercise of such covered  option
                    furnished   by  the   Options  Clearing   Corporation,  the
                    securities or options exchange on which such covered option
                    is  traded or such other organization as  may be responsible
                    for handling such  options transactions.  The Custodian  and
                    the  broker-dealer shall be responsible  for the sufficiency
                    of  assets  held  in  the  Trust's  segregated  account  in
                    compliance with applicable margin maintenance requirements.


                      2.       Futures Contracts    The Custodian  shall, upon  
                    receipt   of  proper   instructions,  receive   and  retain
                    confirmations and other  documents, if  any, evidencing  the
                    purchase  or sale of  a futures contract  or an  option on a
                    futures contract  by the  Trust; deposit  and maintain in  a
                    segregated   account,  for   the  benefit   of  any  futures
                    commission  merchant,  assets designated  by  the  Trust as
                    initial,  maintenance   or  variation   "margin"   deposits
                    (including  mark-to-market payments) intended to secure the
                    Trust's  performance of  its obligations  under  any futures
                    contracts  purchased  or sold  or  any  options  on futures
                    contracts  written   by  Trust,  in   accordance  with   the
                    provisions of any  agreement or agreements among the  Trust,
                    the  Custodian  and  such   futures  commission   merchant,
                    designed to comply with  the rules of  the Commodity Futures
                    Trading   Commission  and/or  of   any  contract  market  or
                    commodities exchange or similar organization regarding such
                    margin deposits  or  payments; and  release and/or  transfer
                    assets in such  margin accounts only  in accordance with any
                    such agreements or  rules.   The Custodian  and the  futures
                    commission   merchant   shall   be  responsible   for   the

                                         -20-
<PAGE>






                    sufficiency  of assets  held in  the segregated  account in
                    compliance  with  the  applicable  margin  maintenance  and
                    mark-to-market payment requirements.

                      3.   Foreign Exchange Transactions   The Custodian  shall,
                    pursuant  to proper  instructions,  enter into  or  cause a
                    subcustodian to  enter  into foreign  exchange contracts  or
                    options to  purchase and  sell foreign  currencies for spot
                    and  future delivery on  behalf and for the  account of the
                    Trust.    Such   transactions  may  be  undertaken  by  the
                    Custodian or  subcustodian with  such  banking or  financial
                    institutions  or other  currency brokers,  as set  forth in
                    proper   instructions.    Foreign  exchange  contracts  and
                    options shall be  deemed to  be portfolio securities of  the
                    Trust; and accordingly, the responsibility of the Custodian
                    therefor shall  be  the same  as  and  no greater  than  the
                    Custodian's  responsibility in  respect of  other portfolio
                    securities  of   the  Trust.     The   Custodian  shall  be
                    responsible for the transmittal  to and receipt of cash from
                    the  currency  broker or  banking  or  financial institution
                    with which the  contract or option is made, the  maintenance
                    of  proper records  with respect to the  transaction and the
                    maintenance   of  any   segregated   account   required  in
                    connection with the  transaction.  The Custodian shall  have
                    no  duty  with  respect to  the  selection  of  the currency
                    brokers or banking or financial institutions with which the
                    Trust deals or  for their failure to comply with  the terms
                    of any contract or  option.  Without limiting the foregoing,
                    it is agreed  that upon receipt  of proper  instructions and
                    insofar as  funds are  made available to  the Custodian  for
                    the purpose, the  Custodian may (if determined necessary  by
                    the  Custodian to  consummate  a  particular transaction  on
                    behalf and for the account of the Trust) make free outgoing
                    payments of  cash in  the form  of U.S.  dollars or  foreign
                    currency  before   receiving  confirmation   of  a  foreign
                    exchange  contract or  confirmation that  the  countervalue
                    currency completing the  foreign exchange contract  has been
                    delivered  or  received.     The  Custodian  shall  not  be
                    responsible for any costs and interest charges which may  be
                    incurred by  the Trust or the  Custodian as a  result of the
                    failure  or  delay  of  third  parties  to  deliver foreign
                    exchange; provided that the Custodian shall nevertheless be
                    held  to the  standard of  care set forth  in, and  shall be
                    liable to  the Trust in accordance  with, the provisions  of
                    Section 8.

              V.  Actions  Permitted  Without Express  Authority   The Custodian
                  may  in its  discretion,  without express  authority from  the
                  Trust:

                      1)       make  payments to  itself  or  others  for  minor
                               expenses  of handling securities or other similar

                                         -21-
<PAGE>






                               items   relating   to   its  duties   under  this
                               Agreement, provided, that all such payments shall
                               be  accounted   for  by  the   Custodian  to  the
                               Treasurer of the Trust;

                      2)       surrender  securities  in   temporary  form   for
                               securities in definitive form;

                      3)       endorse for collection, in the name of the Trust,
                               checks, drafts and  other negotiable instruments;
                               and

                      4)       in  general,  attend   to  all   nondiscretionary
                               details  in connection  with the  sale, exchange,
                               substitution,   purchase,   transfer  and   other
                               dealings with the securities and property  of the
                               Trust except as otherwise directed by the Trust.

     4.       Duties of Bank  with Respect to Books of Account  and Calculations
              of Net Asset Value

              The Bank shall  as Agent (or  as Custodian,  as the  case may  be)
     keep such  books of  account (including  records showing  the adjusted  tax
     costs of the  Trust's portfolio securities) and  render as at the  close of
     business on each  day a detailed statement of  the amounts received or paid
     out and of  securities received or delivered  for the account of  the Trust
     during said day and such other statements, including a  daily trial balance
     and inventory of the Trust's  portfolio securities; and shall  furnish such
     other financial information and data as from time  to time requested by the
     Treasurer  or any  executive officer of  the Trust;  and shall  compute and
     determine, as  of the close of business of  the New York Stock Exchange, or
     at such  other time  or times as  the Board  may determine,  the net  asset
     value of the Trust and the  net asset value of each interest  in the Trust,
     such computations  and determinations  to be  made in  accordance with  the
     governing documents  of the Trust  and the  votes and  instructions of  the
     Board and of  the investment adviser at  the time in force  and applicable,
     and promptly  notify the Trust  and its investment  adviser and such  other
     persons as  the Trust  may request of  the result  of such computation  and
     determination.   In computing  the net  asset value the  Custodian may rely
     upon  security quotations  received by telephone  or otherwise from sources
     or pricing services  designated by the  Trust by  proper instructions,  and
     may  further  rely upon  information  furnished  to  it  by any  authorized
     officer  of  the  Trust  relative  (a) to  liabilities  of  the  Trust  not
     appearing on its books of account, (b) to  the existence, status and proper
     treatment of  any reserve or  reserves, (c)  to any procedures  or policies
     established by the Board  regarding the  valuation of portfolio  securities
     or other assets, and  (d) to the  value to be  assigned to any bond,  note,
     debenture,  Treasury   bill,  repurchase   agreement,  subscription  right,
     security,  participation  interests or  other asset  or property  for which
     market quotations  are not  readily available.   The  Custodian shall  also
     compute and determine at such time or times as  the Trust may designate the
     portion  of each item which has significance for a holder of an interest in

                                         -22-
<PAGE>






     the Trust in  computing and determining  its federal  income tax  liability
     including, but  not limited to, each  item of income,  expense and realized
     and unrealized gain or  loss of the Trust which is attributable for Federal
     income tax purposes to each such holder.

     5.       Records and Miscellaneous Duties

              The Bank shall create,  maintain and preserve all records relating
     to its  activities and obligations under  this Agreement in such  manner as
     will meet the obligations of the Trust under the Investment Company Act  of
     1940, with  particular attention to Section 31  thereof and Rules 31a-1 and
     31a-2 thereunder, applicable federal  and state tax laws and  any other law
     or administrative  rules  or procedures  which  may  be applicable  to  the
     Trust.   All  books  of  account and  records  maintained  by the  Bank  in
     connection with  the performance of  its duties under  this Agreement shall
     be  the  property of  the  Trust, shall  at  all times  during  the regular
     business hours of  the Bank be open for  inspection by authorized officers,
     employees or  agents of the Trust, and in  the event of termination of this
     Agreement shall  be delivered  to  the Trust  or to  such other  person  or
     persons as shall  be designated by the  Trust.  Disposition of  any account
     or  record  after any  required period  of  preservation shall  be  only in
     accordance with  specific instructions received  from the Trust.   The Bank
     shall  assist generally in the preparation of reports to holder of interest
     in the Trust,  to the Securities  and Exchange  Commission, including  Form
     N-SAR, and to others, audits  of accounts, and other ministerial matters of
     like nature; and, upon request, shall furnish  the Trust's auditors with an
     attested inventory  of securities  held with appropriate  information as to
     securities in transit or in the  process of purchase or sale and with  such
     other information  as said  auditors may from  time to  time request.   The
     Custodian  shall also  maintain  records of  all  receipts, deliveries  and
     locations  of such  securities, together with  a current inventory thereof,
     and shall conduct periodic verifications (including sampling counts at  the
     Custodian)  of certificates  representing bonds  and  other securities  for
     which  it is  responsible  under  this  Agreement  in such  manner  as  the
     Custodian shall  determine from time  to time to  be advisable in order  to
     verify the accuracy of such inventory.  The Bank shall not disclose  or use
     any books  or records  it  has prepared  or maintained  by reason  of  this
     Agreement in any manner except  as expressly authorized herein  or directed
     by the  Trust,  and  the  Bank  shall  keep  confidential  any  information
     obtained by reason of this Agreement.

     6.       Opinion of Trust's Independent Public Accountants

              The Custodian shall  take all reasonable action, as the  Trust may
     from time to time request, to enable the Trust  to obtain from year to year
     favorable opinions  from the  Trust's independent  public accountants  with
     respect to its activities hereunder  in connection with the  preparation of
     the  Trust's  registration  statement and  Form  N-SAR  or  other  periodic
     reports  to the Securities and Exchange  Commission and with respect to any
     other requirements of such Commission.

     7.       Compensation and Expenses of Bank

                                         -23-
<PAGE>






              The  Bank shall  be entitled  to reasonable  compensation for  its
     services as Custodian and  Agent, as agreed upon from time to  time between
     the Trust  and the Bank.   The Bank shall be  entitled to receive  from the
     Trust  on  demand reimbursement  for its  cash disbursements,  expenses and
     charges,  including  counsel  fees,  in  connection  with  its  duties   as
     Custodian  and Agent hereunder, but  excluding salaries  and usual overhead
     expenses.

     8.       Responsibility of Bank

              So  long as  and  to the  extent  that it  is in  the  exercise of
     reasonable care, the Bank  as Custodian and Agent shall be held harmless in
     acting upon any notice,  request, consent, certificate or other  instrument
     reasonably believed  by it  to be genuine  and to be  signed by  the proper
     party or parties.

              The Bank as  Custodian and Agent shall be  entitled to rely on and
     may act upon  advice of counsel (who  may be counsel for the  Trust) on all
     matters, and shall be  without liability for any action reasonably taken or
     omitted pursuant to such advice.

              The Bank as Custodian and Agent shall  be held to the exercise  of
     reasonable  care in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement but shall
     be liable only for its own negligent or bad  faith acts or failures to act.
     Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  nothing  contained  in this  paragraph  is
     intended to nor  shall it be construed to modify  the standards of care and
     responsibility set forth  in Section 2 hereof with respect to subcustodians
     and  in subparagraph f of  Paragraph L of Section  3 hereof with respect to
     Securities  Systems and  in  subparagraph g  of  Paragraph M  of Section  3
     hereof with respect to an Approved Book-Entry System for Commercial Paper.

              The Custodian  shall be  liable for  the acts  or  omissions of  a
     foreign banking  institution to the  same extent as set  forth with respect
     to  subcustodians generally in Section 2  hereof, provided that, regardless
     of  whether  assets are  maintained  in the  custody  of a  foreign banking
     institution, a foreign securities  depository or a branch  of a U.S.  bank,
     the Custodian  shall not  be liable  for any loss,  damage, cost,  expense,
     liability or  claim  resulting from,  or caused  by,  the direction  of  or
     authorization by the  Trust to maintain  custody of any securities  or cash
     of the Trust in  a foreign  country including, but  not limited to,  losses
     resulting from nationalization, expropriation,  currency restrictions, acts
     of war,  civil  war or  terrorism,  insurrection, revolution,  military  or
     usurped powers, nuclear fission,  fusion or radiation, earthquake, storm or
     other disturbance of nature or acts of God.

              If the Trust requires the Bank in any capacity  to take any action
     with respect  to securities, which action involves the  payment of money or
     which action may, in  the opinion of the  Bank, result in  the Bank or  its
     nominee  assigned to the  Trust being  liable for  the payment of  money or
     incurring  liability of some  other form,  the Trust, as  a prerequisite to
     requiring the Custodian  to take such  action, shall  provide indemnity  to
     the Custodian in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

                                         -24-
<PAGE>






     9.       Persons Having Access to Assets of the Trust

              (i)  No  trustee, officer, employee, or  agent of the Trust  shall
     have physical access  to the assets of  the Trust held by the  Custodian or
     be  authorized or permitted  to withdraw any investments  of the Trust, nor
     shall  the Custodian deliver  any assets of the  Trust to  any such person.
     No officer or  director, employee or agent  of the Custodian who  holds any
     similar  position  with   the  Trust  or  the  investment  adviser  or  the
     administrator of the Trust shall have access to the assets of the Trust.

              (ii)  Access  to assets of the Trust  held hereunder shall only be
     available  to  duly  authorized  officers,  employees,  representatives  or
     agents of the Custodian or other persons or entities for whose actions  the
     Custodian shall be  responsible to the  extent permitted  hereunder, or  to
     the  Trust's  independent  public  accountants  in  connection  with  their
     auditing duties performed on behalf of the Trust.

              (iii)   Nothing in  this  Section 9  shall prohibit  any  officer,
     employee or agent  of the Trust or of  the investment adviser of  the Trust
     from giving instructions  to the Custodian  or executing  a certificate  so
     long as it does not result  in delivery of or access to assets of the Trust
     prohibited by paragraph (i) of this Section 9.

     10.      Effective   Period,   Termination    and   Amendment;    Successor
              Custodian

              This Agreement shall become  effective as of its  execution, shall
     continue   in  full  force  and  effect  until  terminated  as  hereinafter
     provided, may  be amended at  any time by  mutual agreement of the  parties
     hereto and may  be terminated by either  party by an instrument  in writing
     delivered or mailed, postage prepaid  to the other party,  such termination
     to take  effect not  sooner than sixty  (60) days  after the  date of  such
     delivery or mailing; provided, that the Trust may at any  time by action of
     its Board, (i) substitute  another bank or trust company  for the Custodian
     by giving notice as described above to the Custodian, or
     (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement  in the event of  the appointment
     of  a conservator  or receiver  for the  Custodian by  the Federal  Deposit
     Insurance Corporation  or by the Banking  Commissioner of  The Commonwealth
     of  Massachusetts or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of
     an appropriate regulatory  agency or court of competent jurisdiction.  Upon
     termination of  the Agreement, the  Trust shall pay  to the  Custodian such
     compensation as may  be due as  of the date  of such termination and  shall
     likewise   reimburse   the   Custodian  for   its   costs,   expenses   and
     disbursements.

              Unless  the  holders of  a  majority  of the  outstanding  "voting
     securities"  of the  Trust (as  defined in  the Investment  Company  Act of
     1940) vote  to  have  the  securities,  funds  and  other  properties  held
     hereunder delivered  and paid  over to  some other  bank or trust  company,
     specified  in  the vote,  having  not  less  than  $2,000,000 of  aggregate
     capital, surplus  and undivided  profits, as  shown by  its last  published
     report, and meeting such other  qualifications for custodians set  forth in

                                         -25-
<PAGE>






     the Investment  Company  Act of  1940,  the  Board shall,  forthwith,  upon
     giving or receiving  notice of termination  of this  Agreement, appoint  as
     successor custodian,  a bank or  trust company having such  qualifications.
     The Bank, as Custodian, Agent or otherwise,  shall, upon termination of the
     Agreement, deliver to  such successor  custodian, all securities  then held
     hereunder and all funds  or other properties of the Trust deposited with or
     held by the  Bank hereunder and all  books of account  and records kept  by
     the Bank  pursuant to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by the  Bank
     relative thereto.  In the event that no  such vote has been adopted by  the
     Holders of Interest  in the Trust and  that no written order  designating a
     successor custodian shall have been delivered to the  Bank on or before the
     date  when such termination shall become effective, then the Bank shall not
     deliver the  securities, funds and  other properties  of the  Trust to  the
     Trust but shall have the right to deliver to a bank  or trust company doing
     business  in   Boston,  Massachusetts  of  its  own  selection,  having  an
     aggregate capital,  surplus and  undivided profits,  as shown  by its  last
     published report,  of not less  than $2,000,000, all  funds, securities and
     properties of  the Trust held by or deposited  with the Bank, and all books
     of account and records  kept by  the Bank pursuant  to this Agreement,  and
     all documents held by  the Bank relative thereto.  Thereafter such  bank or
     trust  company  shall   be  the  successor  of  the  Custodian  under  this
     Agreement.

     11.      Interpretive and Additional Provisions

              In connection with the  operation of this Agreement, the Custodian
     and the Trust may from time to  time agree on such provisions  interpretive
     of or  in addition  to the  provisions of  this Agreement  as may in  their
     joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor  of this Agreement.  Any
     such interpretive or additional  provisions shall be in a writing signed by
     both  parties  and  shall  be   annexed  hereto,  provided  that   no  such
     interpretive  or  additional  provisions  shall  contravene  any applicable
     federal or state  regulations or any provision of the governing instruments
     of the Trust.   No interpretive or  additional provisions made as  provided
     in  the preceding  sentence shall  be deemed  to  be an  amendment of  this
     Agreement.

     12.      Notices

              Notices and other writings delivered  or mailed postage prepaid to
     the Trust  addressed to  24 Federal  Street, Boston,  MA 02110  or to  such
     other address as  the Trust  may have designated  to the  Bank, in  writing
     with  a  copy to  Eaton  Vance  Management at  24  Federal Street,  Boston,
     Massachusetts  02110, or  to  Investors Bank  &  Trust Company,  24 Federal
     Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 with  a copy to Eaton  Vance Management
     at 24 Federal  Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, shall be deemed to have
     been properly delivered or given hereunder to the respective addressees.

     13.      Massachusetts Law to Apply

              This  Agreement  shall be  construed  and  the  provisions thereof
     interpreted under and  in accordance with the  laws of The  Commonwealth of

                                         -26-
<PAGE>






     Massachusetts.

              The  Custodian   expressly  acknowledges  the   provision  in  the
     Declaration  of Trust  of the  Trust  (Section 5.2  and  5.6) limiting  the
     personal liability  of  the Trustees  and officers  of the  Trust, and  the
     Custodian  hereby  agrees that  it  shall have  recourse to  the  Trust for
     payment of claims  or obligations as  between the  Trust and the  Custodian
     arising  out  of  this  Agreement,   and  the  Custodian  shall   not  seek
     satisfaction from any Trustee or officer of the Trust.

     14.      Adoption of the Agreement by the Trust

              The Trust represents  that its Board  has approved  this Agreement
     and has duly authorized  the Trust to adopt  this Agreement, such  adoption
     to  be evidenced  by  a letter  agreement between  the  Trust and  the Bank
     reflecting such adoption,  which letter agreement shall be dated and signed
     by a duly  authorized officer of the  Trust and duly authorized  officer of
     the  Bank.    This  Agreement shall  be  deemed  to  be  duly executed  and
     delivered  by  each of  the parties  in  its name  and  behalf by  its duly
     authorized  officer as  of the  date  of such  letter  agreement, and  this
     Agreement  shall be deemed  to supersede and terminate,  as of  the date of
     such letter agreement, all prior agreements between the Trust and  the Bank
     relating to the custody of the Trust's assets.

                                     * * * * * 




























                                         -27-
<PAGE>






















                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO


                           _______________________________

                              PROCEDURES FOR ALLOCATIONS
                                  AND DISTRIBUTIONS

                                     May 1, 1992
<PAGE>






                                  TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                            PAGE

     ARTICLE I--Introduction   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE II--Definitions   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1

     ARTICLE III--Capital Accounts

              Section 3.1              Capital Accounts of Holders   . . . .   4
              Section 3.2              Book Capital Accounts   . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.3              Tax Capital Accounts  . . . . . . . .   4
              Section 3.4              Compliance with Treasury Regulations    5

     ARTICLE IV--Distributions of Cash and Assets

              Section 4.1              Distributions of Distributable Cash     5
              Section 4.2              Division Among Holders  . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.3              Distributions  Upon   Liquidation  of   a
                      Holder's Interest in the Trust   . . . . . . . . . . .   5
              Section 4.4              Amounts Withheld  . . . . . . . . . .   5

     ARTICLE V--Allocations

              Section 5.1              Allocation of Items to Book Capital
                      Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.2              Allocation of Taxable Income and Tax
                      Loss to Tax Capital Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6
              Section 5.3              Special Allocations to Book and Tax
                      Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.4              Other Adjustments to Book and Tax
                      Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.5              Timing of Tax Allocations to Book and
                      Tax Capital Accounts   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   7
              Section 5.6              Redemptions During the Fiscal Year  .   8

     ARTICLE VI--Withdrawals

              Section 6.1              Partial Withdrawals   . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.2              Redemptions   . . . . . . . . . . . .   8
              Section 6.3              Distribution in Kind  . . . . . . . .   8

     ARTICLE VII--Liquidation

              Section 7.1              Liquidation Procedure   . . . . . . .   8
              Section 7.2              Alternative Liquidation Procedure   .   9
              Section 7.3              Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation     9
              Section 7.4              Treatment of Negative Book Capital
                      Account Balance  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   9



                                         -i-
<PAGE>






                                    PROCEDURES FOR
                            ALLOCATIONS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
                                          OF
                            CALIFORNIA TAX FREE PORTFOLIO
                                    (the "Trust")

                          ________________________________ 

                                      ARTICLE I

                                     Introduction

              The Trust  is treated  as  a partnership  for federal  income  tax
     purposes. These  procedures have been adopted by the  Trustees of the Trust
     and  will be  furnished  to  the Trust's  accountants  for the  purpose  of
     allocating Trust gains, income or loss and distributing Trust  assets.  The
     Trust will maintain its books and records, for  both book and tax purposes,
     using the accrual method of accounting.

                                     ARTICLE II

                                     Definitions

              Except as  otherwise provided  herein, a term  referred to  herein
     shall  have the same  meaning as  that ascribed  to it in  the Declaration.
     References in this  document to "hereof", "herein" and "hereunder" shall be
     deemed to refer  to this document in  its entirety rather than  the article
     or section in which any such word appears.

              "Book Capital Account" shall mean,  for any Holder at any time  in
     any  Fiscal Year, the  Book Capital  Account balance  of the Holder  on the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.2 hereof.

              "Capital  Contribution" shall  mean, with  respect to  any Holder,
     the  amount of  money  and the  Fair Market  Value  of any  assets actually
     contributed from time to  time to  the Trust with  respect to the  Interest
     held by such Holder.

              "Code" shall  mean the  U.S.  Internal Revenue  Code of  1986,  as
     amended from time to time, as well as  any non-superseded provisions of the
     Internal Revenue Code of 1954,  as amended (or any  corresponding provision
     or provisions of succeeding law).

              "Declaration" shall  mean the Trust's Declaration  of Trust, dated
     May 1, 1992, as amended from time to time.

              "Designated Expenses"  shall  mean  extraordinary  Trust  expenses
     attributable to a particular Holder that are to be borne by such Holder.

              "Distributable  Cash"  for any  Fiscal Year  shall mean  the gross
     cash  proceeds from Trust activities, less the  portion thereof used to pay
     or establish Reserves, plus  such portion of the Reserves as  the Trustees,
     in their sole discretion,  no longer deem necessary to be held as Reserves.
<PAGE>






     Distributable  Cash shall  not be  reduced  by depreciation,  amortization,
     cost recovery deductions, or similar allowances.

              "Fair  Market Value" of  a security, instrument or  other asset on
     any particular day shall mean the fair value  thereof as determined in good
     faith by  or on  behalf of  the Trustees  in the  manner set  forth in  the
     Registration Statement.

              "Fiscal Year"  shall  mean  an annual  period  determined  by  the
     Trustees which ends on such day as is permitted by the Code.

              "Holders"  shall mean  as of  any particular  time all  holders of
     record of Interests in the Trust.

              "Interest(s)"  shall mean the  interest of a Holder  in the Trust,
     including all  rights, powers  and privileges  accorded to  Holders by  the
     Declaration, which  interest may be  expressed as a percentage,  determined
     by calculating, at such times and on such bases as the Trustees shall  from
     time to  time determine, the  ratio of each  Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance to the total of all Holders' Book Capital Account balances.

              "Investments"  shall  mean all  securities,  instruments  or other
     assets of the Trust  of any nature  whatsoever, including, but not  limited
     to, all equity  and debt securities, futures contracts, and all property of
     the Trust obtained by virtue of holding such assets.

              "Matched  Income or  Loss" shall  mean Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt
     Income  or  Tax Loss  of  the  Trust  comprising  interest, original  issue
     discount and dividends  and all other types of income or loss to the extent
     the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt  Income, Tax Loss or Loss items not included
     in Tax Loss arising from such items are recognized for tax purposes at  the
     same time that Profit or Loss are accrued for book purposes by the Trust.

              "Net  Unrealized Gain"  shall  mean  the excess,  if any,  of  the
     aggregate Fair Market  Value of all Investments over the aggregate adjusted
     bases, for federal income tax purposes, of all Investments.

              "Net  Unrealized Loss"  shall  mean  the excess,  if any,  of  the
     aggregate  adjusted  bases,  for  federal  income   tax  purposes,  of  all
     Investments over the aggregate Fair Market Value of all Investments.

              "Profit"  and "Loss"  shall mean,  for each  Fiscal Year  or other
     period, an amount equal  to the Taxable Income or Tax Loss  for such Fiscal
     Year or period with the following adjustments:

                  (i) Any  Tax-Exempt  Income  shall be  added  to such
              Taxable Income or subtracted from such Tax Loss; and

                  (ii)         Any expenditures  of the  Trust for  such
              year or  period described  in Section 705(a)(2)(B) of  the
              Code     or     treated     as     expenditures      under
              Section 705(a)(2)(B) of  the  Code  pursuant  to  Treasury

                                         -2-
<PAGE>






              Regulations    Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(i),    and    not
              otherwise taken into  account in computing Profit  or Loss
              or  specially  allocated shall  be  subtracted  from  such
              Taxable Income or added to such Tax Loss.

              "Redemption" shall mean the complete withdrawal of an Interest  of
     a Holder the result of which is to reduce the  Book Capital Account balance
     of that Holder to zero.

              "Registration Statement" shall  mean the Registration Statement of
     the Trust  on Form  N-1A as  filed with  the U.S.  Securities and  Exchange
     Commission under the  1940 Act, as  the same may  be amended  from time  to
     time.

              "Reserves" shall mean, with respect to any Fiscal Year, funds  set
     aside  or amounts allocated  during such period to  reserves which shall be
     maintained  in  amounts  deemed sufficient  by  the  Trustees  for  working
     capital  and to  pay  taxes, insurance,  debt  service, renewals,  or other
     costs or expenses,  incident to the ownership of  the Investments or to its
     operations.

              "Tax  Capital Account" shall mean,  for any Holder  at any time in
     any Fiscal  Year, the  Tax Capital  Account balance  of the  Holder on  the
     first  day of  the  Fiscal  Year, as  adjusted  each  day pursuant  to  the
     provisions of Section 3.3 hereof.

              "Tax-Exempt Income"  shall  mean  income of  the  Trust  for  such
     Fiscal Year  or period  that  is exempt  from federal  income tax  and  not
     otherwise taken into account in computing Profit or Loss.

              "Tax Lot" shall  mean securities or other property which  are both
     purchased or acquired, and sold or otherwise disposed of, as a unit.

              "Taxable  Income" or "Tax  Loss" shall mean the  taxable income or
     tax loss of  the Trust, determined in accordance with Section 703(a) of the
     Code, for  each Fiscal Year as determined for  federal income tax purposes,
     together with each of the Trust's items of income, gain, loss or  deduction
     which is separately stated or  otherwise not included in  computing taxable
     income and tax loss.

              "Treasury  Regulations"  shall  mean the  Income  Tax  Regulations
     promulgated under  the Code, as such  regulations may be amended  from time
     to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

              "Trust"  shall mean California  Tax Free  Portfolio, a  trust fund
     formed under the laws of the State of New York by the Declaration.

              "Trustees" shall  mean each signatory to  the Declaration, so long
     as such  signatory shall  continue in office  in accordance with  the terms
     thereof, and all  other individuals who at  the time in question  have been
     duly elected  or appointed  and have  qualified as  Trustees in  accordance
     with the provisions thereof and are then in office.

                                         -3-
<PAGE>






              The "1940  Act" shall  mean  the U.S.  Investment Company  Act  of
     1940, as  amended  from  time  to  time,  and  the  rules  and  regulations
     thereunder.

                                     ARTICLE III

                                  Capital Accounts 

              3.1.  Capital  Accounts  of Holders.    A  separate  Book Capital
     Account  and a  separate Tax Capital  Account shall be  maintained for each
     Holder pursuant  to Section 3.2 and Section  3.3. hereof, respectively.  In
     the  event the Trustees  shall determine that it  is prudent  to modify the
     manner in which  the Book Capital Accounts or  Tax Capital Accounts, or any
     debits  or  credits  thereto, are  computed  in order  to  comply  with the
     Treasury Regulations,  the Trustees  may make  such modification,  provided
     that  it  is  not  likely  to  have  a  material  effect  on  the   amounts
     distributable  to  any Holder  pursuant  to  Article  VII  hereof upon  the
     dissolution of the Trust.

              3.2.  Book Capital Accounts.  The Book  Capital Account balance of
     each Holder shall be adjusted each day by the following amounts:

              (a) increased by any increase in Net Unrealized Gains  or decrease
     in   Net  Unrealized   Losses  allocated   to   such  Holder   pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(a) hereof;

              (b) decreased by any decrease in Net Unrealized  Gains or increase
     in  Net   Unrealized  Losses   allocated   to  such   Holder  pursuant   to
     Section 5.1(b) hereof; 

              (c) increased or decreased,  as the case may be,  by the amount of
     Profit  or  Loss,  respectively,  allocated  to  such  Holder  pursuant  to
     Section 5.1(c) hereof;

              (d) increased  by any  Capital Contribution  made by  such Holder;
     and,

              (e) decreased by  any distribution, including any  distribution to
     effect a withdrawal or Redemption, made to such Holder by the Trust.

              Any adjustment  pursuant to  Section  3.2 (a),  (b) or  (c)  above
     shall  be prorated  for  increases in  each  Holder's Book  Capital Account
     balance  resulting   from  Capital   Contributions,  or  distributions   or
     withdrawals from  the Trust or  Redemptions by the  Trust occurring, during
     such  Fiscal   Year  as  of   the  day  after   the  Capital  Contribution,
     distribution,  withdrawal or Redemption  is accepted,  made or  effected by
     the Trust.

              3.3.  Tax  Capital Accounts.   The Tax Capital  Account balance of
     each Holder  shall be  adjusted  at the  following times  by the  following
     amounts:


                                         -4-
<PAGE>






              (a) increased  daily  by the  adjusted  tax bases  of  any Capital
     Contribution made by such Holder to the Trust;

              (b) increased  daily  by the  amount  of Taxable  Income  and Tax-
     Exempt  Income allocated to  such Holder pursuant to  Section 5.2 hereof at
     such times as the allocations are made under Section 5.2 hereof;

              (c) decreased  daily by  the  amount of  cash  distributed to  the
     Holder pursuant to  any of these procedures including any distribution made
     to effect a withdrawal or Redemption; and

              (d) decreased by the amount  of Tax Loss allocated to  such Holder
     pursuant to Section  5.2 hereof at such  times as the allocations  are made
     under Section 5.2 hereof.

              3.4.  Compliance   with  Treasury  Regulations.    The  foregoing
     provisions  and   other  provisions  contained   herein  relating  to   the
     maintenance of Book  Capital Accounts and Tax Capital Accounts are intended
     to  comply with  Treasury  Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b), and  shall  be
     interpreted  and  applied   in  a  manner  consistent  with  such  Treasury
     Regulations.

              The  Trustees  shall make  any  appropriate  modifications  in the
     event  unanticipated events might otherwise  cause these  procedures not to
     comply  with  Treasury   Regulations  Section  1.704-1(b),   including  the
     requirements   described    in   Treasury   Regulations   Section    1.704-
     1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(1)  and  Treasury  Regulations  Section   1.704-1(b)(2)(iv).
     Such modifications are hereby  incorporated into  these procedures by  this
     reference as though fully set forth herein.

                                     ARTICLE IV

                           Distributions of Cash and Assets

              4.1.  Distributions of  Distributable Cash.   Except as  otherwise
     provided in Article  VII hereof, Distributable  Cash for  each Fiscal  Year
     may be  distributed to  the Holders  at such  times,  if any,  and in  such
     amounts as shall be determined in the sole discretion  of the Trustees.  In
     exercising   such   discretion,   the   Trustees   shall   distribute  such
     Distributable Cash so that Holders that are  regulated investment companies
     can  comply  with   the  distribution   requirements  set  forth   in  Code
     Section 852 and avoid the excise tax imposed by Code Section 4982.

              4.2.  Division Among  Holders.  All  distributions to the Holders
     with  respect to any  Fiscal Year pursuant to  Section 4.1  hereof shall be
     made to the  Holders in proportion to the Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt Income
     or Tax  Loss allocated  to the  Holders with  respect to  such Fiscal  Year
     pursuant to the terms of these procedures.

              4.3.  Distributions  Upon Liquidation  of a  Holder's Interest  in
     the Trust.   Upon  liquidation of  a Holder's  interest in  the Trust,  the
     proceeds  will be  distributed to the  Holder as  provided in  Section 5.6,

                                         -5-
<PAGE>






     Article VI, and  Article VII hereof.   If such  Holder has a  negative book
     capital account balance, the provisions of Section 7.4 will apply.

              4.4.  Amounts  Withheld.   All amounts  withheld pursuant  to the
     Code or any provision  of any state  or local tax  law with respect to  any
     payment  or distribution to  the Trust or the  Holders shall  be treated as
     amounts distributed to  such Holders pursuant  to this  Article IV for  all
     purposes under  these  procedures.   The  Trustees  may allocate  any  such
     amount  among  the  Holders  in any  manner  that  is  in  accordance  with
     applicable law.

                                      ARTICLE V

                                     Allocations

              5.1.  Allocation of Items to Book Capital Accounts. 

              (a)   Increase  in  Net  Unrealized  Gains  or  Decrease  in  Net
     Unrealized Losses.  Any  decrease in Net Unrealized Loss due to realization
     of  items shall  be allocated  to the  Holder receiving  the allocation  of
     Loss, in the same  amount, under Section 5.1(c) hereof.  Subject to Section
     5.1(d)  hereof, any  increase in  Net Unrealized  Gains or  decrease in Net
     Unrealized Loss  on any day  during the Fiscal  Year shall be allocated  to
     the Holders' Book  Capital Accounts at the  end of such day,  in proportion
     to  the  Holders'   respective  Book  Capital  Account   balances  at   the
     commencement of such day.

              (b) Decrease  in   Net  Unrealized   Gains  or  Increase   in  Net
     Unrealized  Losses.    Any  decrease   in  Net  Unrealized  Gains   due  to
     realization  of  items shall  be  allocated  to  the  Holder receiving  the
     allocation of  Profit, in  the same  amount, under  Section 5.1(c)  hereof.
     Subject to Section 5.1(d) hereof,  any decrease in Net Unrealized Gains  or
     increase in Net Unrealized Loss on any day during the  Fiscal Year shall be
     allocated to  the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at the end of such day, in
     proportion to the  Holders' respective Book Capital Account balances at the
     commencement of such day.

              (c) Profit  and Loss.   Subject  to Section 5.1(d)  hereof, Profit
     and  Loss occurring on any day during the Fiscal Year shall be allocated to
     the Holders' Book Capital Accounts at  the end of such day in proportion to
     the Holders'  respective Book Capital Account  balances at the commencement
     of such day.  

              (d) Other Book Capital Account Adjustments.  

                  (i)   Any allocation pursuant  to Section 5.1(a),  (b)
              or  (c) above  shall  be prorated  for  increases in  each
              Holder's  Book  Capital  Account  resulting  from  Capital
              Contributions, or  distributions or  withdrawals from  the
              Trust or Redemptions  by the Trust occurring,  during such
              Fiscal Year  as of the day after the Capital Contribution,
              distribution, withdrawal or Redemption  is accepted,  made

                                         -6-
<PAGE>






              or effected by the Trust.

                  (ii)   For purposes of  determining the Profit,  Loss,
              and  Net  Unrealized Gain  or Net  Unrealized Loss  or any
              other item  allocable to  any Fiscal  Year, Profit,  Loss,
              and Net  Unrealized Gain or  Net Unrealized  Loss and  any
              such other item  shall be determined  by or  on behalf  of
              the  Trustees  using  any  reasonable  method  under  Code
              Section 706 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.

              5.2.  Allocation  of Taxable Income  and Tax  Loss to  Tax Capital
     Accounts.

              (a) Taxable  Income and Tax Loss.   Subject to  Section 5.2(b) and
     Section 5.3 hereof, which shall  take precedence over this  Section 5.2(a),
     Taxable Income or  Tax Loss for any Fiscal Year shall be allocated at least
     annually to the Holders' Tax Capital Accounts as follows:

                  (i) First,  Taxable  Income  and  Tax  Loss,  whether
              constituting  ordinary income  (or loss)  or  capital gain
              (or loss), derived  from the sale or other  disposition of
              a  Tax  Lot  of  securities or  other  property  shall  be
              allocated as  of the  date such  income, gain  or loss  is
              recognized  for  federal income  tax  purposes  solely  in
              proportion  to the amount  of unrealized  appreciation (in
              the case  of such income or  capital gain, but not  in the
              case of any  such loss) or  depreciation (in  the case  of
              any such loss,  but not in the case  of any such income or
              capital  gain) from  that Tax Lot  which was  allocated to
              the  Holders' Book  Capital Accounts  each  day that  such
              securities  or  other  property  was  held  by  the  Trust
              pursuant to Section 5.1(a) and (b) hereof; and

                  (ii)         Second, any  remaining amounts at the end
              of the Fiscal  Year, to the Holders in proportion to their
              respective daily  average  Book Capital  Account  balances
              determined for the Fiscal Year of the allocation.

              (b) Matched  Income or  Loss.   Notwithstanding the  provisions of
     Section 5.2(a)  hereof,  Taxable  Income, Tax-Exempt  Income  or  Tax  Loss
     accruing  on any day during the Fiscal  Year constituting Matched Income or
     Loss, shall be allocated daily to the  Holders' Tax Capital Accounts solely
     in proportion to and to  the extent of corresponding allocations of  Profit
     or Loss  to  the  Holders' Book  Capital  Accounts  pursuant to  the  first
     sentence of Section 5.1(c) hereof.

              5.3.  Special Allocations to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) The  Designated Expenses  computed  for each  Holder shall  be
     allocated separately (not  included in the allocations of Matched Income or
     Loss, Loss  or  Tax Loss)  to  the Book  Capital  Account and  Tax  Capital
     Account of each Holder.

                                         -7-
<PAGE>






              (b) If  the  Trust  incurs   any  nonrecourse  indebtedness,  then
     allocations  of items  attributable to  nonrecourse  indebtedness shall  be
     made to  the Tax  Capital Account  of each  Holder in  accordance with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(4)(iv)(d).

              (c) In  accordance  with  Code  Section 704(c)  and  the  Treasury
     Regulations thereunder, Taxable  Income and Tax  Loss with  respect to  any
     property contributed to the capital of the Trust  shall be allocated to the
     Tax  Capital  Account  of  each Holder  so  as  to  take  into account  any
     variation between the adjusted tax basis of such property to the Trust  for
     federal income  tax purposes and  such property's Fair Market  Value at the
     time of contribution to the Trust.

              5.4.  Other Adjustments to Book and Tax Capital Accounts.

              (a) Any election  or other  decision relating to  such allocations
     shall be made  by the Trustees in  any manner that reasonably  reflects the
     purpose and intention of these procedures.

              (b) Each Holder will  report its  share of Trust  income and  loss
     for  federal  income  tax  purposes  in  accordance  with  the  allocations
     effected pursuant to Section 5.2 hereof.

              5.5.  Timing of Tax Allocations to  Book and Tax Capital Accounts.
     Allocation of  Taxable Income, Tax-Exempt  Income and Tax  Loss pursuant to
     Section  5.2 hereof  for any  Fiscal Year,  unless specified  above to  the
     contrary, shall  be  made only  after corresponding  adjustments have  been
     made  to the Book  Capital Accounts of the  Holders for the  Fiscal Year as
     provided pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof.

              5.6.  Redemptions  During the Fiscal Year.  If a Redemption occurs
     prior  to the end of a Fiscal Year, the Trust will treat the Fiscal Year as
     ended for  the purposes of  computing the  redeeming Holder's  distributive
     share of Trust items and  allocations of all items  to such Holder will  be
     made as  though each Holder  were receiving  its allocable  share of  Trust
     items at  such time.  All  items so allocated to  the redeeming Holder will
     be subtracted from the items to be  allocated among the other non-redeeming
     Holders at the  actual end of the  Fiscal Year.  All items  allocated among
     the redeeming and  non-redeeming Holders will be made  subject to the rules
     of Code  Sections  702, 704,  706  and  708 and  the  Treasury  Regulations
     promulgated thereunder.












                                         -8-
<PAGE>






                                     ARTICLE VI

                                     Withdrawals

              6.1.  Partial  Withdrawals.    At  any time  any  Holder  shall be
     entitled to request  a withdrawal of such  portion of the Interest  held by
     such Holder as such Holder shall request.

              6.2.  Redemptions.   At any  time a  Holder shall  be entitled  to
     request a  Redemption of all of  its Interest.  A  Holder's Interest may be
     redeemed at  any time  during the Fiscal  Year as  provided in Section  6.3
     hereof  by  a cash  distribution  or,  at the  option  of  a Holder,  by  a
     distribution  of  a proportionate  amount except  for fractional  shares of
     each  Trust asset at the  option of the Trust.   However, the Holder may be
     redeemed by a distribution of a proportionate  amount of the Trust's assets
     only at the end of a Fiscal Year.   However, if the Holder has  contributed
     any property to the Trust other than cash, if  such property remains in the
     Trust at the time the  Holder requests withdrawal, then such  property will
     be sold by the Trust prior  to the time at which the  Holder withdraws from
     the Trust.

              6.3.  Distribution  in Kind.   If a withdrawing  Holder receives a
     distribution in  kind of  its proportionate  part of  Trust property,  then
     unrealized  income, gain, loss or  deduction attributable  to such property
     shall be allocated among the Holders as if there  had been a disposition of
     the  property  on  the  date   of  distribution  in  compliance   with  the
     requirements of Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(iv)(e).

                                     ARTICLE VII

                                     Liquidation

              7.1.  Liquidation Procedure.  Subject to Section 7.4 hereof, upon
     dissolution of the Trust,  the Trustees shall  liquidate the assets of  the
     Trust, apply and distribute the proceeds thereof as follows:

              (a) first  to  the payment  of all  debts  and obligations  of the
     Trust to  third parties,  including without  limitation  the retirement  of
     outstanding debt, including any debt  owed to Holders or  their affiliates,
     and the expenses of liquidation, and  to the setting up of any Reserves for
     contingencies which may be necessary; and

              (b) then  in accordance  with the  Holders' positive  Book Capital
     Account  balances after  adjusting Book  Capital  Accounts for  allocations
     provided in  Article  V hereof  and  in  accordance with  the  requirements
     described in Treasury Regulations Section 1.704-1(b)(2) (ii)(b)(2).

              7.2.  Alternative  Liquidation  Procedure.    Notwithstanding  the
     foregoing,  if the Trustees shall determine  that an immediate sale of part
     or  all of  the Trust assets  would cause  undue loss  to the  Holders, the
     Trustees,  in   order  to  avoid   such  loss,  may,   after  having  given
     notification to all  the Holders, to the extent  not then prohibited by the

                                         -9-
<PAGE>






     law of any jurisdiction in which  the Trust is then formed or qualified and
     applicable in the circumstances, either  defer liquidation of and  withhold
     from distribution  for a  reasonable time any  assets of  the Trust  except
     those necessary to  satisfy the Trust's debts and obligations or distribute
     the Trust's assets to the Holders in liquidation.

              7.3.  Cash Distributions Upon Liquidation.  Except as provided in
     Section 7.2 hereof, amounts distributed  in liquidation of the  Trust shall
     be paid solely in cash.

              7.4.  Treatment of Negative  Book Capital Account  Balance.   If a
     Holder has  a negative balance  in its  Book Capital Account  following the
     liquidation of  its Interest, as  determined after taking  into account all
     capital  account   adjustments  for  the  Fiscal   Year  during  which  the
     liquidation  occurs, then  such  Holder shall  restore  the amount  of such
     negative balance to the  Trust by the later of  the end of the  Fiscal Year
     or 90  days after the  date of such  liquidation so as  to comply with  the
     requirements  of   Treasury  Regulations   Section 1.704-1(b)(2)(ii)(b)(3).
     Such amount shall,  upon liquidation, be paid to  creditors of the Trust or
     distributed to  other  Holders  in  accordance  with  their  positive  Book
     Capital Account balances.
































                                         -10-
<PAGE>





                                     AMENDMENT TO
                              MASTER CUSTODIAN AGREEMENT
                                       between 
                             EATON VANCE HUB PORTFOLIOS
                                         and
                            INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY

              This  Amendment, dated  as of  October 23,  1995,  is made  to the
     MASTER  CUSTODIAN  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement")  between  each  investment
     company advised by  Boston Management and  Research which  has adopted  the
     Agreement  (the  "Trusts")   and  Investors  Bank  &  Trust   Company  (the
     "Custodian") pursuant to Section 10 of the Agreement.

              The  Trusts  and  the Custodian  agree  that  Section  10  of  the
     Agreement shall, as of October 23, 1995, be amended to read as follows:

              Unless otherwise defined herein,  terms which are  defined in  the
     Agreement and used herein are so used as so defined.

     10.      EFFECTIVE PERIOD, TERMINATION AND AMENDMENT; SUCCESSOR CUSTODIAN

              This Agreement shall become effective  as of its execution,  shall
     continue in  full force and effect  until terminated by  either party after
     August 31, 2000 by  an instrument in writing  delivered or mailed,  postage
     prepaid to  the other  party, such  termination to take  effect not  sooner
     than sixty (60) days  after the date of such delivery or mailing; PROVIDED,
     that the  Trust may  at any  time by  action of  its Board, (i)  substitute
     another bank  or  trust company  for  the  Custodian by  giving  notice  as
     described above to  the Custodian in the  event the Custodian  assigns this
     Agreement  to another  party without consent  of the noninterested Trustees
     of the Trust, or (ii) immediately terminate this  Agreement in the event of
     the  appointment of  a  conservator or  receiver for  the Custodian  by the
     Federal Deposit  Insurance Corporation  or by the  Banking Commissioner  of
     The Commonwealth of Massachusetts or upon the happening  of a like event at
     the direction of  an appropriate regulatory  agency or  court of  competent
     jurisdiction.   Upon termination of the  Agreement, the Trust shall  pay to
     the  Custodian such  compensation as  may be  due as  of the  date of  such
     termination  (and shall  likewise reimburse  the Custodian  for its  costs,
     expenses and disbursements).

              This  Agreement  may  be  amended  at  any  time  by  the  written
     agreement  of  the parties  hereto.   If a  majority of  the non-interested
     trustees  of any  of  the Trusts  determines that  the  performance of  the
     Custodian has  been unsatisfactory  or adverse  to the  interests of  Trust
     holders of any  Trust or Trusts or  that the terms of the  Agreement are no
     longer  consistent with  publicly available  industry  standards, then  the
     Trust  or  Trusts shall  give  written  notice  to the  Custodian  of  such
     determination and  the Custodian  shall have  60 days  to (1) correct  such
     performance  to the  satisfaction  of the  non-interested  trustees or  (2)
     renegotiate terms  which are satisfactory to the non-interested trustees of
     the Trusts.   If the conditions of the preceding  sentence are not met then
     the  Trust or  Trusts  may  terminate this  Agreement  on sixty  (60)  days
     written notice.
<PAGE>






              The Board of the Trust shall, forthwith, upon giving or  receiving
     notice of termination  of this Agreement, appoint as successor custodian, a
     bank or trust  company having the qualifications required by the Investment
     Company  Act of 1940  and the  Rules thereunder.   The Bank,  as Custodian,
     Agent or  otherwise, shall, upon  termination of the  Agreement, deliver to
     such successor custodian,  all securities then held hereunder and all funds
     or  other  properties of  the  Trust deposited  with  or held  by  the Bank
     hereunder and all  books of account and  records kept by the  Bank pursuant
     to this  Agreement, and all  documents held by  the Bank relative  thereto.
     In the event that no written order designating  a successor custodian shall
     have  been  delivered  to  the  Bank  on  or  before  the  date  when  such
     termination shall become  effective, then the  Bank shall  not deliver  the
     securities, funds and other properties of the Trust to the Trust but  shall
     have the  right to  deliver to a  bank or trust  company doing  business in
     Boston, Massachusetts  of  its own  selection  meeting the  above  required
     qualifications, all funds, securities and  properties of the Trust  held by
     or deposited with  the Bank, and all  books of account and records  kept by
     the  Bank pursuant to  this Agreement, and all  documents held  by the Bank
     relative thereto.   Thereafter  such bank  or trust  company  shall be  the
     successor of the Custodian under this Agreement.

              Except as  expressly provided  herein, the Agreement  shall remain
     unchanged and in full force and effect.

              IN WITNESS  WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment
     to be executed by  their duly authorized officers,  as of the day  and year
     first above written.

              Alabama Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Tax Free Portfolio
              Arkansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Cash Management Portfolio
              Colorado Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Insured Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Tax Free Portfolio
              Georgia Tax Free Portfolio
              Government Obligations Portfolio
              Growth Portfolio
              Hawaii Tax Free Portfolio
              High Yield Municipals Portfolio
              Investors Portfolio
              Kansas Tax Free Portfolio
              Kentucky Tax Free Portfolio
              Louisiana Tax Free Portfolio
              Maryland Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Tax Free Portfolio
              Minnesota Tax Free Portfolio
              Mississippi Tax Free Portfolio
              Missouri Tax Free Portfolio
              National Municipals Portfolio
              New Jersey Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Tax Free Portfolio
<PAGE>






              North Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Tax Free Portfolio
              Oregon Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Tax Free Portfolio
              Rhode Island Tax Free Portfolio
              South Carolina Tax Free Portfolio
              Special Investment Portfolio
              Stock Portfolio
              Strategic Income Portfolio
              Tax Free Reserves Portfolio
              Tennessee Tax Free Portfolio
              Texas Tax Free Portfolio
              Total Return Portfolio
              Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              West Virginia Tax Free Portfolio
              Arizona Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              California Tax Free Portfolio
              California Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Connecticut Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Florida Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Massachusetts Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Michigan Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              National Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New Jersey Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              New York Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              North Carolina Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Ohio Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Pennsylvania Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio
              Virginia Limited Maturity Tax Free Portfolio


                                       By:   /s/James L. O'Connor       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                James L. O'Connor
                                                Treasurer


                                       INVESTORS BANK & TRUST COMPANY


                                       By:   /s/Michael F. Rogers       
                                          ------------------------------
                                                Michael F. Rogers
<PAGE>




     Eaton Vance Municipals Trust
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110
     (617) 482-8260

                                                                             
                                       April 12, 1993




     California Tax Free Portfolio
     24 Federal Street
     Boston, MA  02110


     Ladies and Gentlemen:


              With respect  to our purchase  from you, at the  purchase price of
     $100,000, of an  interest (an "Initial  Interest") in  California Tax  Free
     Portfolio (the  "Portfolio"), we hereby  advise you that  we are purchasing
     such  Initial  Interest   for  investment  purposes  without   any  present
     intention of redeeming or reselling.

              The amount  paid by the Portfolio  on any withdrawal by  us of any
     portion  of such  Initial  Interest will  be reduced  by  a portion  of any
     unamortized  organization expenses,  determined by  the  proportion of  the
     amount  of  such  Initial  Interest  withdrawn  to  the  aggregate  Initial
     Interests  of all  holders of  similar Initial  Interests then  outstanding
     after  taking  into account  any  prior  withdrawals  of  any such  Initial
     Interest.


                                       Very truly yours,


                                       EATON VANCE INVESTMENT TRUST
                                       (on behalf of Eaton Vance 
                                       California Municipals Fund)


                                       By   /s/ James G. Baur        
                                         _____________________________
                                            President
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 6
<MULTIPLIER> 1000
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          SEP-30-1995
<PERIOD-END>                               SEP-30-1995
<INVESTMENTS-AT-COST>                           381719
<INVESTMENTS-AT-VALUE>                          406022
<RECEIVABLES>                                     6793
<ASSETS-OTHER>                                      15
<OTHER-ITEMS-ASSETS>                                 1
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                  412831
<PAYABLE-FOR-SECURITIES>                             0
<SENIOR-LONG-TERM-DEBT>                              0
<OTHER-ITEMS-LIABILITIES>                         2161
<TOTAL-LIABILITIES>                               2161
<SENIOR-EQUITY>                                      0
<PAID-IN-CAPITAL-COMMON>                        386540
<SHARES-COMMON-STOCK>                                0
<SHARES-COMMON-PRIOR>                                0
<ACCUMULATED-NII-CURRENT>                            0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-NII>                               0
<ACCUMULATED-NET-GAINS>                              0
<OVERDISTRIBUTION-GAINS>                             0
<ACCUM-APPREC-OR-DEPREC>                         24130
<NET-ASSETS>                                    410670
<DIVIDEND-INCOME>                                    0
<INTEREST-INCOME>                                28624
<OTHER-INCOME>                                       0
<EXPENSES-NET>                                    2448
<NET-INVESTMENT-INCOME>                          26176
<REALIZED-GAINS-CURRENT>                       (23051)
<APPREC-INCREASE-CURRENT>                        33476
<NET-CHANGE-FROM-OPS>                            36601
<EQUALIZATION>                                       0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-INCOME>                            0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OF-GAINS>                             0
<DISTRIBUTIONS-OTHER>                                0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-SOLD>                              0
<NUMBER-OF-SHARES-REDEEMED>                          0
<SHARES-REINVESTED>                                  0
<NET-CHANGE-IN-ASSETS>                         (34461)
<ACCUMULATED-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<ACCUMULATED-GAINS-PRIOR>                            0
<OVERDISTRIB-NII-PRIOR>                              0
<OVERDIST-NET-GAINS-PRIOR>                           0
<GROSS-ADVISORY-FEES>                             2121
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                                   0
<GROSS-EXPENSE>                                   2448
<AVERAGE-NET-ASSETS>                            420918
<PER-SHARE-NAV-BEGIN>                                0
<PER-SHARE-NII>                                      0
<PER-SHARE-GAIN-APPREC>                              0
<PER-SHARE-DIVIDEND>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-DISTRIBUTIONS>                            0
<RETURNS-OF-CAPITAL>                                 0
<PER-SHARE-NAV-END>                                  0
<EXPENSE-RATIO>                                      0
<AVG-DEBT-OUTSTANDING>                               0
<AVG-DEBT-PER-SHARE>                                 0
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission